EX LIBRIS
William Healey Dall

Division of Mollusks
Sectional Library

ii a ie 7
aati Al , ie % Rye
i ie = i Hy saa

Al | f
Coy (7 |

~ ~ {
rol. ff f i Gy»
Mk Lanada., Ueoloqical XS

uv*

ACV.

GHOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA

Rosert Bett, M.D., D.Sc, LL.D, F.R.S., Actixe Director.

CATALOGUE Division of Mollusies

. 1 Fst
Gectoncs Liprary
Sect

OF THE

MARINE INVERTEBRATA

OF

HASTERN CANADA.

BY

obo Willi BAVES, PED EGS: EReS:Cs

PALZONTOLOGIST, ZOOLOGIST, AND ASSISTANT DIRECTOR,

OTTAWA
PRINTED BY S. E. DAWSON, PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST
EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1901

In view of the establishment of a Marine Biological Station in the Maritime
Provinces within the last three years, it is thought desirable to publish
a ‘Catalogue of the Marine Invertebrata of Eastern Canada.’ The object
of this Catalogue is to give a succinct idea of the present state of our
knowledge of these invertebrata, so far as the identification of species, their
geographical distribution, and bathymetricalgrange in the northern portion
of the western side of the Atlantic are concerned.

It is hoped that this publication will act as a stimulus to renewed activity
in the study of marine zoology, and that it will be of use not only to zoologists,
but also to students of the fossils of the post-tertiary deposits of the eastern
portion of the Dominion.

ROBERT BELL.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OFFICE
Ortawa, June 26, 1901.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA.

CATALOGUE OF THE MARINE INVERTEBRATA

OF

ACS REIN. CA NEA IDs

BY
J. F. WHITEAVES.

This Catalogue may be regarded as a report on the present state of our
knowledge of the Marine Invertebrata of the Bay of Fundy, Atlantic coast
of Nova Scotia, and Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, as far to
the northward as the Strait of Belle Isle. Incidentally and parenthetically,
however, it also includes the names of a few species that have been found
on the coast of Labrador or in Hudson Strait or Bay, but not yet as far
south as the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It consists of a systematic list of all the
species from the eastern Canadian seaboard that have so far been identified
or described, with notes on their geographical distribution and bathymet-
rical range. The localities at which some of the species are found fossil in
the Pleistocene deposits of eastern Canada, are also briefly indicated.

As regards nomenclature, it may be stated that in miny cases only one
name is given to each species ; that in others a few of those synonyms that
are thought to be most likely to be useful to Canadian students are added ; but
that in no case has any complete or exhaustive listof synonyms been attempted.
Many of the dates appended to these names or synonyms, too, are quoted
at second hand, as the writer has not access to the original descriptions.

The following is a brief description of the principal zoological explorations,
by dredging or otherwise, or collections, in the region in question, upon
which this catalogue is based.

Dawson, Sir J. W.

1855 to 1853.—Collected specimens of marine invertebrata on the coast of
Nova Scotia. Unfortunately, no description of any of these collections
has been published, beyond a few isolated references to some of the
species in his ‘“*‘ Handbook of Zoology,” published in 1870.

1

9

1858.—Dredged for a few days in Gaspé Bay, in August. Many of the
species collected at this locality are enumerated or described in three
papers contributed to the “Canadian Naturalist and Geologist” for
1858 and 1860, (vols. 111. and v.). The first of these is entitled “A
Week in Gaspé;” the second “On Sea Anemones and Hydroid
Polyps from the Gulf of St. Lawrence ;” and the third, ‘‘On the Tubi-
colous Marine Worms of the Gulf of St. Lawrence.”

1859 to 1876.—Dredged in the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence,
from Gaspe to Kamouraska and Murray Bay, including various places
on the north and south shores of the river.

1871.—The Report on the Geological Structure and Mineral Resources of
Prince Edward Island, by Sir J. W. Dawson and Dr. B. J. Harring-
ton, contains a list of the marine shells of that island, collected by Mr.
W. B. Dawson.

1876-1882.—Made his headquarters at Little Métis, and dredged above
and below that place nearly every summer until 1882, and made some
collections in later years. His chief object was to ascertain how many
of the species found in the pleistocene clays and sands still live in the
St. Lawrence estuary, and what variety of changes, if any, they have
experienced in the intervening time.

No separate lists of the species dredged during these years have
been published, and much of the material collected has yet to be
studied. Still, in his papers on Canadian pleistocene fossils, and
especially in his latest list of those fossils, in the ‘Canadian Ice Age,”
published in 1893, there are many references to recent species.

Wills Jk

1850 to 1863 or a little later.—Collected mollusea, &c., on the Atlantic
coast of Nova Scotia (especially from the fishing banks off Halifax, and
at Sable Island) and published a list of them, in 1862, in the eighth
volume of Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. His
latest and most important list of Nova Scotia shells, privately printed
in November, 1863, is reprinted in vol. vi1., pt. 4 (1890) of the Trans-
actions of the Nova Scotia Institute of Natural Science.

Stimpson, Dr. W.

1852.—Dredged and otherwise collected for three months at Grand Manan
Island and its vicinity, in the Bay of Fundy. His “Synopsis of the
Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan,” published in 1853, which is
based on these collections, is by far the most important and compre-
hensive contribution to the literature of the marine zoology of eastern
Canada that had appeared up to that date, and it is still indispensable
to the student of this subject.

3

The nomenclature of the Amphipoda in this “Synopsis” has been
revised by the Rev. Thomas R. R. Stebbing, in vol. xx1x., pt. 1, of the
Zoological Reports of the Challenger Expedition.

Bell, Dr. Robert.

1858.—Collected on the south-east shore of the River and Gulf of St.
Lawrence, from Rimouski to Gaspé Bay, and dredged off Marsouin.
Published a list of most of the species obtained, in 1859, in the Report
of Progress of the Geological Survey of Canada for 1858, and in the
fourth volume of the “Canadian Naturalist and Geologist.” The
tubicolous annelids and the polyzoa in this list were determined by Sir
J. W. Dawson.

1884.—Dredged at Port Burwell, on the east coast of Ungava Bay, in the
District of Ungava; and at Ashe Inlet, Big Island, north coast of
Hudson Strait, in the District of Franklin. A list, by Professor 8. I.
Smith, of the Crustacea obtained in these dredgings, and one by the
present writer, of the Mollusca, &c., form Appendix rv. to Dr. Bell’s
report in the Report of Progress of this Survey for 1882-83-84.

Packard, Dr. A. S.

1860.—Dredged near Caribou Island in July and August of this year, and
published a list of the species obtained, in the Canadian Naturalist and
Geologist for December, 1863 (vol. vim1., p. 401). Caribou Island is in
the province of Quebec, on the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
off Salmon Bay, a little to the east of Esquimaux Bay and just inside
of the Strait of Belle Isle.

1864.—Dredged and otherwise collected from Little Mecattina Island, in
the Gulf of St. Lawrence, to Hopedale, on the Atlantic coast of Labra-
dor. His ‘ View of the Invertebrate Fauna of Labrador ”, published in
1867, in the first volume of the Memoirs of the Boston Society of
Natural History, includes specimens that were dredged in 1860 as well
as in 1864. The nomenclature of the Crustacea in this paper was
revised by Professor 8. I. Smith in 1883, in the sixth volume of the
Proceedings of the United States National Museum.

Verrul, Professor A. E.
1861.—In this year collections were made and some dredging was done off
Anticosti and the Mingan Islands by Professors Verrill, Hyatt and
Shaler on behalf of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge,
Massachusetts. <A list of the species in these collections was contri-
buted by Professor Verrill to Dr. Packard’s paper on the Caribou
Island dredgings of 1860.

13

4

1868 and 1870.—In both of these years Professor Verrill collected at Grand
Manan Island, in the Bay of Fundy. In 1868 he was assisted by Pro-
fessor S. I. Smith, H. E. Webster and Rev. Geo. A. Jackson, and in
1870 by Mr. Oscar Harger and C. H. Dwinelle.

Professor Verrill’s later explorations in Canadian waters were
carried on under the auspices of the United States Fish Commission,
and will be referred to under that heading.

Whiteaves, J. F.

1867 and 1869.—During each of these years the writer dredged at many
localities in Gaspé Bay and off Cap des Rosiers (Cape Kosier) light-
house and village. Lists of the Mollusca, &c., obtained in these dredg-
ings were published in the fourth and fifth volumes of the new series of
the Canadian Naturalist.

1871, 1872 and 1873.—Facilities having been afforded by the Department
of Marine and Fisheries of the Dominion Government, for these three
years, dredging operations were carried on in each, in the deepest parts
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence (from 100 to 313 fathoms) at along distance
from shore, at many localities to the north, south-east and
south of the Island of Anticosti. Under the same auspices, also, in
1871, dredging was done at several places on the north shore of the
Gulf, from Point des Monts to the Mingan Islands ; in 1872, off Percé
and at the Magdalen Islands ; and, in 1873, off Cap d’Espoir (Cape Des-
pair) and Grand Pabou, on the Bradelle and Orphan Banks, at several
localities between Prince Edward and Cape Breton islands, and through-
out Northumberland Strait, on both sides.

Preliminary reports on the species obtained in these dredgings were
published in the Reports of the Department of Marine and Fisheries
for 1871, 1872 and 1873 ; in volumes vi. and vit. of the new series of
the Canadian Naturalist; in the Annals and Magazine of Natural
History for November, 1872 (Ser. iv., vol. x.) ; and in the American
Journal of Science for March, 1874,

United States Fish Commission.

1872.— Under the auspices of the U. S. Fish Commissioner, collections were
made in the Bay of Fundy, at Grand Manan Island, and a series of
dredgings were made first at Halifax and the Le Have Bank, Nova
Scotia, and afterward in the region of St. George’s Banks and the
adjacent waters, on board the coast survey SS. Bache. Professor
Verrill had general charge of the dredging operations and the collection
of invertebrates, but during the first cruise of the Bache, the dredgings
were in charge of Professor 8. I. Smith and Mr. Oscar Harger.

5

1877.—* During a part of the season the work” of the commission ‘‘ was
transferred to Halifax, Nova Scotia, where large collections were made
and whence the dredging” (by the SS. Speedwell) “ was extended to
the deep waters one hundred and twenty miles south of that city. On
the passage from Salem to Halifax, dredgings were made in the deep
waters of the Gulf of Maine and off the southern portion of the Nova
Scotia coast ” (S. J. Smith, 1879).

1883.—On the last day of August and first five days of September of this
year, the U. 8. Fish Commission SS. Albatross dredged off Cape Sable,
Nova Scotia, at twenty different stations and at depths of from 49 to
1309 fathoms.

Many of the species obtained in these and other dredgings or collec-
tions have been described or reported upon by Professor Verrill, Pro-
fessor S. I. Smith, or Mr. Oscar Harger, in papers contributed to the
Annual Reports of the United States Fish Commission, to the Proceed-
ings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, and
of the United States National Museum, to the Transactions of the
Connecticut Academy, or to the American Journal of Science.

H, M. 8S, Challenger Expedition
1873.—Dredged at three stations off the coast of Nova Scotia, but one of
these is so far from land as to be outside of the scope of this paper.
Descriptions or determinations of the species obtained at these stations
are scattered through the zoological reports of the expedition.

Verkruzen, T. A.

1876.—Visited Newfoundland and Nova Scotia in order to collect and study
Mollusca at each of these localities, and published four papers on the
specimens obtained. The first of these papers, entitled ‘‘ Mollusca
dredged and collected by T. A. Verkruzen, in 1876, in the neighbour
hood of St. Johns, Newfoundland, including a few species obtained in
the Bay of Fundy,” is a small pamphlet published at St. Johns, New
foundland, in 1877. The second, *“‘ Die Fauna von Neu Schotiland
(Nova Scotia) “und Neufundland,” was published in the Jahrbuch der
Deutschen Malacologischen Gesellschaft for 1878, and the third, “ Die
Mollusken Neufundlands und der Neufundland Banke,” in Der Sammler
(Berlin) for 1885, and the fourth, “ Die Meeres Mollusken Neufund
lands,” in the same journal for 1886.

Jones, J. Matthew.
1877.—Published a ‘‘ List of the Mollusca of Nova Scotia,” in the Proceed-
ings and Transactions of the Nova Scotia Institute of Natural Science,
vol. Iv., part 3.

Stearns, W. A.

1882.—During the month of Augustin this year an expedition, under the
direction of Mr. Stearns, dredged in shallow water at different points on
the Labrador coast, between Forteau Bay, in the Strait of Belle Isle, to
Dead Island, near Square Island. The Crustacea obtained on this
expedition were reported on by Professor 8. I. Smith, and the Molluscaand
Echinodermata by Miss Katharine J. Bush, Ph. D., in 1883, in two
papers published in the sixth volume of Proceedings of the United
States National Museum.

Turner, Lucien M,

1882-85.—Collected marine invertebrata for the United States National
Museum at Labrador and Ungava, from Rigolet to Fort Chimo. A list
by Dr. W. H. Dall, of the mollusca obtained by Mr. Turner at these
localities, was published in 1886, in the ninth volume of Proceedings
of the United States National Museum.

Ganong, Professor W. F.

1884-1888.—In 1884-1887, both years inclusive, dredged in Passama-
quoddy Bay, around Fryes Island, in L’Etang and Eastport Harbours ;.
and in 1888, among the islands at Grand Manan, N.B. Published the
following papers on part of the material obtained, in the Bulletins of
the Natural History Society of New Brunswick. ‘The Invertebrata
of Passamaquoddy Bay” (Bul. No. 1v.); “The Marine Mollusca of
New Brunswick” (Bul. No. vi.); ‘The Echinodermata of New Bruns-
wick” (Bul. No. vu.); “The Economic Mollusca of Acadia” (Bul.
No. vu.) ; and “ Zoological Notes” (on mollusca, echinodermata and
hydrozoa) in Bul. No. IX.

Winkley, Rev. Henry W.
1888.—Examined barrels of oysters from New Brunswick and Prince
Edward Island, and published a list of the ‘ Mollusca found in the
oyster beds of Cocagne,” N.B. “‘ Bedeque and Summerside,” P.E.I., in
Bulletin No. VII. of the Natural History Society of New Brunswick.

Low, A. P.

1894.—Made a small collection of shore shells on the Atlantic coast of
Labrador, between Sandwich Bay and Hamilton Inlet.

1897.—Dredged on the south side of Hudson Strait, between King George
Sound and the bottom of Ungava Bay.

1898.— Dredged on the east coast of Hudson Bay, near the mouth of the
Povungnituk River.

7

1899.—Dredged on the east coast of Hudson Bay, in Richmond Gulf, in 15
to 25 fathoms, soft mud.

Wakeham, Commander VW.

1897.—During the Hudson Bay Exploring Expedition of this year, in the
SS. Diana, Dr. Wakeham, the ofticer in charge, dredged on the west side
ot Hudson Bay, twenty miles off Churchill (Keewatin) in 20 fathoms.

It has long been known that there are areas of shallow and comparatively
warm water, tenanted by a northern extension of the “‘ Acadian fauna,” in
the southern portion of the region under consideration. According to
Verrill, the Acadian fauna was “named by Lutken, but first distinguished as
the Nova Scotian by Dana. ‘It extends from the Syrtensian southwardly
to Cape Cod, close to the shore, but pushes further southward in deeper
water, and at a distance from the shore.”* Inthe Maritime Provinces this
northern extension of the Acadian fauna seems to occupy the shallower and
more sheltered portions of the Bay of Fundy, such as Passamaquoddy Bay
and the Minas Basin; and of the Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, as in
Halifax Harbour and the shores of Sable Island. In the Gulf of St. Law-
rence it probably embraces or surrounds the Magdalen Islands, and is
detinitely known to occupy the whole of the sea bottom betweeen Cape
Breton and Prince Edward islands, and of Northumberland Strait ; also the
shallow water on the north-east coast of New Brunswick, to Carraquette
Bay, on the southern side of the Baie des Chaleurs. Among the more char-
acteristic mollusca of the Acadian fauna in Canada are both varieties of the
American oyster (Ostrea Virginica) and the Quahog or hard-shelled clam
(Venus mercentria). Besides these, the following species may be noted as
also very characteristic of this fauna, though some of them are rare and
local in Canadian waters. An asterisk is prefixed to those of which the
writer has seen no authentic Canadian specimens.

Pecten gibbus, var. borealis. { Dentalium entalis.
*Nucula proxima. | Turbonilla interrupta, var. fulvocincta.
*Cardium (Levicardium) Mortoni. Odostomia trifida.

Astarte castanea. | Crepidula fornicata.

" undata. " plana.

Callista convexa. Crucibuluin striatum.

Petricola pholadiformis. | Bittium nigrum.

Mulinia lateralis. Cerithiopsis Greenil.

Cumingia tellinoides. | Uvrosalpinx cinerea.
*Solenomya velum. Astyris lunata.
= " borealis. Nassa (Ilyanassa) obsoleta.

Clidiophora Gouldiana. Neptunea decemcostata.
*Lyonsia hyalina. Tornatina canaliculata.

It will be noticed that, with the exception of the Dentaliwm and possibly
of the Zurbonilla and the two Crepidul, all of these are purely American

* U.S. Fish Commission, Report for 1871-72, published in 1873, p. 782.

8

species, that apparently do not occur on the European side of the North
Atlantic. Not one of their names, except doubtfully that of the Dentalium,
is to be found in the list of ninety-three species of ‘‘ Boreal shells common
to Europe and North America,” on pages 358 and 359 of Woodward’s
“Manual of the Mollusca.”

Every other part of the region under consideration, whether the water be
deep or shallow, seems to be tenanted by a northern, cold water and sub-
arctic, but perhaps scarcely arctic or polar fauna, which gradually merges
Into a purely arctic assemblage near the Arctic Circle. This cold water
‘fauna occupies not only the deeper parts of the Bay of Fundy, the colder
waters of the Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia and by far the greater part of
the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, but also, apparently, the
Atlantic coast of Labrador, Hudson Strait, and most of the coast of Hudson
Bay. At any rate, the marine invertebrata of the three last mentioned
localities, so far as known, are remarkably similar to those of the River and
Gulf of St. Lawrence. In the case of the mollusca, the only species from
Labrador that have not yet been found in the Gulf cf St. Lawrence, are
Acmea rubella, which, however, occurs in Willis’ list of Nova Scotian shells,
and Crenella faba, if that shell be distinct from C. pectinula. Similarly, in
small collections received of late years from four localities in Hudson Strait
and the east coast of Hudson Bay, the only mollusca noticed that have not
yet been found in the Gulf of Sc. Lawrence, are Portlandia glacialis and
Margarita umbilicalis.

This cold water assemblage Packard has calied the “Syrtensian fauna,”
‘a term which, unfortunately, is not free from objections, for more reasons
than one. In the first place, in eastern Canada it is the Acadian that is
the only exclusively shallow water fauna, and in the next the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, as a whole, is rather a deep than a shallow depression. In its
deepest part, about half way between the eastern extremity of the Island of
Anticosti and the Bird Rocks, it is 313 fathoms deep, and a considerable
portion of its area is deeper than 100 fathoms. In the writer’s judgment,
the fauna which Packard calls the Syrtensian is the west Atlantic portion
of the true Boreal fauna, which seems to ‘extend across the Atlantic,” not
so much from ‘“ Nova Scotia and Massachusetts,” as stated by 8. P. Wood-
ward (on page 357 of his Manual of the Mollusca), but from Maine, Nova
Scotia, the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Atlantic coast of Labrador, “ to
Iceland, the Faeroe and Shetland islands, and along the coast of Norway
from North Cape to the Naze.”

Collections made by the Stearns expedition to the Labrador coast, by Dr.
Bell and Mr. Low, show also that some species that have been dredged in
the Gulf of St. Lawrence in comparatively deep water, occur to the north-
ward in much shallower water. Thus, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence Pecten

BY.

9

Grenlandicus was dredged in abundance, living, by the writer, in 1871,
1872 and 1873, at depths of from about 100 to 313 fathoms; but on the east
coast of Hudson Bay, in Richmond Gulf, large living examples of the same
species were recently dredged by Mr. Low in from 15 to 25 fathoms. This,
no doubt is an extreme case, and conversely it may be mentioned that a
brachiopod (Terebratulina septentrionalis) which is not uncommon at Eastport
(Maine) and Passamaquoddy Bay, N.B., in shallow water, has so far been
dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence only in very deep water.

During the preparation of this catalogue, the writer has been greatly
indebted to Professor J. Playfair McMurrich for notes on some critical
species of Zoantharia ; to Professor W. C. M’Intosh for much valuable
information about the Chretopoda; to the Rey. Canon Norman for the
identification of several species of Polyzoa; to Dr. W. H. Dall for an
expression of his views on some species of Mollusca; to Professor Verrill
and Miss Bush for recent re-determinations of the difficult species of the
molluscan genus Bela ; and to the Natural History Society of New Bruns-
wick, per Dr. G. F. Matthew, and Professor G. T. Kennedy, for the loan
of specimens of mollusea, &c., from the Bay of Fundy.

PROTOZOA
RETICULARIA (FORAMINIFERA).

In all dredgings upon sandy or muddy bottoms in this region, the shells
of foraminifera are very abundant, though the habits of their living occupants
have yet to be studied. Most of these shells occur at all depths, but in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence Uvigerina anyulosa, Cristellaria rotulata, Vaginulina
spinigera, Bulimina aculeata, Valvulina conica, Rhabdammina abyssorum,
and Biloculina oblonga have as yet only been found in very deep water.
The types of Lituola findens (now called Reophax findens), of Litwola cassis
(now known as Haplophragmium cassis), and of Hippocrepina indivisa,
described by Parker in the Canadian Naturalist and Geologist for June,
1870, and in the American Journal of Science and Arts for June, 1872,
are all from Gaspé Bay and its immediate vicinity.

The following is a list of the species that have so far been recognized as
having been collected in the Gulf of St. Lawrence :

Family Vummulinide.

Polystomella striatopunctata, F. and M. | Polystomella arctica, P. and J.
Nonionina scapha, F. and M.

10

Family fotalide.

Rotalia Becearii, L. | Truncatulina lobatula, W. and J.
Pulvinulina Karsteni, Reuss. | Patellina corrugata, Williamson.

Family Globigerinide.

Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb.

Family Lagenide.

Uvigerina pygmea, d’Orb. Lagena globosa, W. and J.

" angulosa, Willd. " apiculata, Reuss.
Polymorphina lactea, W. and J. " levis, Montagu.

u compressa, d’Orb. " distoma, P. and J.

Cristellaria rotulata, Lam. " suleata, P. and J.

" lituus, d’Orb. " semistriata, Williamson.

" crepidula, F. and M. " striatopunctata, P. and J.
*Vaginulina spinigera, Brady. " squamosa, Montagu.
Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis, d’Orb. " melo, d’Orb.

4 " pauperata, d’Orb. " marginata, W. and B.

" (Glandulina) levigata, d’Orb. " ornata, Willdenow.

Family Textularide.

y 4
Cassidulina levigata, d’Orb. | Bulimina pyrula, d’Orb.

" crassa, d’Orb. Valvulina coniea, P. and J.
Bolivina punctata, d’Orb. Verneuilina polystropha, Reuss.
Virgulina squamosa, d’Orb. Spiroplecta biformis, P. and J.
Builimina aculeata, d’Orb. Textularia variabilis, Willd.

" elegantissima, d’Orb. " agglutinans, d’Orb.
Family Lituolide.
Trochammina inflata, Mont. Haplophragmium cassis, Parker.
Ammodiscus incertus, d’Orb. Reophax scorpiurus, Montfort.
Hippocrepina indivisa, Parker. " tindens, Parker.
Haplophragmium Canariense, d’Orb.
Family Astrorhizide.
Rhabdammina abyssorum, M. Sars. | Rhabdammina discreta, Brady.
Family Miliolide.
Cornuspira foliacea, Philippi. | Milholina tricarinata, d’Orb.
Miliolina agglutinans, d’Orb. " trigonula, d’Orb.
" Ferussacii, d’Orb. | " oblonga, Mont.
" bicornis, W. and J. | " seminulum, L.
" subrotunda, Mont. | Biloculina oblonga, Mont.
" secans, d’Orb. " ringens, Lam.

* Hans Kier, in his synopsis of the Norwegian Marine Thalanophora (Kristiania, 1900),.
says that this is a synonym of Maryinulin« spinosa, M. Sars, with which the writer had
identified it in 1872.

1g
RADIOLARIA.
Family Dictyochide.

DIsTEPHANUS ACULEATUS (Ehrenberg).

Dictyocha aculeata, Ehrenberg (1839).
Distiphanus aculeatus, Hoeckel (1887)

Specimens that were referred to this species, with a query, by Sir J. W.
Dawson (in his Handbook of Zoology, published in 1870) are said to have
been “‘ obtained from a depth of 313 fathoms in the Gulf of St. Lawrence
by Captain Orlebar, R.N.” Similar specimens have since been found by the
writer in a sponge (//alichondria panicea) and in the stomach of the common
sea urchin (Stronglocentrotus drobachiensis), both from very shallow water
oft Cap des Rosiers.

Three or four additional species of radiolarians are now known to occur
in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, but they have not yet been critically studied.

PORIFERA (SPONGSHS)*
CALCAREA.
Family Asconide.

LEUCOSOLENIA CANCELLATA, Verrill.

1874. Proce. Am. Assoc, Adv. Se. for 1873, p. 893.

Orphan Bank, off the entrance to the Baie des Chaleurs, 1875, Whiteaves
(Verrill). Strait of Belle Isle, off Normans Light, 60 fathoms, rocky bottom,
A. M. Rodger, 1892; Davis Strait, off Cape Raper, four miles south, 60
fathoms, bottom of stones and sand, A. M. Rodger, 1892, and at Cape
Aston, in 60 fathoms, Captain Phillips, 18935 (Lambe).

Family Sycettide.
Sycon prorectum, Lambe.

1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, Second Series, vol. 1., sec. Iv., p. 204.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, eight miles south-east of Bonaventure Island, in 56
fathoms, stones and coarse sand, dredged by the writer in 1873. Strait of
Belle Isle, off Norman’s Light, 60 fathoms, rocky bottom, A. M. Rodger,
1892 ; and Upernavik, west coast of Greenland, 1892 (Lambe).

* Nearly all the sponges in this list have been identified or described and figured by Mr.
L. M. Lambe ; most of them in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for 1896,
Second Series, vol. 11., sect. iv., pp. 181-211, plates i, ii and iii-

12
Sycon AsPpERUM, Lambe.

1896. Ibid., p. 205.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Bonaventure Island, in 56 fathoms, with the
preceding species, collected by the writer in 1873.

Family Grantie.

GRANTIA CANADENIS, Lambe.
1896. Ibid., p. 206.

Northumberland Strait, between Pictou Island and Cape Bear, P.E.I.,
in 22 fathoms; Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Bonaventure Island, in 56

fathoms, dredged by the writer in 1873; and Métis, Sir J. W. Dawson
(Lambe).

Family Heteropiide.

Hereropia RopGert, Lambe.

1900. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, Second Series, vol. VI., sect. IV., p. 35.

Strait of Belle Isle, off Norman’s Light, 60 fathoms, rocky bottom, A. M.
Rodger, 1892 (Lambe).

Family Amphoriscide.
Ampuoriscus THompPsont, Lambe.

1900. Op. cit, supra, p. 36.

Strait of Belle Isle, off Norman’s Light, 60 fathoms, rocky bottom, A. M.
Rodger, 1892 (Lambe).

DEMOSPONGI A.
TETRACTINELLIDE.
Family Tetilide.

(CRANIELLA CRANIUM (Muller).

Richmond Gulf, Hudson Bay, from 20 to 30 fathoms, on a soft mud
bottom, A. P. Low, 1899, (L. M. Lambe) ; east and west coasts of Greenland
(Fristed). The Tethea Logani of Sir A. W. Dawson, which is so abundant
in the Leda clay of the St. Lawrence and Ottawa valleys, would seem to be
identical with this species).

13
Family Theneide.
THENEA MURICATA (Bowerbank).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, between Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 220
fathoms dredged by the writer in 1873; east Greenland, in 250 fathoms, A.
M. Rodger, 1894 (Lambe).

(MONAXONTDA).
HADROMERINA.
Family Stylocordylide.
STYLOCORDYLA BOREALIS (Loven).

H. M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia, in 85 fathoms, gravel and stones. Dredged also by the writer in
1873, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, about half way between Anticosti and
the Gaspé peninsula, in from 200 to 220 fathoms mud, (about a dozen
specimens).

Family Clionide.
CLIONA CELATA, Grant.

North shore of Prince Edward Island, two specimens burrowing into.
oyster shells, collected by Dr. James Fletcher in 1893, and subsequently
identified with this species by Mr. Lambe.

Family Polymastiiae.
PoLYMASTIA ROBUSTA, Bowerbank.

H. M. 8. Challenger, Station 49, (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia, in 85 fathoms, gravel and stones (Ridley & Dendy). Prince Edward
Island, south of Cow Head, in 12 fathoms, seven pieces, all of which are
part of one specimen, which formed a bright red thin crust, not far from a
foot in its greatest diameter ; collected by the writer in 1873, and since
identified with this species by Mr. Lambe.

POLYMASTIA MAMILLARIS (Miiller).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer in 1871 and 1872 in deep
water (120 to 210 fathoms) far from shore to the north and south of the
Island of Anticosti.

14
TRICHOSTEMMA HEMISPH2RICUM, M. Sars.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, between Anticosti and the north shore, eight miles
from Charleton Point, Anticosti, in 1]2 fathoms, large and small stones,
three specimens, dredged by the writer in 1871.

QUASILLINA BREVIS (Bowerbank).

H. M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia, in 85 fathoms gravel and stones, fourteen specimens, all attached to
pebbles by a stem or peduncle (Ridley and Dendy).

TENTORIUM SEMISUBERITES (Schmidt).

Thecaphora semisuberites, Schmidt (1870) ; and Whiteaves (1874).
Thecaphora ibla, Wyville Thompson (1873); and Whiteaves (1874).
Tentorium senvisuberites, Vosmaer (1885).

H. M. 8S. Challenger, Station 49, 1873 (Ridley and Dendy). Gulf of St.
Lawrence,—dredged by the writer in 1871, on the north shore, half way
between Point des Monts and the west end of Trinity Bay, in 96 fathoms ;
in 1872, eight miles S.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 56 fathoms, and between
Cape Gaspé and Cap des Rosiers, in 75 to 80 fathoms ; also, in 1873, off Cap
Bon Ami (near Ship Head, Gaspé), in 50 fathoms. Davis Strait, Erick
Point bearing N.W. by W., 150 fathoms, rocky bottom, A. M. Rodger,
1892; and east Greenland, in 250 fathoms, A. M. Rodger, 1894 (Lambe).

Family Suberitide.
SuBERITES Ficus (Johnston).
Sable Island, Nova Scotia, two specimens, one attached to the upper
valve of a specimen of Pecten Magellanicus, and the other to the inside of a

valve of a specimen of Cyprina Islandica, in the collection of Sir J. W.
Dawson (Lambe).

SUBERITES HISPIDUS (Bowerbank).

Tethea hispida, Bowerbank (1864).
Suberites hispidus, Lambe (1897).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, twenty-four miles 8, by W. of East Cape, Anticosti,
in 212 fathoms, mud, one specimen, dredged by the writer in 1871.
(SUBERITES MONTALBIDUS, Carter.

Richmond Gulf, east coast of Hudson Bay, in from 20 to 30 fathoms,
soft mud bottom, A. P. Low, 1899 (Lambe). Greenland (Fristedt.)

15
Family Maploscleride.
CHALINA OCULATA (Pallas).

Five Islands, Minas Basin, Bay of Fundy, C. W. Willimot, 1892;
Joggins, N.S., T. C. Weston, 1893; Nova Scotia and Riviere du Loup, Sir
J. W. Dawson (Lambe). Gulf of St. Lawrence, collected by Dr. Bell in
1858.

HALICHONDRIA PANICEA, Johnston.

Common throughout the entire region, southward to New England and
northward to Greenland. Macoun has collected it on the south coast of
Prince Edward Island; the writer between Pictou Island, N.S., and Cape
Bear, P.E.I., in 22 fathoms, and off Cap des Rosiers in 7 fathoms ; Mr. W. B.
Lambe between Grande Gréve, Gaspé Bay and Ship Head (Cape Gaspé) ;
and Sir J. W. Dawson at Riviere du Loup and Murray Bay.

RENIERA RUFESCENS, Lambe.

1893. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1892, vol. x., sect. iv., p. 75.
A , >i

Orphan Bank, off the entrance to the Baie des Chaleurs, one specimen,
dredged by the writer in 1873; and Gaspé coast eight specimens, Sir J. W.
Dawson (Lambe). The types of &. rufescens were collected at Petropaul-
owski, Kamtschatka, by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1891.

RENIERA MOLLIS, Lambe.

1894. Idem, vol. xi., sect. iv., p. 26.

Orphan Bank, two fragments, dredged by the writer in 1873; coast of
Labrador, one specimen, in Sir J. W. Dawson’s collection ; Wakeham Bay,
Hudson Strait, A. P. Low, 1897; Davis Strait, Reef Coal Hill, bearing
S.E., twenty miles, in 30 fathoms, rocky bottom,—-and off Cape Raper, four
miles south, in 60 fathoms, stones and sand, A. M. Rodger, 1892 (Lambe).
The types of this species are from Vancouver Island.

EUMASTIA sITIENS, O. Schmidt.

Yarmouth, Nova Scotia, Professor Macoun, 1884 ; between Pictou Island,
N.S. and Cape Bear, P.E.1., in 22 fathoms, dredged by the writer in 1873 ;
Gaspé, Métis and Riviére du Loup, Sir J. W. Dawson (Lambe). Greenland
(O. Schmidt, and Fristedt).

16
GELLIUS ARCOFERUS, Vosmaer.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, between Cape Gaspé and Cap des Rosiers, in 75 to 80
fathoms, stones, dredged by the writer in 1872 (Lambe). Greenland

(Fristedt).
GELLIUS FLAGELLIFER, Ridley and Dendy.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer between Cape Gaspé and
Cap des Rosiers, five miles from shore, in 38 fathoms, sma'] stones, in 1871 ,
also at nearly the same locality, but in 75 to 80 fathoms, with the preceding

species, in 1872 (Lambe).

GELLIUS LAURENTINUS, Lambe.

1901. Trans. Royal Soe. of Canada for 1900, Second Series, vol. vi.,
sect. iv., p. 20.

“ Gulf of St. Lawrence, twenty miles N. by W. of St. Paul’s Island, 100
fathoms, rocky bottom, A. M. Rodger, 4th of April, 1892, a fragment ;
Strait of Belle Isle, off Norman’s Light, 60 fathoms, rocky bottom, A. M.
Rodger, 9th of April, 1892, a fragment : Davis Strait, three miles from the
mouth of Coutts Inlet, 130 fathoms, mud bottom, A. M. Rodger, 30th of
July, 1892, two specimens, the largest of which is about 3 cent. broad and
1‘5 thick, and part of a third that has grown around a worm tube” (Lambe).

Family Peciloscleride.
ESPERELLA LINGUA (Bowerbank).

Hymeniacidon lingua, Bowerbank (1866).
Rhaphiodesma lingua, Bowerbank (1874).
Esperella lingua, Lambe (1897).

‘Off Cap des Rosiers and Cape Gaspé, in 75 to 80 fathoms, stones, two
specimens and some fragments, dry ; also one specimen preserved in alcohol,
J. F. Whiteaves, 1872. One spe imen, dry, Gaspé, Sir William Dawson ”
(Tambe). North-east coast of the United States (Verrill); Greenland
(Fristedt).

EspERELLA MODESTA, Lambe.

1895. ‘Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1894, vol. x1I., sect. iv., p. 118.

ps bes 4 See ue
“Gaspé coast, one spec'men, dry, Sir William Dawson ” (Lambe).

ih
DesMACELLA Peacuit (Bowerbank), var. GraNLANDICA, Fristedt.
“ Between Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 200 fathoms, one speci-

men, dry, J. F. Whiteaves, 1873. Fristedt’s specimen from the east coast
of Greenland was dredged in 130 fathoms ” (Lambe).

CLADORHIZA ABYSSICOLA, M. Sars.

The specimen of this species that is figured by Mr. Lambe* was dredged
by the writer in 1872, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, about half way between
the 8.W. Point of Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 200 fathoms, mud.

CLADORHIZA GRANDIS, Verrill.

1879. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 1., p. 204.

Deep water fishing grounds off Nova Scotia (Verrill).

CLADORHIZA NORDENSKIOLDH, Fristedt.

‘A portion of a sponge, evidently the root, which agrees perfectly in
skeletal arrangement, as far as the specimen admits of comparison, and in
the shape and size of the spicules, with Fristedt’s specimen from the east
coast of Greenland, was dredged by Mr. Whiteaves in 1873, between Anti-
costi and the Gaspé peninsula,” in 200 fathoms, mud (Lambe). The St.
Lawrence specimen is figured on Plate 1, figs. 9, a-f, of the second volume of
the second series of Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada.

ARTEMISINA SUBERITOIDES, Vosmaer.

H. M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia, in 85 fathoms gravel and stones (Ridley and Dendy).

Desmacipon (Homopictya) PALMATA, (Johnston).

‘“‘ Nova Scotia, one specimen, and Sable Island one specimen, flabellate in
form, dry, Sir William Dawson; Five Islands, Minas Basin, Bay of Fundy,
twenty specimens and a number of fragments, dry, C. W. Willimot, 1892”
(Lambe). North-east coast of the United States (Verrill).

IopHON CHELIFER, Ridley and Dendy.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, twenty miles north by west of St. Paul’s Island,
100 fathoms, rocky bottom, A. M. Rodger, 1892 ; Gaspé, Sir J. W. Dawson ;

*On plate 1, fig. 8, of the second volume of the Second Series of Transactions of the
Royal Society of Canada.
5)

=

18

Eglinton Fjord, Davis Strait, Captain Phillips, 1893; Vancouver Island,
Dr. G, M. Dawson (Lambe).

MyYxXILLa INCRUSTANS (Johnston).

Halichondria incrustans, Johnston (1842).
Myzxilla incrustans, Lambe (1897).

Gaspé coast, two specimens, Sir J. W. Dawson (Lambe).

CLATHRIA DELICATA, Lambe.

1897. Trans. Royal Soc. of Canada for 1896, Second Series, vol. II.,
sect. iv., p. 192.

“ Prince Edward Island, one specimen, dry, attached to an oyster shell,
Sir William Dawson ; Prince Edward Island, north shore, three specimens,
growing on oyster shells, Dr. James Fletcher” ; “‘ Portland, Maine ” (Lambe).

Family Axinellide.
PHAKELLIA VENTILABRUM (Johnston).

Halichondria ventilabrum, Johnston (1842).
Phakellia ventilabrum, Bowerbank (1864).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, eight miles south-east of Bonaventure Island, in 56
fathoms, stones and coarse sand, four specimens, dredged by the writer in
1872 ; Gaspé coast, Métis, Riviere du Loup and Murray Bay, Sir J. W.
Dawson ; west coast of Hudson Bay at York Factory, and between York
Factory and Fort Severn, Dr. R. Bell, 1880; east coast of Hudson Bay,
near Great Whale River, A. P. Low, 1896; Davis Strait, A. M. Rodger,
1892 (Lambe).

COELENTERATA.
HYDROMEDUS A.
ANTHOMEDUS2.
Family Clavide.
CLAVA LEPTOSTYLA, Agassiz.

Clava multicornis, Stimpson (1853) non Johnston. Fide Verrill.

Salmon Bay (on the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, just inside
of the Strait of Belle Isle), on shells, in 10 to 20 fathoms (Packard). Long
Island Sound to Labrador (Verrill).

19
Family Corynide.
SYNCORYNE MIRABILIS (L. Agassiz).

Sarsia mirabilis, L. Agassiz (1849).
Coryne gravata, Wright (1858).
Coryne mirabilis, L. Agassiz (1860).
Syuncoryne gravata, Hincks (1868).
Suncoryne mirabris, Allman (1871-72).

Bay of Fundy (Verrill). ‘This species, just in the act of throwing off
the Medusx, was dredged in great abundance on June 24th” (1864) “at
Belles Amours, Strait of Belle Isle, where the hydraria were found attached
to Ptilota elegans, growing on a clean gravelly bottom” (Packard).

Family Bougainvillide.
DicoryNE FLEXUOSA, G. O. Sars.

‘“‘ Numerous specimens of this interesting hydroid were dredged both this
year (1878) and last (1877) in many localities in the Gulf of Maine and off
Nova Scotia, in 50 to 125 fathoms. It grows usually upon the shells of
living Veptunea Stimpsoni and NV. decemcostata, sometimes also on shells
inhabited by Hupaguri. Often associated with Budendrium rameum”
(Verrill, in American Journal of Science and Arts for November, 1878, p.
375).

Family Ludendriide.
EUDENDRIUM RAMOSUM (JL).

Tubularia ramosa, 1. (1767).
Eudendrium ramosum, Ehrenberg (1834) ; et auct.

Bay of Fundy, in 6 to 100 fathoms (Verrill). Gulf of St Lawrence,
‘dredged by the writer in 1873, eight miles 8. E. of Bonaventure Island, in
56 fathoms, with atrophied fertile polypites, and identified by Professor
Verrill. Collected at Métis and Murray Bay by Miss Cary, and identified
by Sir J. W. Dawson in 1858 (Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, vol. 11,
p. 407).

EUDENDRIUM RAMEUM, (Pallas).

Tubularia ramea, Pallas (1766).
Eudendrium rameum, Johnston.

‘Colour in life, light purplish red above, yellow beneath.” Dredged by
the SS. Speedwell of the U. 8. Fish Commission in 1887,“about thirty miles
south from Halifax, N.S., in 100 fathoms, fine compact sandy mud, associated
with Archaster arcticus”, A. Flora, ‘ Astrogonium granulare, Asterias stelli-
onura, Hippasteria phrygiana, Antedon Eschrichtii,” &e. (Verrill).

D)

=

20
EuDENDRIUM CAPILLARRE, Alder.
Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia, 45 fathoms, gravelly and stony bottom,
U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger).

EUDENDRIUM CINGULATUM, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 9.

Grand Manan, dredged in 20 fathoms, on a shelly bottom off Duck
Island (Stimpson).

EUDENDRIUM DISPAR, Agassiz.

Vineyard Sound to Bay of Fundy, 1 to 20 fathoms (Verrill, 1873).

EUDENDRIUM TENUE, Agassiz.

Buzzards Bay to Bay of Fundy, low water to 15 fathoms (Verrill, 1873).

Family Pubularide.
TUBULARIA INDIVISA (L.)

Recorded by Dr. Stimpson, but with a query, as occurring at Grand
Manan, “chiefly in the laminarian zone.” ‘Of large size at Sable Island,
Nova Scotia, collected by Willis” (Sir J. W. Dawson). Le Have Bank,
Nova Scotia, in 45 fathoms, U. 8S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and
Harger).

THAMNOCNIDIA LARYNX (L.)

Tubularia larynzx (Ellis) Stimpson (1858).
Thamnocnidia larynx, Verrill (1879).

Grand Manan, “dredged in 25 fathoms, on the Hake Ground” ; Stimpson.
Attached to fronds of Laminaria on the Orphan Bank (Whiteaves, 1873) ;
alive in great numbers in Gaspé Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson, 1858).

THAMNOCNIDIA TENELLA, Agassiz.
Common in Casco Bay and the Bay of Fundy, low water to 40 fathoms
(Verrill).
Family Jlyriothelide.

MyYRIOTHELA PHRYGIA (Fabricius).

Lucernaria phrugia, Fabricius (1780).
Myriothela phrugia, M. Sars (1849).

“Grand Manan, Bay of Fundy, W. Stimpson” (I. Agassiz).

21
Family Hydractiniide.
HYDRACTINIA ECHINATA, Johnston.

Hydractinia polyclina, L. Agassiz (1860).

New Jersey to Labrador (Verrill). Throughout the entire region, from
low-water mark to 60 fathoms, usually coating over the dead shells of
gasteropoda.

Family Monocaulide.
Monocautus GLactauis (M. Sars).
Corymorpha glacialis, M. Sars (1849).
Corymorpha nutans, Stimpson (1853).

Corymorpha pendula, L. Agassiz (1862).
Monocaulus glacialis, Allman (1864).

Grand Manan, “off West Quoddy Head, a hundred or more were taken
at a single haul of the dredge. It also occurs at Welsh Pool and near Low
Duck Island. It lives on a sandy bottom, in from 4 to 15 fathoms”
(Stimpson). Common in Casco Bay and the Bay of Fundy (Verrill).
Rodger’s Island, Oak Bay, Charlotte County, N.B., at a very low tide
clinging to. the woodwork of a weir (Ganong, 1889). Murray Bay, Sir J.
W. Dawson, (fide Verrill).

Incerte Sedis.

ACAULIS PRIMARIUS, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 10.

Grand Manan, “dredged in the laminarian zone, from 5 to 15 fathoms,
attached to various Rhodosperms, as Ptilota, Chondrus and Rhodymenia”
(Stimpson).

LEPTOMEDUS&.

(a.) Medusoid Scheme.

Family Cannotide.
PryYCHOGENA LAcTEA, A. Agassiz.

Around Pendleton’s Island, east side of Passamaquoddy Bay (Ganong).

Family Hucopide.
TIAROPSIS DIADEMATA, L. Agassiz.

Bay of Fundy (Verrill).

22
PHIALIDIUM LANGUIDUM (L. Agassiz).

Oceania languida, L. Agassiz.
Phialidium languidum, Heckel.

Bay of Fundy (Verrill).

Family quoride.

PoLycANNA GR@NLANDICA (Peron and Lesueur).

Medusa equorea, O. Fabricius (1780).

Equorea Granlandica, Peron and Lesueur (1809).
Zygodactyla Grenlandica, L. Agassiz (1862).
Polycanna Grenlandica, Heeckel.

Buzzards Bay to Greenland (Verrill).

(b.) Hydroid Scheme.

Family Campanularida.
CAMPANULARIA VOLUBILIS (Pallas).

Sertularia volubilis, Pallas (1766).
Campanularia volubilis, Alder (1857) ; not of Johnston.

“Common in the Bay of Fundy, low water to 60 fathoms” (Verrill). Gulf
of St. Lawrence, off Cap des Rosiers lighthouse, in 7 fathoms (Whiteaves).

CAMPANULARIA FLEXUOSA, Hincks.

Laomedea flexuosa, Hincks (1861).
Laomedea amphora, L. Agassiz (1862).
Campanularia flecuosa, Hincks (1868).

“Long Island Sound to Gulf of St. Lawrence”; “ Bay of Fundy to Gulf
of St. Lawrence ” (Verrill).

CAMPANULARIA Hincxsi1, Alder.
Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia, in 45 fathoms, gravelly and stony bottom
U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger).
CAMPANULARIA VERTICILLATA (L.)

Dredged by Messrs. Smith and Harger on the Le Have Bank, in 45
fathoms, and by Dr. A. 8. Packard and the writer at many localities in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, in from about 20 to 50 fathoms or more.

23
CAMPANULARIA CALICULATA, Hincks.

Oampanularia caliculata, Hincks (1853).

Clytia (Orthopyxis) poterium, L. Agassiz (1862).
Orthopyxis poterium, A. Agassiz (1865).
Orthopyxis caliculata, Verrill (1873).

Bay of Fundy, low-water to 30 fathoms, and Gulf of St. Lawrence, at the
Mingan Islands, in 6 fathoms; also Henley Harbour, Strait of Belle Isle,
20 to 30 fathoms, Packard, as Clytia volubilis (Verrill).

OBELIA GELATINOSA (Pallas).

South shore of the St. Lawrence at Métis, collected by Miss Carey, and

identified by Sir J. W. Dawson in 1858 ; near Caribou Island (Packard).
OBELIA COMMISSURALIS, McCready.

(?) Laomedea gelatinosa, Stimpson (non Pallas).

“Grand Manan, Mills, t. A. Agassiz” (Verrill).

OBELIA LONGISSIMA (Pallas).

Bay of Fundy (Verrill).

OBELIA DICHOTOMA (L).

Nova Scotia, and south shore of the St. Lawrence at Métis (Sir J. W.
Dawson, 1858).

OBELIA PYRIFORMIS, Verrill.

* Long Island Sound to Bay of Fundy ” ( Verrill).

OBELIA GENICULATA (L).

Sertularia geniculata, L. (1758).

Eucope diaphana (pars) L. Agassiz (1862).
Obelia geniculata, Allman (1864) ; teste Hincks.
Eucope alternata, A. Agassiz (1865).

“Long Island Sound to Labrador ;” ‘‘ Bay of Fundy and northward, low-
water to 40 fathoms, on Laminaria, Rhodymenia, etc.” (Verrill). 0.
geniculata, ‘or a similar species, is very common on sea weeds in the Gulf
of St. Lawrence ” (Sir J. W. Dawson, 1858).

CALYCELLA SYRINGA (L).

Grand Manan, “on Sertularia polyzonias in 25 fathoms off Duck Island ”
Stimpson, as Campanularia syringa, Lamarck). Le Have Bank, Nova

24

Scotia, U. 8. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger). Gulf of St. Law-
rence, on the Orphan Bank, and about half way between East Cape, Anticosti,
and the Bird Rocks, in 313 fathoms, Whiteaves (Verril!).

Crytia Jounstoni (Alder).

Campanularia Johnstoni, Alder (1857).

Clytia bicophora, LL. Agassiz (1862).

Olytia volubilis, A. Agassiz (1865) ; non Lamouroux, fide Verrill.
Clytia Johnstoni, Hincks (1868).

“ Long Island Sound to the Arctic Ocean ;” ‘abundant in Casco Bay
and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 40 fathoms” (Verrill). Le Have Bank,
Nova Scotia, in 45 fathoms (Smith and Harger). Orphan Bank, Whiteaves

. (Verrill).

Family Perisphonida.

Larokra puMosa (Fleming).

Nova Scotia (L. Agassiz).

LAFOEA GRACILLIMA (Alder).

Lafoea fruticosa, Hincks (1868).
Lafoea yracillima, G. O. Sars (1878).

Bay of Fundy (Verrill); Le Have Bank, N.S., in 45 and 60 fathoms
(Smith and Harger).

LAFOEA ROBusTA, Verrill.

Halecium robustum, Verrill (1873).
Lafoea robusta, Verrill (1879).

About half way between Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in from 120
to 200 fathoms ; dredged by the writer in 1873, and since identified with
this species by Professor Verrill.

CUSPIDELLA GRANDIS, Hincks.

Orphan Bank, Whiteaves (Verrill) ; Cateau Harbour, Long Island, Labra-
dor, 15 fathoms, not common, A. 8. Packard (as Lafoea dumosa, fide Verrill).

Family Haleciide.
HALECIUM HALECINUM (L.)

Dredged at many localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, at moderate
depths, by Packard, Sir J. W. Dawson, the writer and others, also in the

25

Strait of Belle Isle (at Chateau Bay, in 30 fathoms on a sandy bottom) by
Packard.

HALeEciuM mMURICA(UM (Ellis and Solander).

Fifteen miles 8.S.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 50 fathoms, stony and
rocky bottom, dredged by the writer in 1872. Off Caribou Island, P.Q., on
a fishing bank in from 30 to 50 fathoms ; and Square Island, Labrador, in
30 fathoms (Packard).

HALECIUM SESSILE, Norman.

Between East Cape, Anticosti and the Bird Rocks, in 212 fathoms; two
specimens, dredged by the writer in 1871 and since determined by Professor
Verrill.

Family Sertulariade.
SERTULARIA ABIETINA, L.

H. M.S. Challenger, Station 48 (May 8, 1873) off Nova Scotia, in 51
fathoms, rock (Ailman). ‘ Mingan Island, Gulf of St. Lawrence, and
Labrador, ‘Anticosti Expedition’”, Verrill (Packard). Apparently abun-
‘dant also in Sir J. W. Dawson’s and the writer’s dredgings in the Gulf and
mouth of the River St. Lawrence.

SERTULARIA FILICULA, Ellis and Solander.

Grand Manan, dredged in 20 fathoms, on shelly bottoms (Stimpson).
Labrador (Packard).

SERTULARIA PUMILA, L.

Nova Scotia (on sunken logs) and Métis (Sir J. W. Dawson); Strait of
Belle Isle, between tides, abundant (Packard).

SERTULARIA POLYzoNIAS, L., and var. GIGANTEA, Hincks.

Grand Manan, in from 10 to 40 fathoms (Stimpson) ; Le Have Bank, N.S.,
in 45 and 60 fathoms, the var. gigantea, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith
and Harger). Dredged at many localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, by
the writer. ‘“ Between tides at Caribou Island, and in deeper water, where
it grows very stout and iarge” (Packard).

SERTULARIA RUGOSA, L.

Grand Manan, comnion in deep water (Stimpson). Common in the Gulf
of St. Lawrence. ‘‘ Rarely met with in 30 fathoins at Square Island,”
Labrador (Packard).

26
SERTULARIA TRICUSPIDATA, Alder.

Bay of Fundy, 50-55 fathoms (Verrill); Le Have Bank, N.S., in 45 and
60 fathoms (Smith and Harger). Very common at many localities in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, at moderate depths (Whiteaves). ‘ Abundant in the
Strait of Belle Isle in 40 fathoms, upon Diphasia rosacea” (Packard).

SERTULARIA FUSIFORMIS, Hincks.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, about half way between Anticosti and the Gaspé
peninsula, in 200 fathoms, on Campanularia verticillata, dredged by the
writer in 1873, and subsequently determined by Professor Verrill.

SERTULARIA LATIUSCULA, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 8.

Grand Manan, ‘ dredged in the laminarian zone” (Stimpson).
s p

SERTULARIA PRODUCTA, Stimpson.

1853. Op. cit., p. 8.

Grand Manan (Stimpson).

DIPHASIA FALLAX (Johnston).

Sertularia fallax, Johnston (1847).
Diphasia fallax, L. Agassiz (1862).

Grand Manan (Stimpson); Bay of Fundy, 20-55 fathoms (Verrill).

DIPHASIA ROSACEA (L.)

Sertularia rosacea, L. (1767).
Diphasia rosacea, L. Agassiz (1862).

“Very abundant in 50 fathoms, gravelly bottom, in the Strait of Belle
Isle” (Packard).

DIPHASIA MIRABILIS, Verrill.

1872. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. 11., p. 53.

Le Have Bank, N.S., in 60 fathoms (Smith and Harger).

THUIARIA THUJA (L.)

Collected by Messrs. Hyatt, Shaler and Verrill, on the Cambridge:
expedition to Anticosti in 1861, at the Mingan Islands, Gulf of St. Law

27

rence (Packard) ; and since dredged at several localities in the Gulf by the
writer and others.

THUIARIA ARTICULATA (Pallas).

Le Have Bank, N.S., in 45 fathoms (Smith and Harger); Gulf of St.
Lawrence (Whiteaves).

THUIARIA CUPRESSINA (L.)

Sertularia cupressina (L.) Gmelin (1792).
Thuiaria cupressina, Allman (1888).

H. M. 8. Challenger, Station 48 (May 8, 1873) off Nova Scotia, in 51
fathoms, rock (Allman). Bay of Fundy, in tide pools and from 1 to 100
fathoms, common (Verrill). Northumberland Strait and Gulf of St. Lawrence
(Whiteaves) ; Henley Harbour (Strait of Belle Isle) in 7 fathoms (Packard),

THUIARIA ARGENTEA (Ellis and Solander).

Sertularia argentea, Ellis and Solander (1786).
Thuiaria argentea, Allman (1888).

Grand Manan, “ common in 4 to 6 fathoms, attached to stones ” (Stimp-
son). ‘“ Bay of Fundy; Nova Scotia coast; Gulf of St. Lawrence, low-
water to 110 fathoms (Verrill). Northumberland Strait and Gulf of St.
Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; Gaspé Bay, attached to shells of Pecten Magellanicus
(Sir J. W. Dawson) ; Caribou Island, in 8 fathoms, not common (Packard).

HYDRALLMANIA FALCATA (L.)

Sertularia falcata, L. (1758).

Plumularia falcata, Stimpson (1853).

Plumularia tenerrima, Stimpson (1853); fide Verrill.
Hydralimania falcata, Hincks (1868).

Grand Manan, “taken often in 35 fathoms in the Hake Ground”
(P. falcata) and “common in 25 fathoms, shelly bottom, off the northern
point of Duck Island” (P. tenerrima); Stimpson. ‘Very abundant in
Casco Bay and the Bay of Fundy, low-water to 110 fathoms” (Verrill).
Le Have Bank, N.S., in 60 fathoms; and off Chebucto Head, Halifax
Harbour, in 20 fathoms (Smith and Harger); Sable Island, N.S., Gaspé
and Métis (Sir J. W. Dawson); Anticosti and the Mingan Islands
(Verrill). Dredged by the writer also at many localities in the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, and apparently common throughout the entire region.

28

Family Grammaride.

GRAMMARIA ABIETINA, M. Sars.

Grammaria robusta, Stimpson (18538); fide Verrill.
Grand Manan, “dredged not unfrequently in the laminarian zone”
(Stimpson). Le Have Bank, N.S., in 60 fathoms (Smith and Harger). Gulf
of St. Lawrence, at Trinity Bay, on the north shore, in 25 fathoms, and

elsewhere, very common (Whiteaves).
s

GRAMMARIA GRACILIS, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 9.

Grand Manan, ‘one specimen only was taken, which occurred in the
laminarian zone ” (Stimpson).

Family Aglaophenide.
THECOCARPUS MYRIOPHYLLUM (L.)

Sertularia myriophullum, L. (1767).
Aglaophenia myrtophyllum, Lamouroux (1816).
Lytocarpus myriophyllum, Allman (1883).
Thecocarpus myriophyllum, Nutting (1900).

Le Have Bank, N.S., in 60 fathoms (Smith and Harger). Gulf of St.
Lawrence, six miles E.N.E. of Cape Gaspé, in 30 fathoms, stones and coarse
sand (Whiteaves) ; Mingan Islands (A. Agassiz).

CrLapocarpus PourTatesil, Verrill.

1879. Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xvi, p. 309.
‘South-west from Cape Sable, N.S., 112-115 fathoms, gravel,” 1877,
U.S. Fish Commission. ‘“ Also taken on Banquereau, N.S., in 300 fathoms,

by the crew of the schooner Magic, Capt. W. Thompson ” ( Verrill).

CLADOCARPUS SPECIOSUs, Verrill.

1879: Ibid., p. dil.
‘“‘ Banquereau, off Sable Island, N.S., in about 200 fathoms.” Obtained
by the crew of the schooner Marion, Capt. J. W. Collins, Sept. 12, 1878,
and preserved by Mr. Newcomb (Verrill).

AGLAOPHENOPSIS CORNUTA (Verrill).
Cladocarpus cornutus, Verrill (1879).
Aglaophenopsis cornuta, Nutting (1900).
Off Sable Island, N.S., on Banquereau, in about 200 fathoms, with the
preceding species.

29
Family Plumulariide.

ANTENNULARIA ANTENNINA (L.)

Sertularia antennina, L. (1758).
Antennularia antennina, Fleming, (1822.

‘“‘Martha’s Vineyard to Bay of Fundy;”...... “Bay of Fundy, 10 to 60
fathoms, not uncommon” (Verrill).

TRACHOMEDUS.
Family Trachynemide.

TRACHYNEME DIGITALE (O. Fabricius).

Medusa digitale, O. Fabricius (1780).
Trachynena digitale, A. Agassiz (1865).

Vineyard Sound to Greenland (Verrill). ‘Specimens, agreeing well with
Mr. A. Agassiz’s figures and description, and of a beautiful sherry tint, were
dredged in 15 fathoms, rocky bottom, near Strawberry Harbour” (Labrador),
‘‘and at another point on the coast, southward ” (Packard).

SIPHONOPHORA.
Family Physalide.

PHYSALIA PELAGICA, Lamarck. ‘“ PortuGguEsSE Man oF War.”
Physalia arethusa, Tilesius.

“Occasionally found on the coast of Nova Scotia” (Sir J. W. Dawson,
Hand Book of Zoology, 1870, p. 81). ‘Inside the Ripplings, Grand
Manan” (Dr. J. W. Fewkes, 1889).

SCYPHOMEDUS:.
STAUROMEDUS.
Family Lucernaride.
LUCERNARIA QUADRICORNIS, Muller.

Grand Manan, “dredged on a bottom of nullipores and sea-collanders
(Agarum) in 4 fathoms” (Stimpson). Gulf of St. Lawrence, at Caribou
Island, in 10 fathoms sand, dredged by Dr. A. 8. Packard in 1860 and
identitied by Professor H. 7. Clark.

HaLYCLYSTUS AURICULA, Clark.

“Very abundant on Chorda jfilum, at low-water, August 14th” (1861),
Anticosti, S. W. Point. ‘ Anticosti Expedition.” Verrill (Packard).

30

MANANIA AURICULA, Clark.

Tnucernaria auricula, Fabricius (non Moller).
Manania auricula, Clark.

Cited as “not common ” in Packard’s ‘* View of the Recent Invertebrate
Fauna of Labrador,” but no exact localities are mentioned at which it occurs.

DISCOMEDUS2.
Family Cyaneide.
CYANEA ARCTICA, Peron and Lesueur.

Medusa cupitata, Fabricius (1780); fide L. Agassiz.
Cyanea arctica, Peron and Lesueur (1809).
Cuanea Postelsii, Gould (1841).
The common large, claret, red, or liver-coloured jelly fish of the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, which ranges from Long Island Sound to Greenland. It is
known to occur in the Bay of Fundy, on the Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia,

throughout the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and in the Strait of Belle Isle.

Family Ulmaride.
AURELIA FLAVIDULA, Peron and Lesueur.

Medusa aurita, Fabricius (1780).
Aurelia favidula, Peron and Lesueur (1809).
Aurelia aurita, Stimpson (1853).

Floating at or near the surface, almost everywhere in the region under
consideration. Stimpson and Verrill have found it in the Bay of Fundy ;
Ganong in Passamaquoddy Bay ; Sir J. W. Dawson, Verrill, the writer and
others, at various localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence; Packard in the
Strait of Belle Isle ; and Fabricius off the coast of Greentand.

ALCYONARITA.
ANTHOZOA.
STOLONIFERA.

Family Cornulariude.
CoRNULARIELLA MODESTA, Verrill.

1874. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. vir., p. 40.

Bay of Fundy, 80 to 100 fathoms (Verrill, 1874). Off Cape Sable, N.S., 80
fathoms, Albatross dredgings, 1883 (Verrill). Dredged by the writer,
in 1871, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, between East Cape, Anticosti, and the
Bird Rocks, in 220 fathoms.

31

ALCYONACEA.
Family Alcyonide.
ALCYONIUM RUBIFORME (Ehrenberg).

Lobularia rubiforme, Ehrenberg (1834).
Alcyonium rubiforme, Dana (1846).

Dredged by the writer off Grande Gréve, Gaspé Bay, in 1867; at many
localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence north of the Baie des Chaleurs in 1871,
1872 and 1873; and on the Orphan Bank, where it was very abundant, in
1873.

ALCYONIUM CARNEUM, L. Agassiz.

Haleyonium carneum, L. Agassiz (1850).
Alcyonium digittatum, Stimpson (1853) ; non L.

Grand Manan, “found attached to small pebbles on shelly bottoms in 10
~39 fathoms. All the specimens obtained were very small, the largest
scarcely an inch in length, and not divided into lobes” (Stimpson). ‘In
Chedabucto Bay, on the southern side of Breton Island, we” (i. e. Messrs.
Hyatt, Shaler and Verrill) “dredged an abundance of Aleyonium carneum,
Ag. (in 1861) in 10 fathoms rocky bottom, associated with a variety of
hydroids. This is the most northern locality yet known for the species, its
range being southward to Cape Cod” (Verrill, in Canadian Naturalist and
Geologist for December, 1863, vol. vim, p. 421). Bay of Fundy and coast
of Nova Scotia, low-water to 80 fathoms (Verrill, 1873). Very fine and fre-
quent between Cape Breton and Prince Edward islands, where it was
dredged at several localities by the writer in 1873.

ALCYONIUM MULTIFLORUM, Verrill.

1879. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 11., p. 200.

Off Nova Scotia, in 131-239 fathoms, SS. Albatross, of the U.S. Fish
Commission, 1883 (Verrill).

ANTHOMASTUS GRANDIFLORUS, Verrill.

1878. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xvi., p. 376.

Off Sable Island, N.S., in about 250 fathoms, schooner Marion, two speci-
mens” (Verrill, 1878). ‘‘ The Gloucester fishermen first collected this species
on the deep-water fishing banks off Nova Scotia, in 1877 and§1878.” Since
that time they have brought in numerous specimens and presented them to
the U. S. Fish Commission. ‘“ These have come from Georges Bank, Le
Have Bank, Banquereau, Sable Island Bank, Grand Bank, etc., in 150 to
300 fathoms ” (Verrill, 1883).

32
Family Vephthyide.
Euneptaya LutKeni (Marenzeller).

Aleyonium glomeratum, Lutken, M.S. (non Johnston).
Eunephthya glomerata, Verrill (1869).

Ammothea Lutkeni, Marenzeller (1878).

Aleyonium Lutkeni, Verrill (1879).

“ Several specimens of a species agreeing perfectly with Greenland speci-
mens sent to me under the” M.S. name Alcyonium glomeratum, “by Dr.
Chr. Lutken, were dredged in 52 fathoms, off Halifax, N.S., by the U. S.
Fish Commission, in 1877” (Verrill, 1873). ‘‘ Several good specimens have
been obtained and presented to the U.S. Fish Commission by the Gloucester
fishermen, from the deep-tishing banks off Nova Scotia” (Verrill, 1883).

PSEUDAXONIA.
Family Briareiae.
ANTHOTHELA GRANDIFLORA (Sars).
Brrareum yrandiflorum, Sars.

Anthothela grandiflora, Verrill (1879).

“This species has been obtained in several instances by the Gloucester
halibut fishermen, in deep water, off Nova Scotia, and presented to the U.S.
Fish Commission.” “Tt was first obta ned by Capt. N. McPhee and crew,
of the schooner Carl Schurz, off Sable Island” (Verrill).

PARAGORGIA ARBOREA (L.).

Aleyonium arboreum, L. (1758).
Briarcum arborcum, Dana (1846).
Paragorgia arborea, Edwards and Haime (1857),

Bay of Fundy, Dr. W. Wood (Verrill, 1864). Abundant in deep water
off Nova Scotia (Verrill, 1878, Canadian Naturalist, Second Series, vol. viIr.,

p. 476).
AXIFERA.

Family Jside.
CERATOISIS ORNATA, Verrill.
i
Ceratoisis ornata, Verrill (1883).

“Two specimens were taken by Mr. Philip Merchant, of the schooner
Marion, off Sable Island, N.S., in about 250 fathoms, on a trawl line”

33

(Verrill, i878). Several other specimens have subsequently been obtained
by other vesse!s of the Gloucester fishing fleet, from the banks of Nova
Scotia, where it occurs in 200 to 300 fathoms (Verrill, 1883).

ACANELLA Norman], Verrill.

Acanella arbuscula, Norman (1876) ; non Johnston (1862) fide Verrill.
Acanella Normani, Verrill (1878).

“Two fine specimens of this elegant species were obtained by Mr.
Merchant” off Sable Island “ with the preceding species.” ‘‘ A third specimen
was brought in by Mr. M. J. Murphy, from Banquereau, in the same region.
“The species was first described by Norman from a specimen collected off the
coast of Greenland, in 410 fathoms, by the Valorcus Expedition, in 1875,”
(Verrill, 1878). ‘It has been brought in in considerable numbers and in
many lots, from the deep fishing grounds off Newfoundland and Nova Scotia,
by the Gloucester halibut fishermen” (Verrill, 1883).

Family Primnoide.
PRIMNOA RESEDA (Pallas).

Gorgonia reseda, Pailas (1766).
Gorgonia lepadifera, L. (1767).
Primnoa lepadifera, Lamouroux (1816) ; et auct.
Primnoa reseda, Verrill (1864).

Mouth of the Bay of Fundy, in deep water (Verrill, 1864). “ Fine speci-
mens of Primnoa reseda and Paragorgia arborea are often taken in the same
region from which Ceratoisis ornata and Acanella Normani were obtained,
(7.¢., off Sable Island) as well as from the depression between St. George’s
and Le Have banks in 100 to 200 fathoms. One of the specimens of Para-
gorgia presented to us is over three feet high, and some of Primnoa are
nearly as tall” (Verrill, 1878) ‘On the outside of Brown’s Bank, off
southern Nova Scotia, at several stations ” in 1883, “the Albatross dredged in
101 to 131 fathoms, a number of good specimens of the great bush-coral,
Primnoa lepadifera, thus accurately fixing one of its localities” (Verrill,
1885). The species has also been recently found in the North Pacific, on
the coast of British Columbia.

Family Muriceide.
ACANTHOGORGIA ARMATA, Verrill.

1878. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xv1., p. 376.

“Several fine specimens have been brought from the deep fishing banks
off Nova Scotia and Newfoundland by the Gloucester fishermen, during the
past four years, and presented to the U. S. Fish Commission. “The

34

first specimen was taken off Nova Scotia, in 300 fathoms, by Captain T.
Goodwin, schooner Elisha Crowell ” (Verrill, 1883).

PARAMURICEA BOREALIS, Verrill.

1878. Ibid, p. 213.

‘“‘ A number of specimens have been obtained by the Gloucester fishermen,
from the fishing banks off Nova Scotia, in deep water ” (Verrill, 1883).

PARAMURICEA GRANDIS, Verrill.

1888. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. x1., p. 37.
‘“‘Several fine examples, some of them of large size, have been brought

from the fishing banks off Nova Scotia by the Gloucester tishermen, and pre-
sented to the U. 8. Fish Commission” (Verrill, 1883).

STELECHOTOKEA.
Family Anthoptilide.
ANTHOPTILUM GRANDIFLORUM, Verrill.
Virgularia grandiflora, Verrill (1879).
Anthoptilum grandiflorum, Verrill (1882).

Grand Bank, Western Bank, Banquereau, Sable Island Bank and Le Have
Bank, taken by Gloucester fishermen and presented to the U. S. Fish
Commission (Verrill, 1882 and 1883). Common off Nova Scotia (Verrill,
1885).

(A. Murrayi, Kolliker, was described from specimens dredged by H.M.S.
Challenger, at Station 50, off Nova Scotia, in 1,250 fathoms, just outside of
the area included within the limits of this paper.)

FUNICULINA ARMATA, Verrill.

1878. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xvit., p. 240.

‘“‘ Taken on a trawl line in 300 to 400 fathoms, about forty miles south-
west from the N.W. light of Sable Island, N.S., by George K. Allen,
schooner M. H. Perkins (Verrill, 1879). ‘Other specimens were after-
wards brought in by the Gloucester fishermen from the fishing banks off
Nova Scotia” (Verrill, 1883).

Family Virgularide.
VIRGULARIA LyUNGMANI, Kolliker.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, thirty miles N.E. of Cap des Rosiers, in 200
fathoms mud ; fifteen living specimens, which were dredged by the writer in
1872, and identified with this species by Professor Verrill.

35
Baticina Fixmarcuica (Sars).

Virgularia Finmarchica, M. Sars (1856).
Balticina Finmarchica, Gray ; and Verrill (1878).

“ Between Sable Island and Banquereau, N.S., taken on a trawl line, with
Pennatula borealis” (Verrill, 1878). “Since received from the Gloucester
fishermen from the outer slopes of the Grand Bank and from all the banks
off the Nova Scotia coast in 60 to 100 fathoms” (Verrill, 1882).

Family Pennatulide.

PENNATULA ACULEATA, Danielssen.

Pennatula aculeata, Danielssen (1858).
Pennatula phosphorea, var. aculeata, Sars (1870).
Pennatula Canadensis, Whiteaves (1872).

Dredged by the SS. Speedwell of the U.S. Fish Commission, in
1877, about thirty miles south from Halifax, N.S., in 100 fathoms, fine,
compact sandy mud (Verrill). “Grand Bank, St. Peter’s Bank, Banquereau,
Western Bank, and other banks off Nova Scotia, in 60 to 300 fathoms”
(Verrill, 1882).

The same species had previously been dredged by the writer in 1871,
1872 and 1873, in abundance, living in the deep sea mud (from 160 to 200
fathoms) in the Gulf of St. Lawrence about half way between the Island of
Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula.. By far the larger number of examples
obtained in 1872 were cut in two transversely, at about the midlength, by
the scraper of the dredge, so that only the upper and polypiferous halves of
the specimens were found in the bag. This strengthens the idea that these
sea-pens live with the naked portion of the stem buried in the deep sea mud.
When living they are of a beautiful dark red or carmine colour.

PENNATULA (PTILELLA) BOREALIS (Sars).

Pennatula grandis, Ehrenberg (1832); non Pallas.
Pennatula borealis, M. Sars (1856); and Verrill (1878).
Ptilella borealis, Gray ; and Verrill (1879).

Pennatula (Ptilella) borealis, Verrill (1882).

“A fine large specimen of this species, taken on a trawl line between
Sable Island and Banquereau, N.S., was presented to the U.S. Fish
Commission by Captain J. W. Collins, of the schooner Marion (Verrill,
1878). Several additional specimens of this species have been received from
off Nova Scotia (Verrill, 1879). Taken by the Gloucester fishermen “in
120 to 350 fathoms, on the outer slopes of the Grand Bank, St. Peter’s
Bank, Western Bank, Banquereau, Sable Island Bank, Le Have Bank and
George’s Bank, and presented to the U.S. Fish Commission ” (Verrill, 1882).

3h

36
ZOANTHARIA.
CERIANTHIDEA.

Family Cerianthide.
CERIANTHUS BOREALIS, Verrill.

1873. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. v., p. 5.

East of Grand Manan Island, in 28 fathoms, two large specimens, dredged
by Professor Verrill in 1872. Large tubes of this species were dredged by
the writer, in 1871, 1872 and 1873, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, between
Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 200 fathoms mud, but only one small
living specimen, about an inch long, was taken.

ZOANTHIDEA.
Family Zoanthide.

EPIZOANTHUS INCRUSTATUS (Duben and Koren).

Mammillifera incrustata, Duben and Koren (1847).

Zoanthus incrustatus, Sars (1860).

Epizoanthus Americanus, Verrill (1864).

Epizoanthus cancrisocius, Hertwig (1888) ; not of Studer (1878).
Epizoanthus incrustatus, Haddon and Shackleton (1891).

Taken by the U.S. Fish Commission, in 1872, in the Bay of Fundy, in
40 to 109 fathoms ; in 1877, off Nova Scotia, in 50 to 190 fathoms. The
Gloucester fishermen often brought it in from the various fishing banks off
Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, in 100 to 300 fathoms, 1878-80. Off Grand
Manan, in 40 to 50 fathoms, on shells covering Hupagurus, and in 109
fathoms, on rocks (Verrill). By the Challenger Expedition it was dredged
in 1873, at Station 49, off Nova Scotia, in 85 fathoms. In the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, one specimen of the incrusting variety was dredged by the writer
off Charleton Point, Anticosti, on a small stone, in 1871 ; and one, also on
a small stone, off Cape Gaspé, in 30 fathoms, in 1872.

EPIZOANTHUS PAGURIPHILUS, Verrill.

1882. Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Third Series, vol. Xx1II., p. 137.

“A few specimens taken by the Gloucester halibut fishermen, in deep
water, off Nova Scotia, and by ourselvesin 1880. The coenenchyma of this
species at first invests small univalve shells, occupied by Parapagurus
pulosimanus, but finally grows far larger than the shell, and eventually
absorbs it” (Verriil).

37
EDWARDSIIDEA.
Family Hdwardsiade.

EDWARDSIA SIPUNCULOIDES, Stimpson.

Actinia sipunculoides, Stimpson (1853).
Edwardsia sipunculoides (Stimpson M. 8.) ; Verrill (1864).

Grand/Manan, “at low-water mark, adhering by its very small base to a
large stone ; only one specimen ” (Stimpson). S.S.W. of the east point of
Prince Edward Island ; one specimen, dredged by the writer in 1873, and
since determined by Professor Verrill. Henley Harbour, Strait of Belle
Isle, in.4 fathoms (Packard).

EDWARDSIA FARINACEA, Verrill.

1869. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Second Series, vol, XLviII., p. 118.

“ Bay of Fundy, 8 to 90 fathoms ” (Verrill).

ACTINIIDEA.
Malactiniz.
Family I/yanthide.

Peacuia PARASITICA, Verrill.

1866. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x., p. 338.
“Cape Cod to Bay of Fundy, on Cyaneu arctica” (Verrill).

Family Actinide.
MErTRIDIUM DIANTHUS (Ellis).

Actinia dianthus, Ellis (1767); and Johnstoa (1847).
Actinia plumosa, Miiller (1776).

Metridium dianthus, Oken (1815).

Actinia marginata, Lesueur (1817).

Metridium marginatum, Milne Edwards (1857).

Actinia dianthus, Stimpson (1853) ; and Dawson (1858).
Actinoloba dianthus, Gosse (1860).

Metridium dianthus, Verrill (1883).

Professor Verrill, who calls this species the ‘‘ Fringed Actinia,” says that
it is the “most abundant species along the whole coast of New England and
the provinces of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia.” It is also by far the
commonest species of sea anemone in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and according
to Packard, it occurs as far to the northward as Square Island, on the

38

Atlantic coast of Labrador, and Indian Harbour, on the north shore of
Hamilton Inlet. Southward it is known to range as far as New Jersey, and
in depth, from low water to 90 fathoms. In the synonymy of this species,

the references prior to 1817 are given on the authority of Professor
MeMurrich.

SAGARTIA ACANELLA, Verrill.

1883. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. x1, p. 46.

“« A small orange-coloured species, with numerous long slender tentacles,
which, by its base, entirely surrounds and closely clasps the branches of
Acanella Normani. “It has been dredged by the U. 8S. Fish Commission at
many localities on the East Coast of the United States in deep water,” and
“it has also often been brought in by the Gloucester fishermen, since 1878,
from many localities on the deep fishing banks, off Nova Scotia, and from the
Grand Bank” (Verrill).

CHONDRACTINIA NobDoSA, (Fabricius).

Actinia nodosa, O. Fabricius (1780); but not U rticina nodosa, Verrill
(1873), nor Actinauge nodosa, Verrill (1883) ; fide McMurrich.

In a letter to the writer dated Oct. 9th, 1900, Prof. J. Playfair McMurrich
says—‘the form described by Verrill as Actinauge nodosa (Fabricius) is
now regarded as a quite distinct species, to which I have given the name A.
Verriiu. ‘ Verrill’s A. nodosa, var. tuberculosa is in all probability Fabricius’
form, which is properly called Chondractinia nodosa. According to Verrill,
Actinauge nodosa, var. tuserculosa has “ often been brought in from various
localities on the fishing banks of Nova Scotia, ete., by the fishermen of
Gloucester, Mass., and presented to the U.S. Fish Commission by them.”
“Tt has been dredged by the U. 8. Fish Commission in the Gulf of Maine
and off Nova Scotia.”

ACTINAUGE VERRILLIU, MeMurrich.

Urticina nodosa, Verrill (1873).
Actinauge nodosa, Verrill (1883).
Actinauge Verrillit, McMurrich (1894).

Taken by the U. 8. Fish Commission in the Bay of Fundy, in 50 to 150
fathoms, and off Nova Scotia, in 50 to 110 fathoms. ‘The Gloucester fisher-
men have brought it in from a large number of localities, on all the fishing
banks, from Georges to the Grand Bank, in 30 to 300 fathoms. It is parti-
cularly common on the stony bottoms of the Le Have Bank, Western Bank,
and Banquereau, off Nova Scotia” (Verrill, 1885). Specimens that have
been identified with Actinia nodosa, Fabricius, by Verrill, but that are

39

apparently identical with others that have since been described by MceMur-
rich under the name 4. Verriilii, were dredged by the writer in 1871, in
the Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Charleton Point, Anticosti, in 112 fathoms ;
and about half way between Point des Monts and the west end of Trinity
Bay, in 96 fathoms.

ACTINAUGE NEXILIs, Verrill.

1888. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. x1, p. 55.
“ Numerous specimens, from the various fishing banks off Newfoundland
and Nova Scotia, have been brought in by the Gloucester fishermen.” These
are all on Balticina, and mostly from 200 to 300 fathoms” (Verrill).

Family Cribrinidw. (Ehrenberg, teste McMurrich).*

CRIBRINA STELLA (Verrill).

Bunodes stella, Verrill (1864).
Bumnodes spectabilis, Verrvill (1879) ; non Actinia spectabilis, O. Fabr.
Bunodactis stella, Verrill (1899).
Cribrina stella, McMurrich, M.S. (1901).+
Grand Manan, in crevices of rocks near low-water mark. Perhaps the

same as Actinia coriacea, Stimpson (Verrill).

EPIGONACTIS FECUNDA, Verrill.

1899. Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Fourth Series, vol. vi., p. 378.

“East of Banquereau, off Nova Scotia, 150 fathoms, schooner Polar
Wave, lot 37, 1878, one specimen ; off Nova Scotia, 200 fathoms, Capt. John
Rowe, lot 35, one specimen ” (Verrill).

URTICINA CRASSICORNIS (Miller).

Actinia crassicornis, Miiller (1776).
Urticina crassicornis, Ehrenberg (1834) ; et auct.
Tealia crassicornis, (xosse (1858).

Le Have Bank, N.S., in 45 fathoms, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith
and Harger). Specimens that were identified with this species, in 1873, by
Professor Verrill, were dredged by the writer in 1871, 1872, and 1873, at
several localities in the northern part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, at depths
of from 30 to 112 fathoms.

* In a letter to the writer, dated April 8, 1901.
+ In the same letter.

40

Family Paractide.
STOMPHIA CARNEOLA (Stimpson).

Actinia carneola, Stimpson (1853).
Rhodactinia Daviesii, Verrill (1864).
Stomphia carneola, Verrill (1899).

Grand Manan, “dredged in 35 fathoms on the Hake Ground. The
specimens were attached to dead valves of Pecten, and sometimes to the
test of Ascidia callosa, or to small pebbles” (Stimpson) ; Bay of Fundy
(Verrill) ; Gaspé Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson). ‘“ Large specimens dredged at
Caribou Island, in 8 fathoms, gravelly bottom, and at Square Island ”
(Labrador) “in from 15 to 30 fathoms, on a shelly bottom, had three rows of
thick, short, blunt tentacles, each with three red circular bands, the outside
of the polyp being entirely smooth, with slashes of deep red on a corneous
ground. Small specimens were wholly red ” (Packard).

ACTINOSTOLA CALLOSA, Verrill.

Urticina callosa, Verrill (1882).
Actinostola callosa, Verrill (1888).

Dredged by the U.S. Fish Commission off Nova Scotia in 1877. “It
has also been taken on George’s Bank and the various fishing banks off
Nova Scotia, in 45 to 300 fathoms, by the Gloucester fishermen, in consider-
able numbers ” (Verrill, 1883).

ACTINERNUS NOBILIS, Verrill.

1879. Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Third Series, vol. Xvi., p. 474.

“Off Sable Island, N.S., 200-250 fathoms, Aug.,—and Banquereau,
about 200 fathoms, Sept. 9, 1878,—Capt. J. W. Collins, schooner Marion”
(Verrill, 1879). “‘Common off Nova Scotia in 200 to 300 fathoms” (Verrill,
1885).

SYNANTHUS MIRABILIS, Verrill.

1879. Op. cit. supra., p. 474.

Found, with the preceding species, by Captain Collins, off Sable Island,
in 200-250 fathoms, and on Banquereau, N.S., in about 200 fathoms ; and
since dredged by the SS. Albatross, in 1883, off Nova Scotia, in 150 to 330
fathoms (Verrill).

41
Family Boloceride.
Botocera Turpie (Johnston).

Actinia Tuedic, Johnston (1832).
Anthea Tuedic, Johnston (1847).
Bolocera Tuedice, Gosse (1860) ; and Verrill (1873).

Dredged by the U.S. Fish Commission, “ since 1872, in the deeper parts
of the Bay of Fundy and off Nova Scotia, in 50 to 100 fathoms. A few speci-
mens have been brought from the fishing banks, off Nova Scotia, by the
Gloucester fishermen ” ( Verrill, 1883).

(Incerte: sedis.)
ActTiINopsis Wuitreavesil, Verrill.

1879. Prelim. Check List Mar. Invert. Atlantic Coast, &c.
(Name only.)
Gulf of St. Lawrence, about half way between the 8S.W. Point of Anticosti
and the Gaspé peninsula, in 200 fathoms, mud ; a single living specimen,
dredged by the writer in 1872.

ScLERACTINIE (MADREPORARIA).
Family Turbinolide.

FLABELLUM GoopEI, Verrill.

1878. Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xv1., p. 377.

“Taken by Gloucester fishermen from near the Grand Bank, Banquereau,
Sable Island Bank and east of George’s Bank, in 180 to 400 fathoms,” and
presented to the U. 8. Fish Commission (Verrill).

In 1872, two dead, bleached and very imperfect specimens of a possibly
undescribed species of Mlabellwm were dredged by the writer at two different
and widely distant localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. One of these
specimens was taken between the S.W. Point of Anticosti and the Gaspé
peninsula, in 200 fathoms, mud; and the other about half way between
East Cape, Anticosti, and the Bird Rocks, in 313 fathoms, mud.

FLABELLUM ANGULARE, Moseley.
1876, Proc. Royal Soc., Lond., p. 556.
1880. H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol, 11., p. 164.

H.M.S. Challenger, Station 50, off Nova Scotia, in 1,250 fathoms
(Moseley). Since dredged by the SS. Albatross, of the U. 8S. Fish Com-

42

mission, off the northern coast of the United States, in 906 to 1,467
fathoms (Verrill), but not yet taken in the area embraced within the limits
of this paper).

DESMOPHYLLUM NOBILE, Verrill.

1884. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xxvuit., p. 150.

“The only specimen known was taken July 15, 1884, on the Stone Fence,
on Banquereau, N.S., in about 300 fathoms, by Michael Campbell, of
Gloucester, Mass.” (Verrill).

Family Oculinide.
LoPHOHELIA OCULIFERA, Edwards and Haime.

“A fragment of a large, dead but nearly fresh specimen of this coral,
taken about thirty-nine miles $.8S.W. from the N.W. Light of Sable Island,
was presented” to the U.S. Fish Commission ‘by Dennis Thelnemy,
schooner Wm. Thompson” (Verrill, 1878). ‘Two specimens have been
obtained by the Gloucester fishermen in deep water off the coast of Nova
Scotia, and by them presented to the U.S. Fish Commission ” (Verrill,
1883).

CTENOPHORA.
CYDIPPIDEA.
Family Mertenside.
MerreNsiA ovuM (Fabricius).

Beroe ovum, O. Fabricius (1780).
Mertensia cweullus, La. Agassiz (1860).
Mertensia ovum, Mérch (1857); and Packard (1867).

“This species was extremely abundant from the Strait of Belle Isle,
where there was floating ice on the last of June” (1864) ‘to as far north
as Hopedale,” Labrador, in lat. 55° 30’... “It was not commonly met with
in waters from which the ice had disappeared” (Packard).

Family Pleurobrachiide.
PLEUROBRACHIA RHODODACTYLA, L. Agassiz.
Beroe pileus, O. Fabricius (1780); non Miiller, teste L. Agassiz.

Pleurobrachia rhododactyla, L. Agassiz (1850).

Grand Manan (Stimpson); ‘ very abundant in Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy,
and Gulf of St. Lawrence” (Verrill, 1873). ‘“ Very abundant about Hast
Point, Anticosti, in July, 1861” (Verrill) ; “observed but rarely at Little
Mecattina Island, Gulf of St. Lawrence” (Packard).

43
LOBATA.
Family Solinide.
BoLina ALATA, Agassiz.

Grand Manan (Stimpson); Bay of Fundy (L. Agassiz). “Near Fox
Bay, Anticosti, June 29, 1861. Very abundant” (Verrill). ‘“ Not observed
any farther northward” than Anticosti (Packard).

BEROIDEA.
Family Beroide.
Ipy1a rosEoLA, L. Agassiz.

Bay of Fundy (L. Agassiz); “very abundant in the Bay of Fundy
and Gulf of St. Lawrence” (Verrill, 1873). ‘‘ Hast Point, Anticosti, very
abundant the first of July,” 1861 (Verrill). Abundant along the Labrador
coast, from Salmon Bay, on the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
just inside of the Strait of Belle Isle, to Cape Webue (Harrison) on the
Atlantic 2oast (Packard).

BCHINODERMATA.
CRINOIDEA.
Family Antedonide.
ANTEDON TENELLA (Retzius).

Asterias tenella, Retzius (1783) ; fide P. H. Carpenter.
Alectro dentata, Say (1825).
Alecto Sarsii, Duben and Koren (1846).
Aniedon tenella, P. H. Carpenter (1888).
From various localities off Nova Scotia, on the fishing grounds ( Verrill,
1882).

AntTepon Escuricati (Miiller).

Alecto Eschrichtii, Miiller (1841),
Antedon Eschrichtii, Loven (1866).

Grand Manan, “in 25 fathoms, on a shelly ground, near Duck Island”
(Stimpson, one small specimen, which Dr. P. H. Carpenter thinks may have
been A. quadrata). H.M.S. Challenger, Station 48 (May 8, 1873) on the
Le Have Bank, N.S., in 51 fathoms rock ; several specimens (Carpenter).
Dredged by the SS. Speedwell, of the U.S. Fish Commission, in 1877, about

44

thirty miles south from Halifax, N.S., in 100 fathoms, fine, compact,
sandy mud (Verrill, 1878).

ANTEDON QUADRATA, P. H. Carpenter.

1884. Proc. Royal Soc. Edinb. for 1884, pp. 375-377.
1888. H.M.S. Challenger Reps., Zool., vol., XXv1., p. 149.
H.M.S. Challenger, Station 48, on the Le Have Bank, N.S., with the
preceding species, several specimens (Carpenter).

HOLOTHURIOIDEA.
ACTINOPODA.
Family Cucumaride.
PENTACTA FRONDOSA (Jaeger). ‘GREAT SEA CUCUMBER.”

Holothuria frondosa, Gunnerus (1767) ; and O. Fabricius (1780).
Pentacta frondosa, Jaeger (1833) ; and Stimpson (1853).
_ Cucumaria frondosa, Forbes (1841); and H. Théel (1886).

Grand Manan. “ Nothing can exceed the profusion in which this species
exists in some parts of the islands. It is found just below the ordinary
low-water mark on rocky shores, and is, therefore, exposed at spring tides. I
have seen areas of several square rods entirely occcupied by them. The
largest observed was nine inches in length and three wide. They are usually
black or dark purple above and pale brown or yellowish below. Some speci-
mens are of a uniform bright yellow. They always adhere by one side—
that on which the suckers are most developed. They never bury themselves,
but are found on the surface of the rocks, and sometimes in chinks or among
large pebbles” (Stimpson). ‘‘ Passamaquoddy Bay,—-also L’Etang Harbour,
N.B., very large” (Ganong). Gulf of St. Lawrence,—near Ellis Bay, Anticosti
(Verrill) ; off Cap des Rosiers lighthouse, in 7 fathoms, on a rocky bottom
(Whiteaves) ; and near Caribou Island (Packard). Atlantic entrance to
Hudson Strait at Port Burwell, Cape Chudleigh, Bell (Verrill).

PENTACTA MINUTA (Fabricius).

Cucumaria minuta, O. Fabricius (1780).
Ocnus Ayresii, Stimpson (1853).
Pentacta minuta, Verrill (1866).

Grand Manan, “dredged on shelly bottoms in 25 fathoms” (Stimpson).
Off Nova Scotia, in 60-101 fathoms, SS. Albatross, of the U. S. Fish
Commission, 1883:(Verrill). In their “ Memoir on the Echinodermata of
the Arctic Sea to the west of Greenland,” however, Professor Duncan and
Mr. Sladen regard P. minwta as merely the young of P. frondosa.

4

Or

PENTACTA CALCIGERA, Stimpson.

Off Port Hood, Cape Breton Island, in 25 fathoms, red mud, two specimens,
dredged by the writer in 1873. These specimens were at one time referred to
Cucumaria pentactes, but Professor Verrill regards them as unusually large
examples of P. calcigera. Gulf of St. Lawrence, on the north shore, at
Salmon Bay, near Caribou Island, in 15 fathoms sand, 1860 (Packard).
North shore of the Strait of Belle Isle, at Belles Amours, common, in 8
fathoms mud ; and Atlantic coast of Labrador, at Cateau Harbour, in 15
fathoms, 1864 (Packard).

PsoLus PHANTAPUS (L.) ‘ SEA-CUCUMBER.”

Holothuria phantapus, L. (1767).
Psolus phantapus, Jaeger (1833).
Psolus levigatus, Ayres (1852).

Grand Manan, “common in 40 fathoms, attached to small stones, and
occasionally found at low-water mark. These were all small specimens. The
large ones seem to live buried among pebbles ; thus at Eastport, one was
dug from a depth of six inches in gravel. This measured three inches in
length ” (Stimpson). Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, at many
localities, dredged by Sir J. W. Dawson, Dr. R. Bell and the writer.

LopHoruuria Fasricit (Duben and Koren). ‘“ Sea ORANGE.”

Holothuria squamata, O. Fabricius (1780).
Cuvierta Fabricii, Duben and Koren (1844).
Psolus Fabricti, Lutken (1857).
Lophothuria Fabricti, Verrill (1866).

Grand Manan. “Small specimens were dredged abundantly among nulli-
pores in 5 fathoms, and a number of very large ones were found attached
to the under surface of large shelving rocks in the fourth sub-region of the
littoral zone. The largest was four inches in length, while its tentacles had
a spread of nearly five inches and presented a beautiful area of bright red
waving plumes” (Stimpson). Found also at Grand Manan by Ludwig and
Verrill. Massachusetis Bay to Greenland (Verrill). Between Pictou Island,
N.S., and Cape Bear, P.E.I., Whiteaves (Verrill). Gulf and mouth of the
River St. Lawrence ; off Cap des Rosiers lighthouse, in about 9 fathoms,
(Whiteaves) ; very abundant at Little Métis (Sir J. W. Dawson); and
at Esquimaux Bay, near Caribou Island, in 15 fathoms on pebbles,
(Packard). Henley Harbour, and Temple Bay, Labrador, in 8 to 10 fathoms,
Stearns’ expedition (Miss Bush).

In his Report on the Holothurians of the H.M.S. Challenger, Dr. Théel cites
L. squamata (the Cuvieria squamata of Duben and Koren, under the name

46

Psolus squamatus) as having been taken in the Gulf of St. Lawrence by

Bell, and on the coast of New Enyland by Verrill, but expresses a doubt as
to its distinctness from L. Fabrici.

THYONE SCABRA, Verrill.

1873. Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Third Series, vol. v., p. 100.
“ Bay of Fundy ” (Verrill).

THYONIDIUM PRODUCTUM (Ayres).

Orcula punctata, L. Agassiz (1851) ; no description.
Duasmodactyla producta, Ayres (1852).
Thyonidium productum, Stimpson (1853).

Grand Manan. ‘This species is found in deep water, but occurs most

frequently under stones, or buried to a slight depth in gravel near low-water
mark ” (Stimpson).

THYONIDIUM PELLUCIDUM (Fleming).

Holothuria pellucida, Fleming (1828).
Cucumaria hyalina, Forbes (1841).
Thyonidium hyalinum, Lutken (1857).

Murray Bay, Sir J. W. Dawson (Verrill).

OrcuLa Barratt, Troschel.

Labrador, Troschel.

Family Molpadiude.
Euryraus scaBer, Lutken.

Between Port Hood, C.B., and the east point of Prince Edward Island ;
also off Bonaventure Island, in 56 fathoms ; dredged by the writer in 1873
at the former locality, and in 1872 at the latter. Salmon Bay, near Caribou
Island, in 10 fathoms, sand, 1860 (Packard) ; and Long Island, Cateau Bay,
Labrador, in 15 fathoms, 1864 (Packard).

TROCHOSTOMA TURGIDUM (Verrill).’

Molpadiaturgida, Verrill (1879).
Trochostoma turgidum, Théel (1885).
Bay of Fundy (Verrill and Smith, 1865) ; off Nova Scotia, 1877, U.S.
Fish Commission (Verrill) ; and Gulf of St. Lawrence, Whiteaves (Verrill).

47
TROCHOSTOMA OOLITICUM (Pourtales).

Chirodota oolitica, Pourtales (1852).
Trochostoma ooliticum, Théel (1885).
Between Port Hood, C.B., and the east point of Prince Edward Island,
in red mud, Whiteaves, 1873 (Verrill).

CAUDINA ARENATA, Stimpson.

Milne Bank, Northumberland Strait, four or five specimens ; and Pointe
du Chéne, Shediac Bay, N.B., at low water, one specimen, collected by the
writer in 1873.

PARACTINOPODA.
Family Synaptide.
Cuiropora L&vis (O. Fabricius).

Holothuria levis, O. Fabricius (1780).
Synapta coriacea, L. Agassiz (1851).
Trochinus pallidus, Ayres (1852).
Chirodota levis, Stimpson (1853).

“This species is fully and well described by Otho Fabricius, and his
account of its habits applies precisely to those of our species, as I have often
observed at Grand Manan. It lives in the stony mud of the shores of
these islands, buried to a depth of a few inches, usually in a horizontal
position. It is found at low-water, but is most abundant at a depth of 4
or 5 fathoms” (Stimpson). ‘‘Craig’s Ledges, Passamaquoddy Bay, about
four miles from St. Andrews, lowest tides, abundant” (Ganong, 1884).
Gulf of St. Lawrence, near Ellis Bay, Anticosti, under rocks at low water
(Verrill, 1861) ; and Salmon Bay, near Caribou Island, in 10 fathoms, sand,
1860 (Packard). Atlantic Coast of Labrador, at “Temple Bay, in 5
fathoms ; Fox Harbour, in 1 fathom ; Dead Island, near Square Island, in
2 to 4 fathoms ;” Stearns expedition, (Miss Bush).

Myriorrocuts Rink, Steenstrup.

Myriotrochus Rinkii, Steenstrup (1852).
(2) Oligotrochus vitreus, M. Sars (1866).
Myriotrochus vitreus, Duncan and Sladen (1881).

A few specimens of this arctic species were dredged by the writer, in 1873,
in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, in 50 fathoms, nine miles and a half south-east
of Grand Pabou (a little to the north of the Baie des Chaleurs), and at the
entrance to Gaspé Bay. Packard, who had previously dredged it on the

48

Labrador coast in 1864, says: this ‘beautiful species first occurred in abun-
dance in patches of sand on a stony bottom in 7 fathoms at the anchorage
in Domino Harbour. It was afterwards found commonly in 15 to 30 fathoms
at Square Island; also at Thomas Bay, 15 fathoms, sand ; Long Island,
Sandwich Bay, 15 fathoms, sand.”

STELLEROIDEA.
ASTEROIDEA.
PHANEROZONIA.

Family Archasteride.

PoNTASTER HEBITUS, Sladen.

Archastor tenuispinus, Verrill (1879) ; ‘‘ perhaps not of Duben and Koren.”
Pontaster hebitus, Sladen (1889).
“ Bathymetrical range, 85 to 250 fathoms.” This species is known only
from the banks of Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. “It is very closely
allied to P. tenuispinus of northern Europe, if not identical ” (Verrill, 1895).

PSEUDARCHASTER INTERMEDIUS, Sladen, var. INSIGNIS, Verrill.

1895. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xL1x, p. 182.

Bathymetrical range, 100 to 1356 fathoms. Nova Scotia to N. lat. 40°
09’ 30”” (Verrill).

Family Porcellanasteride.
CTENODISCUS CRISPATUS (Retzius).

Asterias crispatus, Retzius (1805).
Ctenodiscus crispatus, Duben and Koren (1844).
Ctenodiscus corniculatus, Perrier (1875).

“This fine starfish is by no means rare in New England, although not
yet noted by our naturalists. At Grand Manan it occurred on muddy
bottoms in 50 and 60 fathoms” (Stimpson). In his Handbook of Zoology,
published in 1570, Sir J. W. Dawson says that it has been found on the
“coast of Nova Scotia.” It is one of the most characteristic starfishes of
the greatest depths of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Living specimens of it
were dredged by the writer, in 1871, off Bear Head, Anticosti,in 120 fathoms;
in 1872 and 1873, at several localities to the south and south-east of Anti-
costi, in 108 to 220 fathoms ; and in 1873, one large specimen was dredged
at the entrance to Gaspé Bay, in 50 fathoms. Verrill says that it ranges in

49

depth from 5 to 632 fathoms, but that it is most abundant from 50 to 150
fathoms, also that it has been “ taken at numerous stations in Massachusetts

Bay, Bay of Fundy, &c.” and that it “extends to Greenland, Spitzbergen,
and northern Europe.”

Family Astropectinide.
LeEPropTyCcHASTER ARcTICUS (M. Sars).

Astropecten arcticus, M. Sars (1851),
Archaster arcticus, Verrill (1878).
Leptoptychaster arcticus, Sladen (1889).
Dredged by the SS. Speedwell, of the U.S. Fish Commission, in 1877,
about thirty miles south of Halifax, N.S., in 100 fathoms, fine, compact,
sandy mud (Verrill, 1878).

PsILastER Fior#, Verrill.

Archaster Flore, Verrill (1878).
Psilaster Flora, Verrill (1894).
Dredged by the SS. Speedwell, in 1877, with the preceding. ‘It has also
been sent by the Gloucester fishermen, from several localities on the various
banks off Nova Scotia, in 60 to 230 fathoms” (Verrill, 1878).

Family Pentagoniasteride.

TosiA GRANULARIS (Retzius).

A sterias granularis, Retzius (1783).

Astrogonium granulare, Muller and Troschel (1842).
Pentagonaster granularis, Perrier (1876).

Tosia granularis, Verrill (1859).

Off Halifax, Nova Scotia (Sir J. W. Dawson, 1870). Dredged by the
SS. Speedwell, in 1877, with the two preceding species, and taken also by
Gloucester fishermen on the banks off Nova Scotia (Verrill). It seems to be
a circumpolar species, as a fine specimen was dredged by Dr. G. M. Dawson,
in 1885, in 40 fathoms, off the mouth of the Qualicum River, in the Strait
of Georgia, B.C.

Tosta EximiA, Verrill.
Pentagonaster eximius, Verrill (1894).
Tosia eximia, Verrill (1899).
“This species was taken by the SS. Albatross,” of the U.S. Fish Com-
mission, ‘in 1883, off Le Have Bank, at Station 2064,” in 122 fathoms ;
4

50

and in 1885'off Nova Scotia, at Station 2507, N. lat. 44° 27’ 30”, W. long.
62° 33’ 30’, in 80 fathoms. ‘A single specimen was obtained at each
locality” (Verrill, 1894).

Family Antheneide.
HIPPASTERIA PHRYGIANA (Parelius).

Asterias phrygiana, Parelius (1770).

Asterias cquestris, Pennant (1776).

Hippasteria plana, Gray (1841).

Goniaster equestris, Forbes (1841).

Astrogonium phrygianum, Muller and Troschel (1842),
Hippasteria phrygiana, Agassiz (1865).

Grand Manan, “a large specimen was taken off Duck Island, in the
coralline zone” (Stimpson). The species has since been dredged at the same
locality by Dr. J. W. Fewkes, in 1889. Sir J. W. Dawson, in his Hand-
book of Zoology (1870) records its occurrence on the coast of Nova Scotia,
and Verrill in 1878 states that it was dredged by the SS. Speedwell of the
U. S. Fish Commission, “in 1877, about thirty miles south of Hali-
fax,in 100 fathoms.”* Still later, in 1895, he says that its bathymetrical
range is from 20 to 224 fathoms; in one instance, off Georges Bank, in 471
fathoms, but that it is most common from 50 to 150 fathoms. He adds
that it has been ‘‘taken at numerous stations in Massachusetts Bay, off
Cape Ann, Gulf of Maine, Bay of Fundy, and off Nova Scotia, on hard
bottoms.” It occurs also on the European coasts and in the Arctic Ocean.
‘“* No other species of the genus is known.”

Family Asterinidee.
TREMASTER MIRABILIS, Verrill.

1879. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 11., p. 201.

“ Bathymetrical range. 150 to 250 fathoms, rare. Known only from the
banks of Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, from N. lat. 47° 6’ to near
Georges Bank. ‘“ All the specimens have been received from the Gloucester
fishermen. No other species of this remarkable genus is known” (Verrill,

1895).

* American Journal of Science and Arts, Third Series, vol. XvI., p. 373.
+ Idem., Third Series, vol. xirx., p. 137.

51

CRYPTOZONIA.
Family Solasteride.

SoLASTER ENDECA (Retzius). ‘ PURPLE SUN Svar.”

Asterias endeca, Retzius (1783).
Solaster endeca, Forbes (1839) ; et auct.

Grand Manan, “abundant on the rocks at low-water mark in the summer,
at some localities, but the specimens are always small and never more than
half grown. The large individuals, some of which are a foot in diameter,
are found only in deep water, chiefly in the laminarian zone” (Stimpson).
Common in the Bay of Fundy, from low-water to 80 fathoms and off Cape
Cod, in 26 to 50 fathoms (Verrill). Pendleton’s Island reefs, and Bar
Island, at the mouth of L’Etang Harbour, N.B. (Ganong). Taken on all
the fishing banks off Nova Scotia, in 40 to 150 fathoms (Verrill). Common
at many localities in the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, where
it has been collected by Sir J. W. Dawson, the writer, and others. Long
Island, Cateau Bay, Labrador, in 15 fathoms, rare, with Crossaster papposus
(Packard). It occurs on the coast of Greenland and northern Europe and
is probably circumpolar (Verrill).

SoLasTER SyrTensis, Verrill.

1894. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. xvit., p. 271.

“Taken by the U. S. Fish Commission off Cape Cod (Sta. 264) in 80
fathoms ; and off Cape Sable, N.S., in 101 fathoms (Sta. 85, 86, 1877).
«“ Several specimens, received from the Gloucester fishermen, were taken on
the fishing banks from George’s to Banquereau, N.S.” (Verrill, 1895).

SouasTeR Earui, Verrill.

1879. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xvi., p. 473;
and (1895) ibid., vol. xurx., p. 200.

“Brought by the Gloucester fishermen from several of the banks off
Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, from N. lat. 45° 25’ to George’s Bank ;
taken mostly in 170 to 300 fathoms ” (Verrill, 1895). The species “‘is allied
to S. Dawsoni, Verrill,” which was described in the Report of Progress of the
Geological Survey of Canada for 1878-79, p. 193n, from a specimen dredged
by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1878, at Virago Sound, Graham Island, B.C., in
from 8 to 15 fathoms.

43

52
CrossastER PAPPosUS (O. Fabricius). ‘‘ Common Sun Star.”

Asterias papposa, O. Fabricius (1780).
Solaster papposus, Forbes (1889).
Crossaster papposus, Muller and Troschel (1840).

The Common Sun Star, with its twelve to fifteen rays, is widely distrib-
uted on both sides of the North Atlantic. On the North American side of
that ocean it is known to range from Massachusetts Bay to Greenland, and
in depth from low-water mark to 179 fathoms, usually, if not always, on a
hard bottom. Stimpson found it, but not very abundantly, at Grand
Manan ; Ganong on the reefs around Pendleton’s Island, in Passamaquoddy
Bay, and at L’Etang Harbour, Charlotte Co., N.B.; and Verrill says that
it has been found on all the fishing grounds off Nova Scotia. In the Gulf
and mouth of the River St. Lawrence it has been collected at or near low-
water mark, or dredged, at many localities, by Sir J. W. Dawson,
Bell, Packard, and the writer; and in the Strait of Belle Isle and
Atlantic coast of Labrador by Packard and the Stearns expedition.

Sir J. W. Dawson says that it has been found fossil in the Leda clay at
Montreal, and in the Pleistocene at Greens Creek, near Ottawa.

LopHASTER FURCIFER (Duben and Koren).

Solaster furcifer, Duben and Koren (1844).
Lophaster furcifer, Verrill (1878).
“ Bathymetrical range, 234 to 640 fathoms” (150 fathoms, 1883, George’s
Bank). “Rare; chiefly northern ; it occurs in moderate depths in the Gulf
of Maine and off the Nova Scotia coast” (Verrill, 1895).

Family Pterasteride.
PTERASTER PULVILLUS, M. Sars.

“Bay of Fundy, 20 fathoms ;” and ‘“ banks off Nova Scotia and New-
foundland ” (Verrill, 1895).

PYERASTER MILITARIS (Miller).

Asterias militaris, Miiller (1776).
Pteraster militaris, Muller and Troschel (1842).

First discovered on the American side of the Atlantic by Dr. Stimpson,
who dredged three specimens in the Hake Bay, Grand Manan Island, in 35
fathoms, shelly ground, in 1852. Verrill, in 1895, says that the species is
common in the Bay of Fundy, in 10 to 50 fathoms. In the Gulf of St.
Lawrence specimens of it were dredged by the writer in 1871, on the north
shore, off Sawhill Point, in 69 fathoms; in 1872, eight miles south-east of
Bonaventure Island, in 56 fathoms ; and in 1873, on the Orphan Bank.

53

Family Lchinasteride.

CRIBRELLA PECTINATA, Verrill.

1894. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xvi, p. 278.

Bay of Fundy, in shallow water, about 26 fathoms (Verrill, 1895).

CRIBRELLA SANGUINOLENTA (Miiller). ‘ Eyep Criprewia.”

Asterias sanguinolenta, Miller (1776).

dade

Asterias oculata, Pennant (1777).

Asterias spongiosa, O. Fabricius (1780) ; and Gould (1841).
Linkia oculata, Forbes (1839) ; and Stimpson (1853).
Cribella oculata, Forbes (1841).

Echinaster oculatus, Muller and Troschel (1842).

Linkia pertusa, Stimpson (1853).

Echinaster sanguinolentus, M. Sars (1861).

Cribrella sanguinolenta, Lutken (1859).

Cribrella oculata, Perrier (1875).

Dr. Stimpson found this species at Grand Manan at low-water mark and
at a depth of 30 fathoms, on rocks, in 1852; and Professor Ganong says
that it is abundant everywhere on the southern coast of New Brunswick.
It has been collected or dredged by the writer in Northumberland Strait ;
by Sir J. W. Dawson, Dr. Bell, Dr. Packard, Professor Verrill and the
writer at many localities in the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence,
and by Packard and the Stearns expedition in the Strait of Belle Isle
and on the Atlantic coast of Labrador. On the western side of the North
Atlantic the species is known to range from Cape Hatteras to Greenland,
and from low-water mark to a depth of 471 fathoms.

Dr. J. W. Gregory says* that Cribrella, Agassiz, is a synonym of Henricia,
Gray.

Family Pedicellasteride.
PEDICELLASTER Typicus, M. Sars.

A few specimens that have been identified with this Norwegian species by
Professor Verrill, were dredged by the writer in 1872, in the northern part
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Cape Gaspé and Cap des Rosiers, in 75 to
80 fathoms.

*On page 258, of Part 111., of Dr. E. Ray Lankester’s ‘‘ Treatise on Zoology.”

54
Family Stichasteride.

STICHASTER ALBULUS (Stimpson).

Asteracanthion albulus, Stimpson (1853).
Stichaster albulus, Verrill (1866 and 1895).
Stephanastérias albula, Verrill (1871).

Grand Manan. ‘They occurred most frequently among branching nul-
lipores, in 4 or 5 fathoms, on the east side of the islands (Stimpson). “ Hast-
port, Me., and Grand Manan, in 10 to 20 fathoms, rocky bottoms, and
among nullipores ; also frequent at low-water of spring tides among rocks.”
“Common from low water mark to 100 fathoms in the Bay of Fundy and
off the coast of Nova Scotia” (Verrill). The species is known to range from
Cape Hatteras to “ Greenland, Iceland and other parts of the Arctic Ocean,
and the northern coast of Europe,” from 0 to 435 fathoms.

Family Asteriide.
AsTEerRIAS Forsestl (Desor).

Asteracanthion Forbesti, Desor (1848).
Asterias wrenicola, Stimpson (1862).
Asteracanthion berylinus, (L. Ag., M.S.) A. Ag. (1863).
Asterias Forbesi, Verrill (1866).
Doucette Isiand, St. Croix River; and shores of the large island (?Rogers
Island) in Oak Bay, N.B. (Ganong, 1888 and 1889).

ASTERIAS VULGARIS (Stimpson) Verrill. ‘““STaRFIsH, FIVE-FINGER, CROSSFISH.”

Asteracanthion rubens, Stimpson (1853).

Asterias vulgaris, (Stimpson, M.S.) Packard (1863). No description.
Asteracanthion pallidus (LL. Ag., M. 8.) A. Ag. (1863). No description.
Asterias vulgaris, Verrill (1866). Description.

This common large five-rayed starfish, which, according to Stimpson,
attains to a diameter of a foot or more, is widely and abundantly distributed
throughout the whole of the region now under consideration. It is pre-
eminently the common starfish of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. At Grand
Manan it has been collected by Stimpson; in the “ Bay of Fundy, from
above low-water mark to 60 fathoms,” by Verrill; in Passamaquoddy Bay
by Ganong; and in Northumberland Strait by the writer. At many
localities in the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence it has been
collected by Sir J. W. Dawson, Bell, Packard and Verrill and the writer.
In the Strait of Belle Isle and Atlantic coast of Labrador it has been
collected by Packard and the Stearns expediticn; and at the entrance
to Hudson Strait by Bell. ‘“ Bathymetrical range, 0 to 358 “ fathoms ;

5D

most abundant in 1 to 60 fathoms. ‘“ Belongs to thecold areas. “ Eastern
part of Long Island to Labrador, in shallow water ; in deep water it ranges
southward as far as off Cape Hatteras” (Verrill, 1895).

ASTERIAS STELLIONURA, Perrier.

Asteracanthion stellionura, Perrier (1869).
Asterias stellionura, Perrier (1875) ; and Verrill (1878).

“This large and remarkable species, previously known only from Iceland to
Greenland, was dredged by our party on the steamer Speedwell, of the
U.S. Fish Commission, “in 1877, at several localities off Nova Scotia,
in large numbers. “It was especially abundant off Cape Sable, in
88 to 92 fathoms, fine compact sand ; and off Halifax, in 100 fathoms, sandy
mud, where it was associated with Astrogonium yranulare, Hippasteria
phrygiana, Archaster Parelii, Archaster arcticus, Antedon Sarsii, and many
other arctic species” (Verrill, 1878). *

ASTERIAS ENOPLA, Verrill.

1895. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xurx., p. 208.

Off Nova Scotia, in 53 to 100 fathoms, two specimens (Verrill).

ASTERIAS POLARIS (Muller and Troschel).

Asteracanthion polaris, Muller and Troschel (1842).
Asterias polaris, Verrill (1866).

Gaspé Basin, ‘some small specimens, probably young of this species”
(Sir J. W. Dawson, 1858); “very abundant along the whole coast” (of the
Gaspé peninsula) “below Rimouski” (Bell, 1858). Near Caribou Island
(Packard, 1860); from low water to 20 fathoms, at Anticosti Island,
also dredged in 15 fathoms on a rocky bottom at Mingan Island, by the
Anticosti expedition in 1861 (Verrill). Square Island and Hopedale, on
the Atlantic coast of Labrador (Packard) 1864. This common, large and
six-rayed northern species has since been found at many localities in the Gulf
and mouth of the River St. Lawrence by Sir J. W. Dawson and the writer.
Verrill says that it ranges from George’s Bank to Greenland, in from 0 to
60 fathoms, and that it has been taken by the Gloucester fishermen “on all
the banks” (off Nova Scotia, &c.) ‘in 20 to 50 fathoms.” L’ Anse au Loup
(north side of the Strait of Belle Isle) one young specimen in 8 fathoms;
and Bonne Esperance, Esquimaux Bay, at low water, abundant; Stearns’
expedition (Miss Bush). Atlantic entrance to Hudson Strait, at Port
Burwell, Cape Chudleigh (Bell, 1884).

* American Journal of Science and Arts, Third Series, vol. xv1., p. 214.

56

LEPTASTERIAS TENERA (Stimpson).

Asterias tenera, Stimpson (1862).
Asterias (Leptasterias \ tenera, Verrill (1866).
Leptasterias tenera, Verrill (1874).

“Cape Cod to Newfoundland.” Common in Massachusetts Bay and the
Bay of Fundy, in 10 to 40 fathoms. “This is very closely allied to ZL.
compta, of which it may be only a poorly nourished slender variety ”
(Verrill, 1895).

LEPTaSTERIAS GR@NLANDICA (Lutken).

Asteracanthion Grenlandicus, Lutken (1857).
Asterias Grenlandica, Verrill (1866).
Leptasterias Granlandica, Verrill (1879).

A single specimen of this species was dredged in 15 fathoms, rocky bottom,
off Ellis Bay, Anticosti, by the Anticosti expedition in 1861. Since then
specimens which are probably referable to this species have been dredged at
many localities in the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence by Sir J.
W. Dawson and the writer. Verrill says that it has been taken on the
fishing banks off Nova Scotia and in the Bay of Fundy, in from 5 to 100
fathoms, as well as in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and that itis “strictly
northern.” Professor Ganong, in his paper on the “ Echinodermata of New
Brunswick” (published in Bulletin No, 7 of the Natural History Society
of that province) includes Stimpson’s Asteracanthion Mulleri among the
synonyms of this species. Tn this connection, Prof. Verrill says that, besides
L. compta, L. tenera, L. Grenlandica, L. hispidella and L. littoralis, “there
are other forms on our northern coast that may be distinct, but need much
study. Some of these have hitherto been referred to Z. Mulleri and to L.
Stimpsoni” (Verrill, 1866).*

LEPTASTERIAS LITTORALIS (Stimpson).

Asteracanthion littoralis, Stimpson (1858).
Asterias littoralis, Verrill (1866).
Leptasterias littoralis, Verrill (1883).

Grand Manan, “very common among the fuci in the middle region of the
littoral zone or even near high-water mark, elsewhere I have never found
it” (Stimpson) ; “ Hastport and Grand Manan, abundant from half tide to
low-water mark, among rocks and fuci” (Verrill). Fishing banks off Nova
Scotia (Verrill). Gulf of St. Lawrence, Whiteaves (Verrill). Dead Island,
near Square Island, Labrador, in 1 to 5 fathoms, several specimens, Stearns
expedition (Miss Bush). Port Burwell, Cape Chudleigh (Bell). Casco Bay,
Me., to Cumberland Gulf, in 0 to 23 fathoms. ‘Very closely allied to Z.
Grenlandica” (Verrill, 1895).

* American Journal of Science and Arts, March, 1895, Third Series, vol. xtrx., p. 211.

57

Family Brisingide.
Opin1A AMERICANA, VERRILL.

Brisinga Americana, Verrill (1880).
Freyella Americana, Sladen (1889).
Odinia Americana, Verrill (1894).

‘“‘ Bathymetrical range, 175 to 400 fathoms. Two specimens were taken
by the Gloucester fishermen on Banquereau, off Nova Scotia, one at N. lat.
44° 12’, W. long. 58° 37’, clinging to Paragorgia arborea. Both of our
specimens had 20 (detached) arms. It grows to great size” (Verrill, 1895).

OPHIUROIDEA.
OPHIURS.
Family Ophiolepidide.
OpnioGLyPHA Sarsi (Lutken).

Ophiolepis ciliata, Stimpson (1853) ; non Retzius, sp. (1805).
Ophiura Sarsit, Lutken (1854).
Ophioglypha Sarsii, Lyman (1865).

Grand Manan. “This species is much larger than” O. robusta, ‘of a
bluish-gray colour above and white below.” ‘It is also very different in
station, being found only on muddy bottoms and in deep water. I have
taken it at a depth of 60 fathoms” (Stimpson). Bay of Fundy, in 150
fathoms (Verrill, 1872) ; abundant on the southern coast of New Brunswick
in 10 fathoms (Ganong, 1888). The largest and one of the most widely
distributed brittle stars of the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence,
in from about 25 to 250 fathoms. It is particularly large and abundant in
125 fathoms, six miles from shore, opposite Cap des Rosiers lighthouse,
where it was dredged by the writer in 1871. In fresh specimens taken at
this locality the upper surface of the disk varied in colour from grayish or
ash coloured, to greenish, purplish, or even bright red. Packard found this
species at Cateau Bay, Long Island, on the Atlantic coast of Labrador, of
large size, in 15 fathoms, on a sandy bottom. Miss Bush says that two
specimens were taken in 10 fathoms at Henley Harbour (Chateau Bay, on
the north side of the Strait of Belle Isle) by the Stearns expedition in 1882 ;
Dr. Bell collected it at Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, in 1884, and it has
been found at Greenland. Professor Verrill says that he has seen a few
four-armed specimens of it from off Nova Scotia.

According to Sir J. W. Dawson, it has been found fossil in the Leda clay
of St. John, N.B., by Dr. G. F. Matthew.

58

OPHIOGLYPHA RUBUSTA (Ayres).

Ophiopholis robusta, Ayres (1852).
Ophioglypha robusta, Lyman (1865).

Grand Manan, “abundant in the laminarian zone, and sometimes also at
low-water mark on rocky and nullipore bottoms. A small graceful species,
with flat disk and long slender arms tapering to mere threads. It is always
highly coloured, usually variegated with red, but sometimes jet black ”
(Stimpson).

In the Gulf of St. Lawrence specimens of O. robusta were dredged by
the writer between Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 110 to 220
fathoms, in 1872; also on the Orphan Bank and at the entrance to Gaspé
Bay, in 20 to 50 fathoms, in 1873. Miss Bush says that it was “ the most —
abundant species” obtained by the Stearns expedition, and that it was
taken at L’Anse au Loup, Henley Harbour and Temple Bay in 10 to 15
fathoms. Dr. Bell collected it at Port Burwell, Hudson Strait. The
species is known to range from Massachusetts Bay to Greenland, the
Arctic Ocean, northern Europe and Alaska, and in depth, from low-water
mark to 220 fathoms or more.

OpHioGLyPHA Sruwirzr (Lutken).
Ophiura Stuwitzi, Lutken (1857).
Ophioglypha stwwitzi, Lyman (1865).

A single specimen, dredged many years ago at Murray Bay by Sir J. W.
Dawson, has been identified with this species by Professor Verrill.

OPHIOGLYPHA Noposa (Lutken).
Ophiwra nodosa, Lutken (1857).
Ophioglypha nodosa, Lyman (1865).

Common at all depths in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and northward to the
Atlantic coast of Labrador, Hudson Strait and Greenland ; but its name does
not occur in Stimpson’s “ Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata of Grand
Manan,” nor in Ganong’s “ Echinodermata of New Brunswick.”

OPHIOGLYPHA SIGNATA, Verrill.

1882. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xx111., p. 220.

“Bay of Fundy, and off Nova Scotia ” (Verril!).

59

Family Amphiuride.
AMPHIURA SUNDEVALLI (Muller and Troschel).

Ophiolepis Sundevalli, Muller and Troschel (1842).
Amphiura Holbolli, Lutken (1854).
Amphiura Sundevalli, Ljungman (1866).

“ Found in 15 fathoms at Cateau Bay,” Long Island, Labrador, “on a
sandy bottom,” in 1864 (Packard) ; and by the Stearns expedition at Henley
Harbour, Chateau Bay, in 10 to 15 fathoms (Miss Bush). A very slender
and fragile brittle star, dredged abundantly in the deep sea mud (180-300
fathoms) to the south and south-east of the Island of Anticosti, was referred
to A. Holbolli, by the writer, in 1871, but Professor Verrill, in 1873,
thought it “near Ophiopeltis borealis, Sars,” which Lyman says is an
Amphiura. Verrill, however, in 1899, gives the Gulf of St. Lawrence as
the locality for A. Sundevalli.

AMPHIURA ExIGuA, Verrill.

1899. Trans. Conn. Ac. Arts and Se., vol. x., p. 311.

Gulf of St. Lawrence (Verrill).

AMPHIURA CANADENSIS, Verrill.

1899. Idem, p. 311.

Gulf of st. Lawrence (Verrill).

AMPHIPHOLIS ELEGANS (Leach).

Ophiura elegans, Leach (1815).

Ophiocoma neglecta, Forbes (1841).

Ophiolepis tenuis, Ayres (1852).

Amphiura tenuis, Lyman (1860).

Amphiura squamata, Lyman (1865) non Della Chiage, teste Ljungman.
Amphipholis elegans, Verrill (1878).

Grand Manan, “ among nullipores below low-water mark, frequent” (Stimp-
son); “ Bay of Fundy, low-water to 60 fathoms, common” (Verrill 1872).
Gulf of St. Lawrence, between Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 210
fathoms, one specimen (Whiteaves, 1873). ‘Off New Jersey to the Arctic
Ocean ” (Verrill, 1872).

60

OPHIOPHOLIS ACULEATA (L.).

Asterias aculcata, (L.) Gmelin (1788); tide Lyman.
A sterias ophiura, O. Fabricius (1780).

Ophiura bellis, Fleming (1828).

Ophiocoma bellis, Forbes (1841).

Ophiolepis scolovendrica, Muller and Troschel (1842).
Ophiopholis aculeata, Gray (1848).

Ophiopholis scolopendrica, Stimpson (1858).
Ophiopholis bellis, Layman (1865).

Common from off Cape Hatteras, Virginia, and New Jersey (Verrill),
the Bay of Fundy, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Labrador coast and Hudson
Strait, to the “ Arctic Ocean, Iceland, Spitzbergen, and northern coasts of
Europe, the English Channel, Ireland, etc.,” from low-water mark to 100
fathoms or more. It is uncertain to what family Ophiopholis should now
be referred, as the genus is not even mentioned in Verrill’s latest scheme of
classification of the North American Ophiwroidea, in the Transactions of the
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences for October, 1899.

Family Ophiacanthide.

OPHIACANTHA BIDENTATA (Retzius).

Asterias bidentata, Retzius (1805).
Ophiacantha spinulosa, Muller and Troschel (1842).
Ophiacantha bidentata, Ljungman (1871).

Abundant throughout the whole region, from near low-water mark to 250

fathoms or more. The species is known to range from Cape Cod to Green-
land, Norway and Spitzbergen.

According to Sir J. W. Dawson it has been found fossil in the Leda clay
at the Tanneries, Montreal.

OPHIACANTHA ANOMALA, G. O. Sars.

Off Nova Scotia, in 101 to 131 fathoms, U. 8. Fish Commission, dredged
by the SS. Albatross in 1883. “This species is easily recognized by having
regularly six arms” (Verrill).

OPHIACANTHA SPECTABILIS, G. O. Sars.

Off Nova Scotia, in 131 fathoms, also dredged by the SS. Albatross in 1883
one specimen only ( Verrill).

61

OPHIACANTHA VARISPINA, Verrill.

1885. Ann. Rep.-U. 8. Fish Commission for 1883 p. 545.

Off Nova Scotia, 101 to 200 fathoms, Albatross dredgings of 1883
(Verrill).

OPHIACANTHA GRANULIFERA, Verrill.

1885. Idem, p. 546.

Off Nova Scotia, in from 101 to 200 fathoms, Albatross dredgings of
1885 (Verrill).

OPHIOLEBES ACANELLA, Verrill.

1885. Idem, p. 548.

“On Paramuricea borealis, in 113 to 122 fathoms, off Nova Scotia”
(Verrill). Dredged by the SS. Albatross in 1883.

Family Ophioscolicide.
OPHIOSCOLEX GLACIALIS, Muller and Troschel.

Two or three living specimens that have been referred to this species by
Professor Verrill, were dredged by the writer in 1873, in 210 fathoms to the
8.W. by 8. of the island of Anticosti.

Family Gorgonocephalide.
GORGONOCEPHALUS EUCNEMIS (Muller and Troschel.)

Asterias caput meduse, O. Fabricius (1780).
Astrophyton eucnemis, Muller and Troschel (1842).
Gorgonocephalus eucnemis, Lyman (1882).

In his ‘list of Animals dredged near Caribou Island” in 1860, published
in the “Canadian Naturalist and Geologist” for December, 1863, Dr.
Packard says that one specimen of this species “was hauled up by a fisher-
man twenty miles from land in about 80 fathoms,” and that specimens of it

are ‘‘common and very large in 18 fathoms on the crown of the bank ” off
Caribou Island.

62
GoRGONOCEPHALUS AGassIzII (Stimpson).

Euryale scutatum, Gould (1841); not of deBlainville.
Astrophyton scutatum, Stimpson (1853).
Gorgonocephalus Agassizit, Lyman (1882).

Grand Manan, not uncommon. ‘It is found in the coralline zone,
especially among forests of Boltencw” (Stimpson). Bay of Fundy, very
common, low-water to 100 fathoms (Verrill); Friar’s Cove and Blacks
Harbour, Charlotte Co., N.B. (Ganong). Brought up occasionally on fisher-
mens’ lines at many localities in the Gulf and mouth of the River St.
Lawrence, where it has also been dredged or otherwise collected by Dr. R.
Bell, the writer and others.

GorGoNOCEPHALUS LAMARCKII (Muller and Troschel).

Astrophyton Lamarckii, Muller and Troschel (1842).
Gorgonocephalus Lamarckti, Lyman (1882).
“Common off Nova Scotia on Alcyonaria.” Dredged by the SS. Albatross,
of the U. 8. Fish Commission, in 194 fathoms in 1882, and in 239 fathoms
in 1883 (Verrill).

Family dAstronycide.
Astronyx Loveni, Muller and Troschel.

H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873), lat. 43° 3’ N., long. 63°
39° W. (about 100 miles south of Halifax) in 85 fathoms, gravel and stones
(Lyman).

ECHINOIDEA.
DIADEMOIDA.
Family Strongylocentrotide.

SrroneyLocantrotus DroBacuHiEnsis (Miller).

Echinus Drobachiensis, Miller (1776).

Echinus neglectus, Lamarck (1816).

Echinus granularis, Say (1827) ; non Lamarck.
Zehinus granulatus, Gould (1841).

Toxopneustes Drobachiensis, L. Agassiz (1846).
Euryechinus Drobachiensis, V errill (1866).
Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis, A. Agassiz (1872).

The common sea urchin of the Bay of Fundy and Gulf of St. Lawrence,
which is abundant throughout the whole region, especially in very shallow
water. In the Bay of Fundy, Professor Verrill says that it ranges in depth
from low-water mark to 109 fathoms, and in the Gulf of St. Lawrence it is

very common a little below low-water mark or in less than 10 fathoms,

63

though a few very small but living specimens were dredged by the writer
at various localities, in 20, 30, 56, 60, 75 to 80 and 110 fathoms, in 1872.
The species is circumpolar, and, on the western side of the Atlantic, ranges
from New Jersey to the Arctic Ocean.

Sir J. W. Dawson says that it occurs rarely asa fossil in the Leda clay of
Rivicre du Loup, Beauport, St. Nicholas and Montreal.

GNATHOSTOMATA.
Family Seutellide.
ECHINARACHNIUS PARMA (Lamarck).
Scutella parma, Lamarck, (1816).
Echinarachnius parma, Gray (1825).
Echinarachnius Atlanticus (Gray) Stimpson (1853).

Common in the Bay of Fundy, Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, Gulf and
mouth of the River St. Lawrence, and Strait of Belle Isle, from a little
below low-water mark to 15 fathoms, usually upon sandy bottoms. South-
ward, it is known to range to Chesapeake Bay, and to 100 fathoms or more
in depth. It is common also on both sides of the north Pacific.

ATELOSTOMATA.
Family Spatangide.

SCHIZASTER FRAGILIS (Duben and Koren).

Dredged by the SS. Bache, of the U. 8S. Fish Commission, in 1872, “in
the centre of the Bay of Fundy, east of Grand Manan, in 95 to 106
fathoms” (Verrill). In the Gulf of St. Lawrence adult and living specimens
of it were dredged by the writer in 1871, 1872 and 1873, at several localities
to the north-east, south-east and south of the Island of Anticosti, in from
100 to 300 fathoms.

PLAT YHELMINTHES.
TURBELLARIA (PLANARIANS).*
DENDROCGLA.

Family Leptoplanide.
LEPTOPLANA ELLIPSOIDES, Girard.

Grand Manan, “found at low-water, under stones, in 4 fathoms, nulli-
pores, and in 30 fathoms shelly bottom ” (Stimpson). Le Have Bank, Nova

*Extracted almost exclusively from Professor Verrill’s paper on the ‘‘ Marine Planarians
of New England,” in the Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences,
vol. viil., pp. 459-520, published in December, 1892.

64

Scotia, in 45 fathoms, gravelly and stony bottom, U.S. Fish Commission,
1872 (Smith and Harger).

“ Gulf of St. Lawrence to Casco Bay, low-water to 60 fathoms. Common
at Eastport, Me., and Grand Manan, N.B., 1862 to 1872, at low-water mark,
under stones, in tide-pools and at all depths down to 40 fathoms, on stony
bottoms. Halifax, N.S., 8 to 10 fathoms, 1877” (Verrill).

Family Planaride.
Fovia AFFINIS (Cirsted).

‘‘T have taken only a single specimen of a dark green variety (referred
doubtfully to this species) at Eastport, Me., and Grand Manan, N.B., dur-
ing many seasons spent in studying the fauna of that region ” (Verrill).

PROCERODES ULV ((irsted).

“ New Haven to Bay of Fundy. Found near low-water mark, under
stones and in tide-pools, among alge” (Verrill).

ACCELA.
Family Aphanostoma.
Doubtful Species.
TyPHLocoLax acutus (Girard).

Typhtolepta acuta (Girard) Stimpson (1853).
Typhocolax acutus, Verrill (1892).
Grand Manan, “found in considerable numbers creeping over the surface of
Chirodota levis” (Stimpson).

NEMERTEA.*
ENOPLA.
Family Amphiporida.
AMPHIPORUS ANGULATUS (Fabricius).

Fasciola angulata, O. Fabricius, in O. F. Miiller (1774).
Planaria angulata (Fabricius) Miller (1776) ; and Fabricius (1780).
Omatoplea Stimpsont (Girard) Stimpson (1853).
Amphiporus Stimpsoni, Verrill (1879).
Amphiporus anyulatus, Verrill (1892).
Grand Manan, common at low-water mark under stones (Stimpson).
“ Massachusetts Bay to Gulf of St. Lawrence, Labrador, Cumberland Gulf,

* Extracted largely from Professor Verrill’s ‘‘ Marine Nemerteans of New England,
etc.”, in the Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. VIIL., pp.
382-456, published in June, 1892.

65

and Greenland. Very common and of large size at low-water mark, under
stones, at Eastport, Me., and Grand Manan, N.B. I have also dredged it
in numerous localities off Nova Scotia; in the Bay of Fundy ; off the coast
of Maine ; Casco Bay; off Cape Ann; off Cape Cod, etc., in 4 to 150
fathoms ; and in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 15 fathoms ” (Verrill).

AMPHIPORUS HETEROSORUS, Verrill.

“ Bay of Fundy, in 10 to 200 fathoms, on muddy and sandy bottoms ”
( Verrill).

AMPHIPORUS LACTIFLOREUS (Johnston).
Planaria lactijflorea, Johnston (1828).
Aimphiporus lactifloreus, M’Intosh (1873) ; and Verrill (1879).

“Grand Manan, N.B., at low-water mark, under stones. This species,
which is here referred, with some doubt, to the European form, is not
uncommon on the shores of the Bay of Fundy ” (Verrill).

AMPHIPORUS ROSEUS (Miller).

Fasciola rosea, Miiller (1774).
Planaria rosea, Miiller (1776).
Amphiporus roseus, Verrill (1892).
‘** Massachusetts Bay to Bay of Fundy, in various localities, low-water to
112 fathoms” (Verrill). The specimens described in Professor Verrill’s
paper were taken off Grand Manan, in 112 fathoms, in 1877.

AMPHIPORUS AGILIS, Verrill.

Ophionemertes agilis, Verrill (1873).
Amphiporus agilis, Verrill (1879).

“« Bay of Fundy, 10 to 90 fathoms” (Verrill).

AMPHIPORUS (7) SUPERBUS (Girard),
Nareda superba (Girard) Stimpson (1853).
Amphiporus (?) superbus, Verrill (1892).
Grand Manan, “dredged in 35 fathoms in the Hake Bay,” by Stimpson,
but not since met with at this locality by Verrill.

TETRASTEMMA CANDIDUM (Fabricius ?) M’Intosh.

“Common at many locilities between tides, among alge, hydroids and
bryozoa, from New Haven, Conn., to the Bay of Fundy.” ‘ Also dredged at

moderate depths, 1 to 14 fathoms, in many localities ” (Verrill).
5

66

TETRASTEMMA SERPENTINUM (Girard) Stimpson.
Grand Manan, “under stones, in the higher levels of the littoral zone ”
(Stimpson), but not included by Verrill in his paper on the New England

Nemerteans.

TETRASTEMMA VITTATUM, Verrill.

“« Bay of Fundy, etc., low-water mark to 25 fathoms, common on muddy
bottoms” (Verrill).
Family Drepanophoride.

DrePANOPHORUS LANKESTERI, Hubrecht.

H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873), south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia, in 85 fathoms, gravel and stones (Hubrecht).

ANOPLA.
Family Lineide.
Lingus viripis (Fabricius).

Planaria viridis (Fabricius) Miller (1776 and 1777) ; and Fabricius (1780).
Polia obscura (Girard) Stimpson (1853) ; no description.
Lineus viridis, Johnston (1865) ; et auct.

“Grand Manan, common in the first subregion of the littoral zone ”
(Stimpson). Halifax, N.S., Gulf of St. Lawrence, ete. ‘It is particularly
abundant and large at Eastport, Me., and at all localities about the Bay of
Fundy where the shore is composed of rocks ” ( Verrill).

LINEUS SANGUINEUS (Rathke).

Planaria sanguinea, Rathke (1799).
Lineus sanguineus M’Intosh (1873).

‘Grand Manan, between tides, in 1870 and 1872, common ” (Verrill).

LINEUS SOCIALIS (Leidy).

Nemertes socialis, Leidy (1855).
Lineus socialis, Verrill (1892).

Bay of Fundy, a “ strictly littoral species,” which “ occurs abundantly and
usually gregariously under stones, among living mussels, between the roots of
grasses and alge, etc., from near low-water mark nearly up to high-water

mark of medium tides ” (Verrill).

67
Doubtful species.

(Lingus TRuNcATUS (Hubrecht).

Cerebratulus truncatus, Hubrecht (1887).
Lineus truncatus, Verrill (1892).

H.M.S. “Challenger,” Stations 47 and 49 (1873), off Nova Scotia, in 75
and 85 fathoms(Hubrecht). Verrill says that there is nothing in Hubrecht’s
description of Cerehratulus truncatus to distinguish it from Lineus viridis,
which often contracts into the same form.)

MicrurA AFFINIS (Girard).

Poseidon affinis (Girard) Stimpson (1858).
Nemertes affinis, Verrill (1874).
Micrura affinis, Verrill (1879).

Grand Manan, “in the laminarian zone” (Stimpson). ‘ Very common
from off Cape Cod and Massachusetts Bay to Nova Scotia, in 8 to 100
fathoms or more, on shelly and stony bottoms. It is particularly common
in the Bay of Fundy, the harbour of Eastport, Me., and the other cold
waters of that region, where it is also often found at low-water mark under
stones” (Verrill).

Micrura RuBRA, Verrill.

“ Bay of Fundy, off Head Harbour, Campo Bello Island, 40 fathoms mud,
Aug. 27, 1870” (Verrill).

CEREBRATULUS Fuscus (Fabricius).

Planaria fusca, O. Fabricius (1780).
Meckelia olivacea, Rathke (1848).
Cerebratulus fuscus, Verrill (1892).

Eastport, Me.; Grand Manan, N.B.; and Halifax, N.S.; “under stones
and in sand and gravel near low-water mark, and beyond in shallow water
to 20 fathoms or more” (Verrill). Dredged by Packard in 1860, at Salmon
Bay, P.Q. (near the mouth of the Esquimaux River, on the north shore of
the Gulf of St. Lawrence), in 10 fathoms mud; also, in 1864, in Belles
Amours, Bradore Bay, P.Q., in 8 fathoms sand, and at Henley Harbour,
Labrador (nearly opposite Belle Isle) in 20 fathoms. Greenland (Fabricius,
and Levinsen).

CEREBRATULUS CYLINDRICUS, Packard.

Belles Amours Harbour, Bradore Bay, P.Q., one specimen (Packard).

53

68

CEREBRATULUS LURIDUS, Verrill.

Bay of Fundy ; off Halifax, N.S., &e., common (Verrill).

Doubtful species.
CEREBRATULUS MEDULLATUS, Hubrecht.

H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873), south of Halifax,
Nova Scotia, in 85 fathoms, gravel and stones. ‘This species is probably
not a Cerebratulus” as here defined, ‘‘ but more likely belongs to Lineus or
Micrura, and perhaps to some of the species described above.” (Verrill.)

Family Cephalothricide.
CEPHALOTHRIX LINEARIS (Rathke).

Planaria lincaris, Rathke (1799).
Cephalothrix linearis, Girsted (1844); et auct.
“Long Tsland Sound to Nova Scotia, at many localities, between tides,
under stones and in sand” (Verrill).

CHAITOPODA.*
POLYCHATA.

Family Serpulide.
SPIRORBIS BOREALIS, Daudin (°).

Serpula spirorbis, L. (1767).
? Spirorbis spirillum, Gould (1541); non L.
Spirorbis borealis (Daudin ?%) Verrill (1873).

The commonest species of Spirorbis on the shores of the Gulf of St. Law-
rence, attached to aigz, stones, shells, &e. It occurs in very shallow water,
and ranges, on the north American side of the Atlantic, from Newhaven,
Conn., to Labrador. Sir J. W. Dawson has found{it fossil, in the Pleistocene
deposits at Riviere du Loup, attached to shells.

‘‘ Whether this, our most common species, be identical with the European
species known by this name is still uncertain. The animals of the various
species of Spirorbis are still very imperfectly known, and many species have
been described from the tubes alone. Accurate descriptions or figures of

the animais are necessary before the species can be determined satisfactorily ”
(Verrill).+

* With the exception of the Serpulide, all the specimens in this list that are stated to
have been dredged by the writer, have been either identified or described by Professor W.
C. M’Intosh, LL. D., F.R.S., &c., of the University of St. Andrews, Scotland.

+U, 8S. Fish Commission, Report for 1871 and 1872 (1873), page 621.

69 :
SPIRORBIS LucIDUs (Montagu).

Serpula porrecta, O. Fabricius (non Miiller).
Serpula sinistrorsa, Montagu (1808).

Serpula lucida, Montagu (1808).

Spirorbis lucidus, Fleming, et auct. (Verrill).

Grand Manan, “found chiefly on Sertulariz and other corallines ” (Stimp-
son) ; Bay of Fundy, 10 to 80 fathoms, on hydroids (Verriil) ; Le Have Bank,
N.S., in 45 fathoms, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872, (Smith and Harger) ;
Gulf of St. Lawrence, at Gaspé Bay and many other localities, collected by
Sir J. W. Dawson, Dr. R. Bell and the writer; Henley Harbour, Strait of
Belle Isle, at a depth of 4 fathoms, on alge (Packard).

Fossil in the Pleistocene deposits at Rivitre du Loup, on the inside of
shells (Sir J. W. Dawson).

This species forms small, translucent, glossy, reversed spiral tubes, coiled
in an elevated spire, the last whorls usually turned up, or even erect and
free (Verrill).*

SPIRORFIS VITREUS (Fabricius).

Serpula vitrea, O. Fabricius (1780).
Sptrorbis vitreus, Dawson (1860); et auct.

Grand Manan, on a Pecten in 20 fathoms (Stimpson) ; Gaspé (Bell), Little
Métis (Sir J. W. Dawson), Strait of Belle Isle, in 40 to 50 fathoms, and
along the whole coast of Labrador (Packard) ; Greenland (Fabricius).

As a Pleistocene fossil this species has been found at Riviére du Loup,
Murray Bay, Beauport and Montreal (Sir J. W. Dawson).

“8. vitreus is like S. sinistrorsus” (now called S. vitreus), “a reversed
species, but is thick, semi-transparent, and has the whorls closely crowded,
and in adult shells turned up and somewhat narrowed and thickened at the
mouth, A group of these shells looks like a number of small drops of glass
that had fallen on a stone and cooled there” (Sir J. W. Dawson).t+

SPIRORBIS CANCELLATUS (Fabricius).

Serpula cancellata, O. Fabricius (1780).
Spirorbis cancellata, Dawson (1860).

Abundant at depths of less than 100 fathoms at many localities in the
Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, where it has been dredged by
Sir J. W. Dawson, Dr, R. Bell and the writer. Strait of Belle Isle, on a
stony bottom,—and common on the whole coast of Labrador (Packard) ;
Greenland, (Fabricius).

*U.S. Fish Commission, Report for 1871 and 1872 (1873), page 622.
+ Canadian Naturalist and Geologist (1860), vol. v., p. 26.

70

Although so common in a living state, S. cancellatus has not yet been
found in the Pleistocene deposits of eastern Canada.

SPIRORBIS GRANULATUS (Muller).

Serpula granulata, Miiller (1776) ; and O. Fabricius (1780).
Spirorbis granulatus, Stimpson (1853) ; Dawson ; and Packard.

Grand Manan, “common on stones, shells and the carapaces of crabs, in
20 to 50 fathoms ;” Stimpson. “ Found of large size along the whole coast
of Labrador,” in 10 to 40 fathoms (Packard); Greenland (Fabricius).

According to Sir J. W. Dawson, S. granulatus resembles S. cancellatus,
“but wants the ornament around the margin, having only two furrows and
three sharp elevated ridges on the upper side.” “ Fabricius, who found it in
Greenland, states that its animal is yellow, with a white stopper on a short
stalk, and six respiratory filaments.”*

.

SPIRORBIS CARINATUS, Montagu.

Spirorbis carinata (Montagu), Dawson (1860).

“ Spirorbis carinata (Mont.) is a deep water species, closely allied to S.
nautiloides, if not a variety of it. It is distinguished by a keel or ridge
running along the whorls, nearer the inner than the outer edge. In some
old shells a second ridge appears, and then the shell very closely resembles
S. quadrangularis of Stimpson. Young shells, on the other hand, are not
distinguishable. This species is noted by Fabricius as a Greenland shell.
It abounds in the collections of Mr. Bell of the Geological Survey, and in
my own from Gaspé, where it occurred in deep water, attached to dead
shells and stones. It was found at Labrador by Mr. Carpenter. I also have
it on a stone taken up from the Banks of Newfoundland by a fisherman’s
hook, and presented to me by A. Dickson, Esq.” (Sir J. W. Dawson,
1860, Canad. Nat. and Geol., vol. v., p. 26).

More recently, in 1893, Sir J. W. Dawson says of this species: This “is
a Spirorbis with one carina, found also in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and
possibly the same with the S. contortuplicata of Fabricius from Greenland ;
Little Métis.”

“ Fossil—Riviére du Loup, on shells.” +

SPIRORBIS QUADRANGULARIS, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 29.

Grand Manan, taken in 10 fathoms on stones (Stimpson). Described
from the shells only.

* Canadian Naturalist and Geologist (1860), vol. v., p. 27.
+ The Canadian Ice Age, &c., Montreal, 1893, p. 260.

ral
Sprrorpis Stimpson, Verrill.
1879. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 11, p. 181.
Spirorbis nautiloides, Verrill ; non Lamarck.

‘** Massachusetts Bay to Nova Scotia, common in 10 to 80 fathoms, on
shells and stones” (Verrill). If the specimens that Dr Stimpson identified
with S. nautiloides, Lamarck, are S. Stimpsoni, then this latter species has
been found in the Bay of Fundy. Sir J. W. Dawson regards S. Stimpson
as synonymous with S. glomerata, (Miller) which latter, he says, has been
found fossil in the Pleistocene deposits at Gaspé, Riviére du Loup, Little
Métis and Labrador.

SPIRORBIS VALIDUS, Verrill.

1872. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. m1., p. 44.

Tie Have Bank, near Cape Sable, Nova Scotia, in 45 and 60 fathoms,
U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger).

VERMILIA SERRULA, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 29.

Grand Manan, ‘frequent on the test of Ascidia callosa, and sometimes on
Pectens from deep water” (Stimpson). Since dredged at many localities in
the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, at moderate depths, attached
to stones, shells, &c., by Sir J. W. Dawson, Dr. R. Bell and the writer ; also
in the Strait of Belle Isle, at a depth of 50 fathoms, by Packard.

Fossil at Riviere du Loup, on shells, Sir J. W. Dawson ; who thinks that
it is “ quite likely the Greenland species identified by Fabricius with Serpula

triquetra,” L.

PROTULA MEDIA, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 50.

Grand Manan, “on muddy and gravelly bottoms in the coralline zone,
attached almost invariabiy to dead valves of Pecten Magellanicus” (Stimp-
son). Off Grand Manan, 30 to 50 fathoms (Verrill).

Protuta Americana, M’Intosh.

1885. H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. x11., p. 512.

H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia, in 85 fathoms, gravel and stones.

72

Family Sabellide.
SABELLA PAVONINA, Savigny.

Grand Manan (Stimpson); Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Cap des Rosiers
lighthouse, in 125 fathoms (Whiteaves); Greenland (Fabricius, under the
name Tubularia penicillus).

SABELLA ZONALIS, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 30.

Grand Manan, ‘in four fathoms among nullipores, the specimens taken
having their tubes thickly coated with mud ” (Stimpson).

POTAMILLA OCULIFERA (Leidy).

Sabella oculifera, Leidy (1855).
Potamilla oculifera, Verrill (1873).

“Bay of Fundy, from low-water mark to 60 fathoms ” (Verrill; who says
that it is “closely related to P. rentformis of northern Europe, and possibly
identical with it).” Le Have Bank, off Cape Sable, N.S., in 45 fathoms,
U. S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger).

PoTaMILLA NEGLECTA, Malmgren.

Le Have Bank, N.S., in 45 fathoms, very abundant; and in 60 fathoms,
abundant, U. S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger).

PoraMILLA ToRELLI, Malmgren.
H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia, in 85 fathoms, gravel and stones (M’Intosh).
CHONE INFUNDIBULIFORMIS, Kroyer.

Dredged by the writer in 1872, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, seven miles
E. by S. of Cap des Rosiers, in 110 fathoms, coarse sand and stones ; between
Griffins Cove and Cap des Rosiers, in 150 fathoms, mud ; and about 10 miles
from Cap des Rosiers, in 160 to 170 fathoms, mud and stones..

Family Terebellide.
TEREBELLIDES Stra@mi, M. Sars.

Bay of Fundy, 10 to 90 fathoms, muddy bottom (Verrill); Gulf of St.
Lawrence, dredged by the writer in 1871 at various localities to the north,
south and south-east of the Island of Anticosti, in from 100 to 112 fathoms.

73
ARTACAMA PROBOSCOIDEA, Malmgren.

Dredged by the writer in 1873, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, a little to
the north of the Baie des Chaleurs, between Cap D’Espoir and Grand
Pabou, in 50 fathoms.

THELEPUS CINCINNATUS (Fabricius).

Amphitrite cincinnata, O. Fabricius (1780).

LIumara flava, Stimpson (1853) ; fide Verrill.

Thelepus cincinnatus, Malmgren (1867).

Grand Manan, “dredged in 35 fathoms in the Hake Bay. Tubes thin, of

a light-yellowish colour, usually with pebbles attached to the outer surface ”
(Stimpson). Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia, in 45 to 60 fathoms; U.S. Fish
Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger). Gulf of St. Lawrence, north, south
and south-east of the Island of Anticosti, in from 100 to 112 fathoms, dredged
by the writer in 1871.

.

THELEPUS CINCINNATUS, var. CANADENSIS, M’Intosh.

H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. X11., p. 469.

H.M.S. Challenger, Station 48 (May 8, 1873) near Le Have Bank, Nova
Scotia, 51 fathoms, rock (M’Intosh).

TEREBELLA BRUNNEA, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 31.

Grand Manan. ‘It inhabits thick-walled tubes, formed of mud and sand,
which are found in great numbers on the under surfaces of large stones, near
low-water mark ” (Stimpson).

AMPHITRITE CIRRHATA (Miller) Packard.

“Caribou Island, Strait of Belle Isle, eight fathoms, sandy bottom.
Cateau Harbour, Long Island. Common along the whole coast” of Labra-
dor. ‘It constructs its tubes of fine sand ” (Packard).

GRYMA SPIRALIS, Verrill.

1874. Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Third Series, vol. vir., p. 407.

“ Dredged in 1872, off Grand Manan Island, Bay of Fundy, in 60 fathoms”
(Verrill).

74

Family Ampharetide.

MELINNA CRISTATA (Sars).

Sabellides cristata, M. Sars (1856).
Melinna cristata, Malmgren (1865).

Bay of Fundy, on muddy bottoms, in 10 to 90 fathoms (Verrill).

AMPHARETE GRUBEI, Maimgren.

Henley Harbour, Strait of Belle Isle, in 4 fathoms, not uncommon
(Packard).

AMPHARETE GRACILIS, Malmgren.

Bay of Fundy, 10 to 90 fathoms ( Verrill).

Family Amphictenide.
CISTENIDES GRANULATA (L.).

Pectinaria Grenlandica, Grube.

Common throughout the entire region, and northward, from near low-
water mark to a depth of 50 fathoms, or more.

CISTENIDES HYPERBOREA, Malmgren.

Dredged by the writer, in 1873, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, a little to
the north of the Baie des Chaleurs, between Cap D’Espoir (Despair) and
Grand Pabou, in 50 fathoms, also between Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula,
in from 110 to 220 fathoms.

Family Ammocharide.
Owenia (or AMMOCHARIS) FILIFORMIS, Della Chiaje.

Dredged by the wiiter, in 1873, to the S.S.W. of the east point of
Prince Edward Island ; between Port Hood (Cape Breton) and the E. point
of P.E.I.; between Cape George, N.S., and Port Hood; to the N.E., and
N.E. by E., of Cape George; also between Anticosti and the Gaspé
peninsula, in 110 to 220 fathoms.

75

Family Maldanide.

PRAXxILLA Mutuertr (Sars).

Clymene Mulleri, M. Sars (1856).
Prawilla Mulleri, Malmgren (1865).

Chateau Bay, Strait of Belle Isle, 30 to 40 fathoms, in hard sand ; and
Cateau Harbour, Long Island, Labrador, in 15 fathoms, sand (Packard).

PRAXILLA GRACILIS, Sars.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, from various localities to the north, south and
south-east of the Island of Anticosti, in from 100 to 112 fathoms, collected
by the writer in 1871.

NICOMACHE LUMBRICALIS (Fabricius).

Sabella lumbricalis, O. Fabricius (1788).
Clumene lumbricalis, Stimpson (1853).
WNicomache lumbricalis, Malmgren (1865).

Grand Manan, ‘tubes adherent to stones, shells, &c., in deep water”
(Stimpson). Off Caribou Island, P.Q., in 8 fathoms, sand. “This species
constructs its tube of fine sand, a little more than a line in thickness and
two and a half inches long” (Packard).

AXIOTHEA CATENATA, Malmgren.

Dredged by the writer, on the Bradelle Bank, in 1873.

CLYMENELLA TORQUATA (Leidy).

Clymene torquata, Leidy (1855).
Clymenella torquata, V errill (1873).

Bay of Fundy, low-water to 60 fathoms (Verrill).

MatpaneE Sarsu, Malmgren.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer and determined by Professor
M’Intosh.

76

Family Cirratulide.

CIRRATULUS CIRRHATUS (Fabricius).

Lumbricus cirratus, O. Fabricius (1780).
Terebella cirrata, Stimpson (1853).
Cirratulus cirrata, Packard (1867).
Grand Manan, “in deep water, chiefly on shelly bottoms, in 20-40
fathoms” (Stimpson). ‘Taken from the stomach of a codfish caught in 10

fathoms, Strait of Belle Isle, off Belles Amours” (Packard); Greenland
(Fabricius).

Family Spionide.
ScOLECOLEPIS CIRRATA (Sars). Var.
Nerine cirrata, M. Sars (1856).
Scolecolepis cirrata, Malmgren (1865).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer and determined by Professor
M’Intosh. See H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. x11., p. 380.

PRIONOSPIO STEENSTRUPI, Malmgren.

Dredged by the writer in the deep sea mud (from 110 to 220 fathoms)
between Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 1872; and between the
Bradelle Bank and Miscou Island, in 45 fathoms, mud and stones, in 1873.

PoLYDARA CONCHARUM, Verrili.

1880. Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, vol. 11., p. 174.

“ Very common allalong the coast, from Cape Cod to Nova Scotia,in 10 to
100 fathoms, in tortuous, narrow galleries excavated in shells, especially of
Cyprina Islandica ; also in decayed wood dredged in 32 fathoms off Cape
Cod. Collected by the writer in the Bay of Fundy in 1863, 1864, 13863,
1870, and subsequently at various localities while dredging for the U. 8.
Fish Commission in 1872, 1875, 1877, 1878 and 1879” (Verrill).

Family Chetopteride.

SPIlocHATOPTERUS TYPICUS, Sars.

Chateau Bay, Strait of Belle Isle, in 30 to 40 fathoms, hard sandy bottom.

“Several fragments of tubes were also found fossil in the quaternary beds
at Caribou Island” (Packard).

77

Family Telethuse.
ARENICOLA PISCcATORUM, Lamarck.

Grand Manan, ‘common on sandy shores above low-water mark, especially
where there are scattered boulders” (Stimpson). “A specimen was found
in the stomach of a codfish, taken in 15 to 20 fathoms, at Belles Amours,”
on the northern side of the Strait of Belle Isle (Packard).

Family Chloremide.
SIPHONOSTOMUM ASPERUM, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 31.

Grand Manan Island, ‘dredged in the Hake Bay, on a shelly bottom, in
25 fathoms ” (Stimpson). Salmon Bay, east of Esquimaux Bay, on the north
shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, just inside of the Strait of Belle Isle, “at
a depth of 10 fathoms, on a muddy bottom ” (Packard).

TECTURELLA FLACCIDA, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 32.

Grand Manan Island, ‘‘among nullipores and shells in 3-15 fathoms. <A
few specimens, which must be very closely allied to, if not identical with
the Siphonostomum vaginiferum of Rathke, described at length by R.
Leuckart, in Wiegman’s Archiv. for 1849, vol. 1., p. 164” (Stimpson).

BraDA GRANOSA, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 32.
Grand Manan, ‘on sandy bottoms in 4-6 fathoms” (Stimpson).

BRADA SUBL&VIS, Stimpson.

1853. Op. cit,, p. 32.

Grand Manan, ‘‘dredged on nullipore and muddy bottoms in the lami-
' narian zone” (Stimpson).

TROPHONIA PLUMOSA (Miiller).

Amphitrite plumosa, Miller (1776); and O. Fabricius (1780).
Trophonia plumosa, Johnston (1865).
Siphonostomum plumosum, Packard (1867).

Off Cap des Rosiers lighthouse, in 125 fathoms, dredged by the writer in
1871. “Dredged at Caribou Island, in 8 fathoms of water, on a sandy
bottom,” by Dr. A. 8. Packard in 1860, and determined by the late Dr.
Stimpson.

78
Family Spherodoride.

EPHESIA GRACILIS, Rathke.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Cap des Rosiers lighthouse, in 125 fathoms,
dredged by the writer with the preceding species.

Another species of Ephesia (apparently from the writer’s dredgings in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence) is mentioned but not described, under the name Z£.
Canadensis, by Professor M’Intosh, on page 362, of the twelfth volume of
the Zoological Reports of H.M.S. Challenger.

Family Scalibregmide.

EuMENIA crassa, CErsted.

Dredged by the writer, in 1872, between Anticosti and the Gaspé penin-
sula, in from 110 to 220 fathoms.

SCALIBREGMA INFLATUM, Rathke.

Dredged by the writer, with the preceding species, in deep water, between
Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 1872; also, on the Orphan Bank, in
1873.

Family Opheliide.
AMMOTRYPANE AULOGASTER, Rathke.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Cap des Rosiers lighthouse, in 125 fathoms, and
at several localities to the north, south and south-east of the Island of
Anticosti, in from 100 to 112 fathoms; dredged by the writer in 1871.

AMMOTRYPANE FIMBRIATA, Verrill.

1873. U.S. Fish Comm. Rep. for 1871-72, p. 604.
Bay of Fundy, 10 to 90 fathoms mud (Verrill).

OPHELIA LIMACINA, Rathke.

N.N.E. of Shediac Island, N.B., in 5 fathoms, sand, dredged by the

writer in 1873.

OPHELIA GLABRA, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 33.
Grand Manan, “ dredged on muddy bottoms in deep water” (Stimpson).

79
Family Ariciide.
NAIDONEREIS QUADRICUSPIDA, Blainville (fide Verrill).

Aricia quadricuspis (?) Grube ; fide Stimpson (1853).
Naidonereis quadricuspida, Verrill (1879).

Grand Manan, “the small specimen taken was too much injured for
certainty of reference ” (Stimpson).

ScoLopLos CaNnapEnsis, M’Intosh. (M. 8.)

Off Port Hood, Cape Breton Island, dredged by the writer in 1873.

Family Glyceride.
RHYNCHOBOLUS CAPITATUS (CHrsted).

Glycera capitata, (Ersted (1843) ; and Stimpson (1853).
Rhynchobolus capitatus, Verrill (1874).

Grand Manan, “at low-water mark, under stones, on sandy shores ”
(Stimpson).
Family Goniadide.
GONIADA MACULATA, Cirsted.

Glycera viridescens, Stimpson (1853); fide Verrill.

Grand Manan (Stimpson); Bay of Fundy, 20 to 70 fathoms (Verrill) ;
off Chebucto Head, Halifax Harbour,in 20 fathoms, U. S. Fish Commission,
1872 (Smith and Harger). Gulf of St. Lawrence, at several localities to the
north, south and south-east of the Island of Anticosti, in from 100 to 112
fathoms, dredged by the writer in 1871.

Family Onuphide.
LEODICE ViviIpa (Stimpson).

Eunice vivida, Stimpson (1853).
Leodice vivida, Verrill (1873).

Grand Manan (Stimpson).

NorHRIA CONCHYLE@A (Sars).

Onuphis conchuylega, Sars (1835).
Onuphis Eschrichtii, (Ersted (1843) ; Stimpson (1853); and Packard (1867).
Nothria conchylega, Malmgren (1867); et auct.
Grand Manan, ‘taken on shelly bottoms in the coralline zone.” ‘‘ The
tube is broad, flatand composed of large angular fragments of shellsand chips

80

of slaty stones” (Stimpson). Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia, in 45 fathoms,
very abundant,—and in 60 fathoms, abundant, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872,
(Smith and Harger). H.M.S. Chalienger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873)
south of Halifax, Nova Scotia, in 85 fathoms, gravel and stones. ‘In the
instances from Station 49, the tubes are composed of fragments of shells
with a few stones, and therefore are in contrast with those from the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, Canada, which (tubes) are almost wholly formed of small
stones” (M’Intosh). Common at many localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
at moderate depths, down to 125 fathoms, dredged by the writer in 1871,
1872, and 1873. North shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence at Salmon Bay,
in 15 fathoms ; and Chateau Bay, Strait of Belle Isle, in 25 to 30 fathoms ;
also Oateau Harbour, coast of Labrador, in 15 fathoms sand (Packard).

OnuPHIS sicuLA, De Quatrefages.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, Whiteaves (M’Intosh).

Family Lunicide.
EuNICcE Cirstrepil, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 34.

Grand Manan, ‘“‘dredgedin 20fathoms on a shelly bottom, off the northern
point of Duck Island” (Stimpson). H.M.S. Challenger, ‘Station 49 (May
20, 1873), south of Halifax, Nova Scotia, in 85 fathoms, gravel and stones
(M’Intosh).

Family Lumbrinereide.

LUMBRICONEREIS FRAGILIS (Muller).

Lumbricus fragilis, O. F. Miiller (1776).
Lumbriconeris fragilis, irsted (1843).
Lumbrinereis fragilis, Malmgren (1867).

Bay of Fundy and Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, from low-water mark to
430 fathoms (Verrill). Gulf of St. Lawrence, about half way between the
S. W. point of the Island of Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 200
fathoms, mud, dredged by the writer in 1871.

Family Vereida..
Nereis (Lycorts) pevacica, L.

Heteronercis arctica (Hrsted) Packard.

Everywhere throughout the entire region, from low-water mark to 106
fathoms, or more. Bay of Fundy (Verrill); Nova ™cutia, Le Haye Bank

,

81

(Smith and Harger) ; and H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (M’Intosh).
Occurs frequently from Anticosti, to Square Island, (Labrador) in 10 to 30
fathoms (Packard) ; Greenland (Cirsted).

A fossil specimen, in a nodule from Green’s Creek, near Ottawa, has been
referred to this species by Sir J. W. Dawson.

NEREIS VIRENS, Sars.

Nereis grandis, Stimpson (1853); fide Verrill.
Grand Manan, ‘at low-water, under large stones” (Stimpson). New
Haven, at low-water, northward to Labrador (Verrill).

NEREIS ABYSSICOLA, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 35.

Grand Manan, in 40 fathoms mud, off Long Island (Stimpson).

NEREIS IRIS, Stimpson.

1853. Op. cit., p. 33.

Grand Manan, in 20 fathoms north of Duck Island. ‘It was found ina
thin leathery tube, encased with small pebbles ” (Stimpson).

NEREIS DENTICULATA, Stimpson.

1853. Op. cit., p: 33.

Grand Manan, at low-water mark (Stimpson).

Family Syllide.
EUsYLLIs TUBIFEX, Gosse.

H.M.S. Challenger, dredged near Station 48 (May 8, 1873) off Le Have
Bank, Nova Scotia, on a rocky bottom, in 51 fathoms (M’Intosh).

Family. Phyllodocide.
ETEONE CYLINDRICA, (2rsted.

North shore of the Strait of Belle Isle, at Belles Amours, in 5 fathoms
of water, on a muddy bottom (Packard).
6

PHYLLODOCE GR@NLANDICA, (Ersted.

Grand Manan, “‘not uncommon in 25 fathoms, shelly bottom, back of
Duck Island. A large bright green species” (Stimpson). Frequent at
Caribou Island, in 8 fathoms sand; at Belles Amours, in 5 fathoms, mud ;
and at Square Island, Labrador, in 15 to 20 fathoms, on a shelly bottom

(Packard).

PHYLLODOCE CATENULA, Verrill.

1873. U.S. Fish Comm. Rep. for 1871 and 1872, p. 587.

“Very common in the Bay of Fundy, from low-water to 50 fathoms”
(Verrill).

Family Nepthydide.
NeputuHys CILiATA (Miller).

Nereis ciliata, O. F. Miiller (1776).
Nephthys borealis, (Ersted (1848).
Nephthys ciliata, Rathke (1848).

Grand Manan, dredged in 25 fathoms mud, near Duck Island, and in 40
fathoms mud, off Long Island. ‘‘The specimens found were mostly jet
black” (Stimpson). Gulf of St. Lawrence, abundant, dredged by the writer
and identified by Professor M’Intosh.

Neputuys caca (Fabricius).

Nereis ceca, O. Fabricius (1780).
Nephthys cwea, (Ersted (1843) ; et auct.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer and identified by Professor
M’Intosh. ‘Abundant on the whole coast” (of the north shore of the Gulf
of St. Lawrence, just inside of the Strait of Belle Isle, and of Labrador),
‘especially the young, which were dredged in deep, soft mud, in Salmon
Bay and Belles Amours,” P.Q., ‘in from 5 to 20 fathoms, end at Cateau
Harbour,” Labrador, ‘ in 15 fathoms, sand. Chateau Bay, 30 fathoms, hard
sandy bottom” (Packard).

NEPHTHYS LONGISETOSA, (Ersted.

“Off Anticosti, Mr. Whiteaves” (M’Intosh); and dredged by Packard
at Belles Amours, at a depth of 5 fathoms, on a muddy bottom.

83
Neputays incisaA, Malmgren.

Nepkthys ingens, Stimpson ; fide Verrill.

Grand Manan, in deep water, one specimen (Stimpson). Bay of Fundy,
10 to 60 fathoms, Verrill; who says that it is the “most common and
abundant species on muddy bottoms along the whole New England coast.”
It occurs at all depths from 2 to 430 fathoms.”

Neputuys picra, Ehlers.

Dredged by the writer, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Cap Bon Ami, six
miles from shore, on a stony bottom, in 30 fathoms, in 1871; also between
Cape Gaspé and Cap des Rosiers, in 75 to 80 fathoms, stones, in 1872.

NeputHys CANADENSIS, M’Intosh.

1900. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. vii., vol. v., p. 264.

Dredged by the writer, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, between Cape Gaspé
and Cap des Rosiers, in 75 to 80 fathoms, and eight miles S.E. of Bonaven-
ture Island, in 56 fathoms, in 1872; also, on the Bradelle Bank, in 1873 ;
and described from these localities by Professor M’Intosh.

Neptuys Lawrencit, M’Intosh.

1900. Op. cit.. p. 265.

Described from specimens dredged by the writer in the Gulf of St. Law-
rence off Cape Gaspé and Cap des Rosiers, in 1872 ; also on the Bradelle Bank,
and off Port Hood, Cape Breton, in 1873.

Family Sigalionide.

PHOLOE MiNUTA (Fabricius).

Aphrodite minuta, O. Fabricius (1780).
Pholoé minuta, Qirsted (1848).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, Whiteaves (M’Intosh) ; and north shore of the
Gulf, at Belles Amours Harbour, Bradore Bay, just inside the Strait of Belle
Isle, on a muddy bottom, in eight fathoms (Packard).

PHOLOE TECTA, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 36.

Grand Manan, “ dredged in 4 fathoms, on a bottom of coarse sand and
nullipores ” (Stimpson).

6

84
LEANIRA TETRAGONA, Cirsted.

Dredged by the writer in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Cap des Rosiers, in
110 fathoms on coarse sand and stones in 1872 ; and between Anticosti and
the Gaspé peninsula in 110 to 220 fathoms, in 1873.

LEANIRA YHLENI, ? Malmgren.

Off the 8S. W. Point of Anticosti, in 210 fathoms, 1873 (Whiteaves).

STHENELAIS LIMICOLA, Ehlers.

Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) M’Intosh.

Family Polynoide.

HarMOTHOE ImBriIcata (L.)

Aphrodita imbricata, L. (1767).

Aphrodita cirrata, Muller (1776) ; and O. Fabricius (1780).
Lepidonote cirrata, Grsted (1843) ; and Stimpson (1853).
Harmothoe imbricata, Malmgren (1865).

Grand Manan, taken about low-water mark ; of a bright pink or violet
colour (Stimpson) ; ‘“‘in the Bay of Fundy it is common from above low-
water mark to 60 fathoms” (Verrill). Nova Scotia, on the Le Have Bank,
in 45 and 60 fathoms ; and off Chebucto Head, Halifax Harbour, in 20
fathoms, U. 8. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger). North shore -
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, at Caribou Island, in 8 fathoms, sand ; Atlantic
coast of Labrador, at Sloop Harbour, twenty-five miles south of Cape Har-
rison, in 6 to 8 fathoms, sand, common ; at Cateau Harbour, in 15 fathoms
sand ; and at Sandwich Bay, Dumplin Harbour, in 4 fathoms (Packard).
Probably common throughout the whole region.

“This species is very variable in the colour of its scales (elytra), which in
some individuals are uniformly pale, in others partially red, while others
have a central spot, and a broad dark, curved band ” (Packard).

POLYNOE GASPEENSIS, M’Intosh.

1874. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. iv., vol. x1., p. 267.
This species was described from specimens dredged by the writer in 100
to 212 fathoms off the Island of Anticosti, and in various parts of the Gulf
of St. Lawrence, in 1872.

85
Nemipia (?) Lawrencu, M’Intosh.

1874. Op. cit., p. 266.
Gulf of St. Lawrence, Whiteaves, (M’Intosh).

Nemipra (?) Canapensis, M’Intosh.

1874. Op. cit., p. 265.
Gulf of St. Lawrence, Whiteaves (M’Intosh.)

EUPOLYNOE ANTICOSTIENSIS, M’Intosh.

1874. Op. cit., p. 265.

“Dredged rather abundantly” by the writer “in various parts of the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, in 1873.”

EUPOLYNOE OCCIDENTALIS, M’Intosh.

1874. Op. cit., p. 264.
? Eucranta villosa (Malmgren) Verrill.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer in 1872, off Cape Gaspé and
Cap des Rosiers, in 110 fathoms, stones and coarse sand, but only one
imperfect specimen was obtained. Professor Verrill thinks that Z. occi-
dentalis is identical with Hucranta villosa, Malmgren.

ANTINOE Sarsil, Kinberg.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, not uncommon, Whiteaves (M’Intosh).

MALMGRENIA WHITEAVEsII, M’Intosh.

1874. Op. cit., p. 263.

A single small specimen, about a quarter of an inch long, dredged between
Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 110 to 220 fathoms, was detected in
one of the collections forwarded to Professor M’Intosh by the writer.

LaGISCA RARISPINA (Sars).

Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872, Smith and
Harger (Verrill).

86
LAGISCA RARISPINA, Var. OCCIDENTALIS, M’Intosh.
1874. Op. cit., p. 262.
Gulf of St. Lawrence, collected by the writer and described by Professor
M’Intosh.

Eunoa noposa, (Sars).

Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia, in 45 and 60 fathoms, U.S. Fish Commis-
sion, 1872, Smith and Harger (Verrill) ; Gulf of St. Lawrence, Whiteaves
(M’Intosh),.

Eunoa (Ersrepi, Malmgren.

Dredged by the writer on the Orphan Bank, opposite the mouth of the
Baie des Chaleurs, in 1872.

EuNOA SPINULOSA, Verrill.

1880. Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, vol. u., p. 169.

‘Sable Island Bank, off Nova Scotia, Captain McPhee, schooner Carl
Schurz, November, 1878 (U.S. Fish Commission),” Verrill.

Nycuia orrriosa (Pallas).

Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia, in 45 fathoms, U.8. Fish Commission, 1872,
Smith and Harger (Verrill). Gulf of St. Lawrence, abundant in the
writer’s dredgings (M’Intosh).

Nycuia Amonpseni, Malmgren.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, rather plentiful in the writer’s collections. “A
specimen of Seleniwm polynoes, Kroyer, was attached to the ventral aspect
of a foot of one” (M’Intosh).

LEPIDONOTUS SQUAMATUS (L.).

Aphrodita squamata, L. (1767).
Aphrodite punctata, Miller (1776).
Polynoe squamata, Gould (1841).
Lepidonote punctata, (Ersted (1843).
Lepidonotus squamatus, Malmgren (1865).

Throughout the entire region, abundant, from above low-water mark to a
depth of 80 fathoms.

87

Family Aphroditide.
L&TMONICE FILICORNIS, Kinberg.

One or two examples of this species were recognized by Professor M’Intosh
in the writer’s Gulf of St. Lawrence dredgings in 1871-73.

L2TMONICE ARMATA, Verrill.
1879. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, vol. m., p. 169.

‘Common on muddy bottoms in the Bay of Fundy and Gulf of Maine, in
50 to 150 fathoms. Collected first in 1864, 1865 and 1868,” by Professor
Verrill and 8. I. Smith, “and subsequently by the U. S. Fish Commission,
in many localities.”

“ Tt differs from L. filicornis, with which it was tormerly identified by me,
not only in having a much smaller median antenna, but also in the character
of the setie, especially those of the ventral fascicule. Whether the Gulf of
St. Lawrence specimens, recorded by M’Intosh as ZL. filicornis, belong to
this species, is uncertain” (Verrill).

L&TMONICE PRODUCTA, Grube, var. Asstmitis, M’Intosh.

1885. H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. x11., p. 4.

H.M.S. Challenger, dredged at Station 49 (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax,
Nova Scotia, in 85 fathoms, gravel and stones.

APHRODITA ACULEATA, L.

Grand Manan, ‘a fine large species, often four inches in length, which is
taken occasionally in deep water” (Stimpson); Bay of Fundy, 10 to 106
fathoms, mud (Verrill). Gulf of St. Lawrence, several young examples, in
the writer’s 1871-73 collections (M’Intosh).

Family Luphrosynide.
SPINTHER CITRINUS (Stimpson),

Cryptonota citrona, Stimpson (1853).
Spinther citrinus, M’Intosh (1874).

Grand Manan, “dredged on a gravelly and somewhat muddy bottom, in
35 fathoms in the Hake Bay ” (Stimpson).

88
EUPHROSYNE BOREALIS, CHrsted.

Grand Manan, “it. frequents muddy bottoms” (Stimpson). H.MLS.
Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax, Nova Scotia, in 85
fathoms, gravel and stones. Not in Mr. Whiteaves’ dredgings ” (M’Intosh).

(Incerte sedis).

ENONELLA BICARINATA, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 34.

Grand Manan, “found in fine sand at low-water mark, at High Duck
Island ” (Stimpson).

GEPHYREA.
CHAITLFERA.
STERNASPIS FOSSOR, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Gr. Manan, p. 29.

Grand Manan, on muddy bottoms in the coralline zone (Stimpson). Com-
mon in the Bay of Fundy in 10 to 90 fathoms, mud (Verrill, 1873).

z ACH ATA.
PHASCOLOSOMA CH MENTARIUM (De Quatrefages).

Phascolosoma Bernhardus, Pourtales (1852).
Sipunculus Bernhardus, Stimpson (1853) ; non Forbes.
Stipunculus cementarius, De Quatrefages (1866).
Phascolosona cementarium, Verrill (1878).

Grand Manan, ‘‘common in the coralline zone, in shells of Dentalium
especially ” (Stimpson). Bay of Fundy, 2 to 90 fathoms, abundant (Verrill).
Le Have Bank, N.S., in 45 fathoms (Smith and Harger). Common in the
shells of small gasteropoda, such as Lunatia, Bela, and especially NVassa
trivittata, everywhere between Prince Edward and Cape Breton islands and
throughout Northumberland Strait. Dredged by the writer in 1873, and
determined by Professor Verrill.

PHASCOLOSOMA HAMULATUM, Packard.

1867. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, p. 290.

‘But one specimen was taken in eight fathoms, Caribou Island, Strait
of Belle Isle, inhabiting a dead shell of Aporrhais occidentalis” (Packard).
‘Perhaps the same as P. cementariwm” (Verrill).

89
PHASCOLOSOMA BOREALE, Keferstein.

1874. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Se. for 1873, p. 387.

“Gulf of St. Lawrence, Whiteaves,” 1872. ‘The types are from Green-
land” (Verrill).

PHASCOLION TUBICOLA, Verrill.
Phascolosoma tubicola, Verrill (1873).
Phascolion tubicola, Selenka and de Man (1883).

H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873) south of { Halifax, Nova
Scotia, in 85 fathoms.

PrRIAPULUS CAUDATUS? Lamarck.

Holothuria priapus of Linné, and O. Fabricius.
Specimens that have been referred to this species, but with some doubt as
to the accuracy of the identification, were dredged by the writer, in 1873,
off Cape George, N.S., and at the entrance to Gaspé Bay.

PRIAPULUS PYGMmUS, Verrill.

1879. Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, vol. 1., p. 182.
Bay of Fundy, 4 to 5 fathoms, soft mud, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872
(Verrill). Specimens dredged by the writer off Port Hood, Cape Breton,
which seems to differ from those here referred, with doubt, to P. caudatus,

may be referable to P. pygmus.

BRACHIOPODA
ARTICULATA.
Family Terebratulida.
TEREBRATULINA SEPTENTRIONALIS (Couthouy).

Terebratula septentrionalis, Couthouy (1839).
Terebratula caput serpentis, Gould (1841).
Terebratulina septentrionalis, Gould (1870).

Grand Manan, common (Stimpson) ; Passamaquoddy Bay, dredged in 12
fathoms in Friars Cove, and Beaver Harbour (Charlotte County) N.B.
(Ganong). Halifax Harbour, common ( Willis,—and J. M. Jones) ; Le Have
Bank, in 45 and 60 fathoms, and off Chebucto Head, Halifax Harbour, in 20
fathoms (Smith and Harger); H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49, south of
Halifax, in 85 fathoms (Davidson, 1880). In the Gulf of St. Lawrence, a

50

few specimens were dredged by the writer, off Charleton Point, Anticosti, in
120 fathoms, and off the Fast Point Lighthouse, twenty-four niles distant,
in 212 fathoms, in 1871; also between Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula,
in from 200 to 220 fathoms, in 1873. Rev. Canon Norman regards 7’. sep-
tentrionalis as only a variety of 7. caput serpentis, and the supposed “ thin,
silvery fibrous epidermis” of the former, as a “ hispid coating of sponge.”*

TEREBRATALIA SPITZBERGENSIS (Davidson).

Terebratella Spitzbergensis, Davidson (1852).
Waldheimia cranium, Willis (1863); non Miiller, sp.
Terchratalia Spitzbergensis, Beecher (1895).

St. Margaret’s Bay (about twenty-five miles west of Halifax), N.S., one
specimen, the Waldheimia craniwm of Willis’ list.t In the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, 7. Spitzbergensis has been dredged, but always sparingly, by the
writer, off Percé, ia Gaspé Bay, off Cape Gaspé, Cap des Rosiers, Charleton
Point, Anticosti, and other places, in from 30 to 120 fathoms; and by Sir
J. W. Dawson, at Murray Bay, in from 20 to 25 fathoms. The species
seems to be circumpolar, as it has been taken also at Greenland, Spitzbergen,
the Shetlands, and northern Japan. In Canada, it has been found fossil in
the Leda clay at Riviere du Loup.

TEREBRATELLA LABRADORENSIS (Sowerby).

Terebratula Labradorensis, Sowerby.
Terebratella Labradorensis, Davidson.

“Tn the British Museum, from Labrador. C.Goodsir ” (Sowerby). “Stimp-
son, Fishery Banks, rare” (Willis). ‘Type in British Museum, species
requiring more investigation (Davidson, 1880). Sowerby’s figure of this
species represents a small terebratuloid shell, with a large foramen to the
ventral, and the dorsal radially plicate. In the writer’s judgment, its
occurrence on the Labrador and Nova Scotian coast needs confirmation.

Dall, in a recent letter to the writer, says: ‘I have never seen it, and
suspect it was a very young specimen of the very variable 7. cawrina, Gould
(= T. transversa, Sowerby). ‘Anyhow I should reject it as N.E. American.”

Terebratella Frielei, Davidson, has been recorded by Jeffreys as occurring
near Halifax, in 1,340 fathoms, but that locality is obviously too far from
land to come within the limits of this paper).

*JTn Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Series Six, vol. xu., pp. 441-442.
+ ‘In a MS. of Stimpson’s in my possession he notes that Willis’ W. cranium is a var.

of 7. Spitzbergensis, from examination of Willis’ specimen.” Dall, in letter dated March 20>
1901.

91
Family Rhynchonellide.

HeEMITHYRIS PSITTACEA (Gmelin).

Anomia psittacca, Gmelin (1792).
Rhynchonella psittacea, Owen (1835) ; et auct.
Hemithyris psittacea, Orbigny (1847).
Hypothyris psittacea, King (1850).

Abundant and gregarious throughout the whole region, usually on a stony
or rocky bottom. In the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence it has
been taken at many localities, at depths of from about 10 to 50 or 60
fathoms, but on the Labrador coast it has been dredged in as shallow water
as one fathom. In 1896, Mr. A. P. Low collected large and perfect valves
of it on the beach at Richmond Gulf, on the east coast of Hudson Bay. It
has long been known to be a circumpolar species, with a very wide distribu-
tion on both sides of the north Atlantic and Pacific.

In eastern Canada /H. psittacea has been found fossil in the Pleistocene of
Anticosti, Riviére du Loup, Beauport and Montreal; also at Tertiary Bay,
Labrador, by Packard ; at Cape Hope (Drexler) and Mill Point, near Moose
Factory, James Bay, by Bell; and at the Limestone Rapids of the Fawn
Branch of the Severn River, Keewatin, by Low in 1886.

On page 1248 of the Appendix to Dr. Paul Fischer’s ‘“‘ Manuel de Con-
chyliologie” Dr. GEhlert gives ‘“‘ Est du Canada” as one of the localities for
Cistella cistellula (Searles Wood), but does not state exactly where, when or
by whom, it was collected. He also, on the same page, cites Labrador as a
locality for Atretia gnomon, though he subsequently states, on page 1308 of
the same volume, that Deslongchamps considers Atretia to be the fry of
Rhynchonella (Hemithyris) psittacea.

POLYZOA.
CHEILOSTOMATA.
Family Zucratiid «.
GEMELLARIA LoricaTA (L.)

Sertularia loricatu, La. (1758).
Gemellaria loricata, Busk (1852).
Gemclliaria Willisti, Dawson (1865).

““Very common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 110 fathoms”
(Verrill, 1873). Sable Island (G. Willisiz); Sir J. W. Dawson. Dredged
at many localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence by the writer in 1871-73. It
occurs also on the coast of British Columbia, and is probably cireumpolar.

92
GEMELLARIA LORICATA, var. AMERICANA.
Gemellaria dumosa, Stimpson (1858).
Gemellaria loricata, var. Americana (Lamoroux) ; Verrill (1879).

Grand Manan, “dredged in 10 fathoms, off Cheney’s Head, on a coarse,
sandy, and somewhat weedy bottom” (Stimpson).

ScRUPARIA CLAVATA, Hincks.

‘* Abundant in St. Lawrence dredgings, on Crisia” (Hincks).

Family Cellularidu.
CELLULARIA PEACHII, Busk.

Bay of Fundy (Verrill). Specimens dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence
by Sir J. W. Dawson and the writer, have been identified with this species
by Rev. T. Hincks and Canon Norman. Caribou Tsland,—‘'it occurred
rarely on Pecten in 50” fathoms ; Henley Harbour, Strait of Belle Isle, in 4
fathoms ; and Hopedale, Labrador, in 10 fathoms, rocky bottom (Packard).

Menipea TERNATA (Ellis and Solander.)

Grand Manan, “found in 20 fathoms, shelly bottom, in the Hake Bay ”
(Stimpson); common in Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, and at St. George’s
Bank, 6 to 100 fathoms” (Verrill). Dredged at many localities in the Gulf
of St. Lawrence, in from 10 to 112 fathoms, by Sir J. W. Dawson and the
writer. Caribou Island, P.Q., in 8 fathoms ; and Strait of Belle Isle, in 50
fathoms (Packard). According to Hincks,* the Gulf of St. Lawrence
specimens are referable to the var. gracilis. (= M. gracilis, Busk). The
typical form, Hincks says, has been dredged at the Queen Charlotte Islands,
B.C., by Dr. G. M. Dawson.

SCRUPOCELLARIA SCRUPOSA (L.)

Specimens dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence in 1871 and 1872, have
been identified with this species by the writer. But Verrill says that he
has seen no American examples of S. serwposa. +

ScRUPOCELLARIA AMERICANA, Packard.

1863. Canad. Nat. and Geol., vol. vit, p. 409.
Bank off Caribou Island, P.Q.; Belles Amours, on the north side of the
Strait of Belle Isle, in 8 fathoms ; and Square Island, Labrador, in 10 to 30
fathoms ; common (Packard).

* British Marine Polyzoa, vol. 1., pp. 89and 40.
+ Proceedings of the United States National Museum, vol. 1., (1880) p. 190

93

SCRUPOCELLARIA SCABRA (Van Beneden).

Gaspé Bay (Hincks); Orphan Bank, dredged by the writer in 1875, and
identified by the Rev. Canon Norman. According to Smnitt, this is Sertularia
halecina of O. Fabricius.

CaBeEREA EL isi (Fleming).

Flustra Ellisti, Fleming.
Caberea Hookeri, Busk (1852).
Caberea Ellisti, Smitt (1867).

e

‘“ Very common in Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, and St. George’s Bank, 6 to
100 fathoms” (Verrill). Between Pictou Island and Cape Bear, P.E.L.,
abundant ; Orphan Bank and elsewhere, at many localities in the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, in 10 to 60 fathoms, common. Caribou Island, Packard, who
says that it is abundant on the Labrador coast. In the north Pacific it has been
dredged at Vancouver and the Queen Charlotte Islands by Dr. G. M,
Dawson.

Family Bicellarvide.
BICELLARIA CILIATA (L.).

North Shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, half way between Pointe des
Monts and the west end of Trinity Bay, in 96 fathoms, stones and coarse
sand, dredged by the writer in 1871.

Bucuta Murrayana (Johnston).

Menipea fruticosa, Packard (1863).
Flustra truncata, Stimpson (1853) ; fide Verrill.

Grand Manan, “common in 4 fathoms, on nullipore bottoms, among the
smaller islands” (Stimpson). Very common throughout the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, where it has been dredged by Sir J. W. Dawson, Packard, Bell
and the writer. The species is known also to occur off the coast of Green-
land and in Davis Strait, and it has been dredged at Vancouver and the
Queen Charlotte Islands by Dr. G. M. Dawson.

Bugula fastigiata, L. (= Acamarchis plumosa (Pallas) Busk) which accord-
ing to Verrill, ranges from Massachusetts Bay to Labrador, and which
Fabricius found in Greenland, is recorded by Packard at having been dredged
by him on the Atlantic coast of Labrador, at Thomas Bay, in 15 fathoms.
The St. Lawrence specimen that the writer referred to Acamarchis plumosa
in 1871 and 1872 is Kinetoskias arberescens.

94

K.iNeroskias Smitti, Danielssen.

Bugula flexilis, Verrill (1875).

Kinetoskias flexilis, Verrill (1879).

Kinetoskias Smittii, Verrill (1879).

Kinetoskias (Bugulopsis) flexilis, Verrill (1585).

“Tt occurs in deep water (194 fathoms) off the coasts of Maine and Nova
Scotia” Verrill (Norman).

KINETOSKTfAS ARBORESCENS, Danielssen.

Bugula umbella, Smitt (1867).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, between the east end of the Island of Anticosti and
the Bird Rocks, in 212 fathoms, mud; one specimen (on a small stone)
dredged by the writer in 1871 and subsequently identified with this species
by the Rev. Canon Norman.

BEANIA ADMIRANDA, Packard.

Off Caribou Island ; it occurred rarely on Pecten in 50 fathoms (Packard).

CoRYNOPORELLA TENUIS, Hincks.

1888. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. vi., vol. 1, p. 215

Gulf of St. Lawrence, forming small tufts attached to other Polyzoa”
{Hincks).

Family Flustride.

FLUSTRA BOREALIS (Packard).

Halophila borealis, Packard (1868).
Flustra borealis, Verrill (1879).
“ But one tuft of this interesting species occurred ” (off Caribou Island)
in 50 fathoms, ‘‘ associated with Beania admiranda, on a fragment ot Pecten”
(Packard).

FLUSTRA MEMBRANACEO-TRUNCATA, Smitt.

Common in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, on shells, stones, &c., at moderate
depths, but Professor Verrill thinks ‘it merely a variety of the preceding
species. Dr. G. M. Dawson has dredged similar specimens at the Queen
Charlotte Islands, on the Pacific coast of Canada.

95
FLUSTRA CARBASEA, Ellis and Solander.

Flustra digitata, Packard, 1867.
Flustra papyrea, Smitt (1867); non Eschara papyrea, Pallas, fide Hincks.

‘Gulf of St. Lawrence, Dawson ” (Hincks) ; Chateau Bay, N. side of the
Strait of Belle Isle, in 30 fathoms, not uncommon (Packard).

In his “British Marine Polyzoa” (vol. 1, p. 120), Hincks records F,
securifrons, Pallas (7. truncata, L.) as occurring frequently in South Labra-
dor, on the authority of Packard. But, Verrill states that Stimpson’s /,
truncata is Bugula Murrayana, and it may be that Packard’s is also.

‘
FLuSTRA SOLIDA, Stimpson.

1858. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 19.
Eschara palmata, Sars (1867).
Flustrimorpha solida, Verrill (1879).
Grand Manan, “dredged in 25 fathoms, off the northern point of Duck
Island” (Stimpson). One fine specimen was dredged by the writer, in 1871,
in the Gulf of St.. Lawrence, off Bear Head, Anticosti, in 120 fathoms.

FLUSTRA SERRULATA, Busk.

“ Murray Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson). An arctic species collected by Nares”
(Hincks).

Fiustra AByssicoLa, G. O. Sars.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, S.W. by 8. of the 8S.W. Point of Anticosti, in 220
fathoms, mud; one adult specimen, dredged by the writer in 1873.

©

Family Membraeiporide.

Execrra pitosa (L.)

Flustra pilosa, L. (1761).
Membranipora pilosa, Farre (1837); et auct.
Electra pilosa, Norman (1894).

Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia (Sir J. W. Dawson); Bay of Fundy
(Verrill). Between Cape Breton and Prince Edward Island, dredged by
the writer in 1873, and determined by Rev. Canon Norman. Northern
portion of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, at several localities, collected by Sir J.
W. Dawson, and the writer. Caribou Island, “especially abundant encir-
cling fronds of Desmarestia just below low-water mark” (Packard). Fossil
at St. John, N.B. (Matthew).

96
ELECTRA CATENULARIA (Jameson).

Tubipora catenularia, Jameson.
Hippothoa catenularia, Fleming (1822).
Hippothoa rugosa, Stimpson (1853); fide Verrill.
Electra catenularia, Norman (1894).
Common throughout the entire region. Professor Verrill thinks that it is
only a variety of 2. pilosa.
Fossil in the Pleistocene of Riviére du Loup, Beauport and Labrador (Sir
J. W. Dawson).

MEMBRANIPORA CYMBIFORMIS, Hincks.

1888. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. vi., vol. 1., p. 217.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, “in small patches incrusting Hydroids and
Polyzoa” (Hincks). Specimens that have been identified with this species
by the Rev. Canon Norman, were dredged by the writer between Cape
Breton and Prince Edward Island, on the Orphan Bank, and in Gaspé Bay.

MEMBRANIPORA LINEATA, L.

Bay of Fundy (Verrill) ; Gaspé Bay, and other localities in the Gulf of
St. Lawrence (Sir J. W. Dawson, and the writer). ‘Frequent in from 10 to
50 fathoms, Strait of Belle Isle” (Packard).

Fossil in the Pleistocene deposits of Riviere du Loup (Sir J. W. Dawson).

MEMBRANIPORA CRATICULA, Alder.

Gaspé Bay, on shells, dredged by Sir J. W. Dawson, and the writer, and
identified by Rev. T. Hincks and Canon Norman. Off Cap des Rosiers, in
38 fathoms, Whiteaves (Norman); Métis, Sir J. W. Dawson (fide Norman).

MEMBRANIPORA UNICORNIS, Fleming.

Gulf of St. Lawrence (Norman); Queen Charlotte Islands, B.C., Dr. G.
M. Dawson (Hincks).

Mempranipora Dumeritit (Audouin).

Gaspé Bay, Sir J. W. Dawson (Norman).

MEMBRANIPORA SOPHI®, Busk.

Gaspé Bay, on dead shells, Xc., collected by Sir J. W. Dawson, and the
writer ; and Métis, Sir J. W. Dawson (1877) fide Norman.

97
MEMBRANIPORA SOPHIA, var. ARMIFERA.

Membranipora armifera, Hincks (1880, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Ser. v., vol. VI., p. 82.)

Gulf of St. Lawrence, “on shell and stones, and incrusting F/ustra
membranaceo-truncata, Smitt.” (Hincks). Eight miles S.E. of Bonaventure
Island, in 56 fathoms, Whiteaves; and Métis, Sir J. W. Dawson ; (fide
Norman).

MemsBrRANIPORA Lacrorxit (Audouin).

Marsouin, on the “north coast of Gaspé,” in about 30 fathoms, attached
to dead shells and stones ; dredged by Dr. R. Bell in 1858, and determined
by Sir J. W. Dawson. Gulf of St. Lawrence, Whiteaves (Hincks).

MEMBRANIPORA TRIFOLIUM (Searles Wood).

Flustra trifolium, Searles Wood (1850).

Membranipora solida, Packard (1863).

Membranipora sacculata, Norman (1864).
Membranipora Flemingii, forma trifolium, Smitt (1867).

Gulf of “St. Lawrence, Dawson” (Hincks); Gaspé Bay, Whiteaves
(Norman) ; near Caribou Island (types of M. solida) Packard.

RAMPHONOTUS MINAX (Busk).

Membranipora minax, Busk (1860).
Membranipora Flemingti, forma minaz, Smitt (1867).
Ramphonotus minax, Norman (1894).

“Gulf of St. Lawrence, Whiteaves” (Norman).

Family Cribrilinide.
CRIBRILINA PUNCTATA (Hassall).

Lepralia punctata, Hassall (1841); and Johnston (1849).

First identified by Sir J. W. Dawson in 1859, from specimens dredged at
Marsouin by Dr. R. Bell in 1858. Gaspé Bay, and elsewhere in the Gulf
of St. Lawrence, in from 30 to 50 fathoms, dredged by the writer in 1869,
and 1871-73. Gulf of St. Lawrence, “frequent on dead shells of Ceronia
deaurata, Xe., associated with C. annulata, Schizoporella hyalina, and
Membraniporze ” (Hincks).

Fossil in the Pleistocene deposits at Riviere du Loup (Sir J. W.
Dawson).

ad

‘

98

CRIBRILINA ANNULATA (Fabricius).

Cellepora annulata, O. Fabricius (1780).
Lepralia annulata, Johnston (1849).
Escharipora annulata, Smitt (1868).

Grand Manan, “dredged in deep water, encrusting shells, &c.” (Stimpson).
Gulf of St. Lawrence, at Gaspé Bay and elsewhere, dredged by Sir J. W.
Dawson, and the writer. ‘A group of three cells, with two spines on each
side of the distal margin, occurred in the Strait of Belle Isle; also in Cateau
Harbour, Long Island ” (Labrador coast) ‘‘ in 15 fathoms” (Packard).

MEMBRANIPORELLA CRAssIcosTa, Hincks.

1888. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. vi., vol. 1., p. 216.

Gulf of St. Lawrence. ‘Spreads in reddish-brown patches over various
kinds of Polyzoa, Hscharoides Sarsii, kc.” (Hincks). A. W. Waters regards
this species as a Membranipora and places it in the family Membraniporide.*

Family Microporellide.

MIcROPORELLA CILIATA (Pallas).

Lepralia ciliata (Johnston) Packard (1867).
Porellina ciliata (Smitt) Verrill (1879).

Gaspé Bay, Sir J. W. Dawson, fide Norman (but with a query).

Family Porinide.

PorRINA TUBULOSA, Norman.

Lepralia tubulosa, Norman (1868).
Oylindroporella tubulosa, Hincks (1877).
Not uncommon at many localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, where it
has been dredged by Sir J. W. Dawson, and the writer. Métis (Sir J. W.
Dawson, fide Norman).

LAGENIPORA SPINULOSA, Hincks.

1892. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. vi., vol. rx., p. 156.

“This very interesting form occurs abundantly. It has only been noticed
previously amongst Dr. G. M. Dawson’s dredgings from the Queen Charlotte
Islands. It is probably an Arctic form. The St. Lawrence specimens hither-
to met with are all crustaceous in habit, overspreading the stems of Hydroida.
The erect branching form obtained at the Queen Charlotte Islands has not
occurred ” (Hincks).

*Observations on Membraniporide, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. XXVI., p. 670.

99
Family Myriozoide.
Myr10Z0UM SUBGRACILE, D'Orbigny.

Millepora truncata, Fabricius (fide Packard).
Myriozoum subgracile (Orbigny) Packard (1863).
Leieschara subgracile (Norman) Verrill (1879).

Abundant and fine at many localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, at
moderate depths, especially on fishing banks, and often associated with
Escharoides Sarsii, Porella elegantula and Celleporaria surcularis. It was
first recognized as a Canadian species by Packard, who dredged specimens
on the bank off Caribou Island, in 1862, and who says that it occurs also in
the Bay of Fundy and on the Banks of Newfoundland.

Fossil in the Pleistocene of Riviere du Loup (Sir J. W. Dawson).

MyRI0ZOUM PLANUM (Dawson).

Lepralia plana, Dawson (1859).
Myriozoum crustaceum, Smitt (1867); fide Hincks (1892).*
The types of Z. plana were dredged at Marsouin, by Dr. Bell in 1858, and
the species has since been found to be quite common in the Gulf of St. Law-
rence.

It has also been found fossil in the Pleistocene of Riviere du Loup by
Sir J. W. Dawson.

MyriozouM CoARCTATUM (Sars).

Leieschara coarctata, Sars.
Myriozoum coarctatum, Smitt (1867).

Le Have Bank, N.S., in 45 fathoms, gravelly and stony bottom, common,
U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger). On the Pacific Coast this
species has been dredged at Vancouver and the Queen Charlotte Islands, by
Dr. G. M. Dawson, in 1878.

SCHIZOPORELLA LINEARIS (Hassall).

Lepralia linearis, Hassall (1841).
Lepralia lineata (Hassall) Packard (1863.)
Near Caribou Island, rare (Packard). In the Proceedings of the U. 8.
National Museum for 1879 (vol. u., p. 193) Professor Verrill says that
Hincks’ genus Schizoporella (1879) is synonymous with Hscharina, Edwards

(1835).

3 =f ‘ : eee ‘
* But, in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for January, 1894, p. 127, (foot
note), the Rev. Canon Norman says that Z. plana is the same as M. coarctatum, Suiitt.

73

100

ScHIZOPORELLA BIAPERTA (Michelin).

A specimen dredged by the writer in 1872, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
eight miles to the S.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 56 fathoms, has been
identified with this species by the Rey. Canon Norman.

ScHIZOPORELLA AURICULATA (Hassall).

Gulf of St. Lawrence (Hincks). Gaspé Bay, Dawson (Norman). Fifteen
miles S8.S.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 50 fathoms, Whiteaves, 1872
(Norman). Verrill regards this species as a Smttia.

ScHIZOPORELLA sINuosA (Busk).

“ Gulf of St. Lawrence, normal and var. a, Dawson” (Hincks) ; Gaspé
Bay, Dawson (Norman).

ScHIZOPORELLA CRUENTA (Norman).

St. Lawrence (Hincks). Eight miles 8S.E of Bonaventure Island, in 56
fathoms, Whiteaves, 1872; Gaspé Bay, and Métis, Sir J. W. Dawson, 1877
(Norman).

ScHIZOPORELLA HYALINA (L.).

Cellepora hyalina, L. (1767).
Cellepora nitida, O. Fabricius (1780).
Lepralia hyalina, W. Thompson ; and Johnston.

Abundant at many localities in the Gulf and mouth of the River St.
Lawrence, usually at moderate depths; but a specimen dredged by the
writer in the deepest part of the Gulf, about half way between the Island
of Anticosti and the Bird Rocks, in 313 fathoms, has been identified with
this species by the Rev. Canon Norman.

Sir J. W. Dawson records S. hyalina as occurring, in a fossil state, in the
Pleistocene of St. John, N.B. ; of Riviere du Loup, and Beauport (P.Q.).

ScHIZOPORELLA cincTA, Hincks. (Var.)

1892. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. v1., vol. rx., p. 154.
Gulf of St. Lawrence (Hincks).

HipporHoa DIVARICATA, Lamouroux.
Hippothoa borealis (d’Orbigny) Packard.

Common in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and on the coast of Labrador, where
it has been dredged at many localities by Dr. Bell, Sir J. W. Dawson,

101

Packard, and the writer. This and the next two species were first recognized
as Canadian by Sir J. W. Dawson in 1859, from specimens dredged by
Bell, off Marsouin, in 1858.

HippoTHoa EXPANSA, Dawson.

Hippothoa divaricata, var. expansa, Verrill (1879).

The types of this species (or variety) are from Marsouin, and similar
specimens have since been collected at many other localities in the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, and in the Strait of Belle Isle, by Sir J. W. Dawson, Packard
and the writer. Sir J. W. Dawson says that H. expansa has been found
fossil in the Pleistocene of Riviere du Loup and Beauport.

Family Escharide.
LEPRALIA PERTUSA (Esper).

Specimens dredged at Marsouin, off Anticosti and the Mingan Islands,
near Caribou Island, on the Labrador coast, and at various localities in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, have been identified with this species by Sir J. W.
Dawson in 1859, by Verrill in 1863, by Packard in 1863 and 1867, and by
the writer in 1872. More recently (in 1892) Hincks has refigured the
species from a St. Lawrence specimen, and Sir J. W. Dawson has recorded
the occurrence of L. pertusa in the Pleistocene deposits of Riviere du Loup,
Beauport and Labrador.

But, on the other hand, in 1879, Verrill writes :—“‘ there appears to be
great confusion in regard to the identification of ZL. pertusa, and doubtless
several] species have been confounded under that name. American writers
have referred several distinct species to pertwsa, and I am not sure that the
genuine pertusa inhabits our coast. The species thus named by Dawson, on
examination of specimens kindly furnished by him, proves to be Smittia
porifera. Probably S. candida has also been identified as pertusa by some
writers.”*

LEPRALIA HIPPOPUS, Smitt.
“Gulf of St. Lawrence, Dr. Dawson”; and “ Postpliocene, Canada,—
Dawson ” (Hincks, 1880).
LEPRALIA SPATHULIFERA, Smitt.

Dredged by the writer in the Gulf of St. Lawrence,—eight miles S. E. of
Bonaventure Island, in 56 fathoms, in 1872; off Grande Gréve, Gaspé Bay,

* Proceedings of the U. 8S. National Museum for 1879, vol. 1., p. 194.

102

in 1869; and off Cap des Rosiers, in 38 fathoms, in 1871. Some of the
specimens from these localities were identified with this species by the
writer, and others, quite independently, by the Rev. Canon Norman.

LEPRALIA (DISCOPORA) MEGASTOMA, Smitt.

Gulf of St. Lawrence (Norman).

UMBONULA VERRUCOSA (Esper).

? Cellepora verrucosa, Esper.

Lepralia verrucosa, W. Thompson ; et auct.
Discopora verrucosa, Gray (1848).
Umbonula verrucosa, Hincks (1880).

Gaspé Bay, Sir J. W. Dawson (Norman); Greenland (Lutken).

EscHaAROIDES Sarsii, Smitt.

Cellepora cervicornis, var., M. Sars.
Eschara rosacea, M. Sars (1862).
Eschara Sarsti, Busk.

Eschara lobata (Lamouroux) Packard.
Escharopsis lobata (Lamouroux) Verrill.

Very abundant throughout the Gulf of St. Lawrence, often associated
with Myriozowm subgracile, Porella (Celleporaria) surcularis, Porella
elegantula, &e. It was first recorded as a Canadian species by Packard and
Verrill, in the ‘Canadian Naturalist and Geologist ” for December, 1863.
Packard (who says that it occurs also in the Bay of Fundy) dredged it in
from 10 to 20 fathoms in Salmon Bay, and in 50 fathoms on the bank off
Caribou Island, in 1860; and Verrill off Anticosti and the Mingan Islands,
in 1861. Since then, it has been taken at many other localities in the Gulf
of St. Lawrence by Sir J. W. Dawson, and the writer, and on the Le Have
Bank by the U.S. Fish Commission (Smith and Harger). Hincks, in 1892,
described it as forming “large coral-like growths composed of many massive
branching segments, springing from a common base, foliated, contorted,
expanding upwards and terminating above in numerous smaller segments.”*

PoRELLA CONCINNA (Busk).

Lepralia concinna, Busk (1852).
Lepralia Belli, Dawson (1859).
Porella concinna, Hincks (1880).
Extremely abundant throughout the Gulf of St. Lawrence, at depths of
from about 10 to 50 or 60 fathoms, or more, attached to shells, stones, &e.

* Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Ser. vi., vol. 1., p. 220.

103

The types of L. Belli were dredged at Marsouin, in about 30 fathoms, by
Dr. Bell, in 1858. Inthe Annals and Magazine of Natural History for
January, 1894, (p. 127) the Rev. Canon Norman says that ‘“ Dawson’s L.
Belli = Porella concinna, not P. bella, as asserted by Hincks in his later
paper.” On the Pacific coast of Canada, P. concinna has been dredged at
the Queen Charlotte Islands by Dr. G. M. Dawson. In a fossil state, it has
been found in the Leda clay at Riviére du Loup by Sir J. W. Dawson.

PoreELLA mINUTA (Norman).

Lepralia minuta, Norman (1868).
Porella minuta, Hincks (1880).

A specimen from Gaspé has been identified with this species by the Rev.
Canon Norman.

PORELLA BELLA (Busk).

Lepralia bella, Busk (1860).
Smittia bella, Verrill (1879) ; and Hincks (1880),
Porella bella, Norman (1894).

“ Gulf of St. Lawrence, Whiteaves ” (Norman).

PORELLA ACUTIROSTRIS, Smitt.

1889. Hincks. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. v1., vol. m1., p. 429.

Gulf of St. Lawrence (Hincks). Specimens dredged in Gaspé Bay by Sir
J. W. Dawson, and off Bonaventure Island by the writer, have also been
recognized by the Rev. Canon Norman as referable to this species.

PORELLA PROBOSCIDEA, Hincks.

1888. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. vi., vol. 1., p. 223.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer on the Orphan Bank, and off
Cap des Rosiers, in 38 fathoms, “on shells and Hydroida, in small patches”

(Hincks).
PorELLA sTRUMA (Norman).

Hemeschara struma, Norman.
Porella struma, Hincks (1880).

Murray Bay, Sir J. W. Dawson (Norman).

104

PorgLtta SKENEI (Ellis and Solander).

Milleporu Skenei, Ellis and Solander (1786).

Cellepora Skenei, Johnston (1849).

Lepralia crassispina, Stimpson (1853); the Lepralian form, fide Verrill.
Discopora Skenei, Verrill (1879).

Grand Manan, ‘‘in small radiating patches on stones and shells from deep
water” (Stimpson; Z. crassispina). Le Have Bank, N.S., in 60 fathoms,
U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger). Gulf of St. Lawrence,
about one mile and three-quarters to the S.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 56
fathoms, sand (Whiteaves, 1872).

PorRELLA SKENEI, var. PLANA, Hincks.

1888. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. vi., vol. 1, p. 221.

Described from specimens dredged by the writer, in 1871, on the north
shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, half way between Pointe des Monts and
the west end of Trinity Bay, in 96 fathoms, small stones and coarse sand.

PORELLA ELEGANTULA (Orbigny). ~

Eschara elegantula, Orbigny ; Packard, et auct.
Porella elegantula, Levinsen (1886) ; and Hincks (1888).

Common at many places in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. The writer has
dredged it profusely on the Orphan Bank; to the S.E. and 8.8.E. of Bon-
aventure Island; off Grande Greve, in Gaspé Bay; off Cap des Rosiers
village, &c. Packard had previously dredged it, in abundance, on the bank
off Caribou Island, in 1860.

Sir J. W. Dawson has found this species fossil in the Leda clay of Riviécre
du Loup, and T. Curry in the same formation at Montreal.

PORELLA ELEGANTULA, Var. PAPPOSA.

Eschara papposa, Packard (1867).

Le Have Bank, N.S., in 45 fathoms, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith
and Harger). The types of HL. papposa were dredged by Packard, in 1864,
at Chateau Bay, Strait of Belle Isle, where the species is said to be “not
unfrequently found with /lustra digitata” (carbasea).

PoRELLA SURCULARIS (Packard).

Celleporaria surcularis, Packard (1863).
Celleporaria incrassata, Srmoitt (non Lamarck).
? Porella compressa (Sowerby) Hincks (1880).
Extremely common in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, especially upon fishing
banks, or upon rocky, pebbly or shelly bottoms, in from 10 to 50 fathoms,

105

and often drifted down to lower levels. On the Orphan Bank, as many as
from 50 to 100 perfect and fresh (if not living) specimens were brought up,
in 1873, ina single haul of the dredge, and elsewhere they are equally
abundant. The types of C. surcularis were dredged by Packard, in 1860,
off Caribou Island, on stones and shells (not ‘‘ stems and cells,” as inadver-
tently printed) “in company with Hschare.” Hincks, in his History of the
British Marine Polyzoa, includes C. swrcularis, Packard, with a query,
among the synonyms of Porel/a compressa (Sowerby). But, as there seems
to be some uncertainty in this reference, it is thought desirable, for the
present, to retain Packard’s specific name.

In a fossil state, P. swreularis has been found by Sir J. W. Dawson in
the Pleistocene deposits at Riviere du Loup.

POoRELLA L&VIS (Fleming).

Cellepora levis, Fleming (1822).
Eschara levis, M. Sars.
Two fine examples of this species were dredged on the Orphan Bank by
the writer in 1863; and one specimen, in 56 fathoms, stones and coarse
sand, eight miles to the 8.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 1872.

PORELLA PROPINQUA, Smitt.

Gaspé Bay, Whiteaves (Norman).

SmirtraA LANpsBorovil (Johnston).

Lepralia Landsborovii, Johnston (1849).

Gulf of St. Lawrence (Hincks, 1892) who writes thus concerning it.
“ Amongst the St. Lawrence dredgings the true typical form is not by any
means common ; the species is represented chiefly by the variety porifera
of Smitt. One specimen has occurred to me which, in addition to the
ordinary characteristics of S. Landsborovii, is furnished with the large spat-
ulate avicularia, which are rarely developed and always in connection with

the ozecium.’*

SMITTIA ARcTICA, Norman.

Escharella porifera, forma minuscula and forma majuscula, Smitt (1867).
Smittia Landsborovii, form porifera (Smitt) Hincks (1888).
Smittia arctica, Norman (1894).
Gulf of St. Lawrence (Hincks, 1888 and 1892). “ Forma majuscula, Gulf
of St. Lawrence, Sir J. W. Dawson ; forma minuscula, Gulf of St. Lawrence,
Whiteaves ” (Norman, 1894). Orphan Bank, Gaspé Bay, «ke.

* Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Ser. v1., vol. rx., p. 156.

106

SMITTIA CANDIDA (Stimpson).

Lepralia candida, Stimpson (1853).
Smittia candida, V errill (1879).
Grand Manan, “dredged on stones in 35 fathoms in the Hake Bay ”
(Stimpson) ; very common in the Bay of Fundy (Packard).

SMITTIA TRISPINOSA (Johnston).

Lepralia trispinosa, Johnston (1849).
Smittia trispinosa, Hincks (1880).

This species was first recognized as Canadian by Sir J. W. Dawson, in
1859, from specimens dredged by Dr. Bell, in 1858, off Marsouin. Packard
found similar specimens off Caribou Island, in 1860, and Verrill at the
Mingan Islands and off Anticosti in 1861. 8. trispinosa is now known to
be common throughout the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and Sir J. W. Dawson
collected specimens of it as far up the river as Murray Bay. It also occurs
in the north Pacific, and Dr. G. M. Dawson has dredged it at three localities
in the Queen Charlotte Islands.

It has been found fossil in the Leda clay at Riviere du Loup, by Sir
J. W. Dawson.

Smirria Ppropucta (Packard),

Lepralia producta, Packard (1863).
Smittia producta, Hincks (1889).

The types of L. producta are from near Caribou Island, and the species
has since been found at many localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence by Sir
J. W. Dawson, and the writer, and as far up the river as Murray Bay. The
species was first described and figured by Packard, as a Lepralia, in the
Canadian Naturalist and Geologist for December, 1863; and was subse-
quently re-described and re-figured by Hincks, as a Smittza, in the Annals
and Magazine of Natural History for May, 1889.

Sir J. W. Dawson has found it fossil, in the Leda clay at Riviére du
Loup.

SMITTIA GLOBIFERA (Packard).

Lepralia globifera, Packard (1863).
Smittia globifera, Verrill (1879).

Near Caribou Island, “frequent, forming frosty white patches. It often
encrusts Celleporz, where the ovicells are much crowded, and the ridges
between the radiating rows of cells obsolete. I have dredged it in the Bay
of Fundy” (Packard). ‘Casco Bay to Labrador, common. It is very
common in the Bay of Fundy and on the Grand Banks” ( Verrill).

s

107
SMITTIA RETICULATOPUNCTATA, Hincks.

Specimens of a polyzoan dredged by the writer on the Orphan Bank and
Gaspé Bay, have been identified with this species by the Rev. Canon Nor-

man.

MuvcroneEtia Peacui (Johnston).

Lepralia Peachii, Johnston (1849).
Escharoides coccinea, var. Peachii, Verrill (1879).

First recognized as a Canadian species by Sir J. W. Dawson in 1859, from
specimens dredged off Marsouin by Dr. Bell in. 1858. Specimens dredged
in Gaspé Bay have since been identified with this species by the writer and
by the Rey. Canon Norman.

Fossil at Riviere du Loup (Sir J. W. Dawson).

MUCRONELLA VENTRICOSA (Hassall).
Lepralia ventricosa, Hassall.
Mucronella ventricosa, Hincks (1880).

Specimens of this species have been dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence
at Gaspé Bay by Sir J. W. Dawson, and the writer; also off Bonaventure
Island and Cap des Rosiers by the writer. The identification of specimens
from each of these localities with MW. ventricosa, has since been confirmed by
the Rey. Canon Norman. Dr. G. M. Dawson has dredged similar specimens
at the Queen Charlotte Islands, B.C.

Fossil at Riviere du Loup (Sir J. W. Dawson).

MUCRONELLA ABYSSICOLA (Norman).

Lepralia abyssicola, Norman (1868).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, Dawson (Hincks) ; Gaspé Bay, Whiteaves (Norman).

MUCRONELLA PAVONELLA (Alder).

Eschara pavonella, Alder.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, Dawson (Hincks) ; Gaspé Bay, Dawson (Norman);
Queen Charlotte Islands, B.C., Dr. G. M. Dawson (Hincks).

MUCRONELLA PRELUCIDA, Hincks.

1888. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. vi., vol. 1., p. 225.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, one specimen, (Hincks). The types of this species
are from Houston Stewart Channel, at the southern extremity of the Queen
Charlotte Islands, B.C., where specimens are said to be ‘‘not uncommon on
shells.”

108

MoNOPORELLA SPINULIFERA, Hincks.
Mucronella spinulifera, Hincks (1889).
Monoporella spinulifera, Hincks (1892).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, on shells, stones, &c. (Hincks).

RHAMPHOSTOMELLA SCABRA (Fabricius).

Eschara scabra, Fabricius (teste Smitt).
Millepora reticulata, O. Fabricius (1780).
Cellepora scabra, Smitt (1868).
Mucronella scabra, Verrill (1879).
Rhamphostomella scabra, Lorenz (1886).

Gaspé Bay, Dawson (Norman). Vineyard Sound to Greenland (Verrill).

RHAMPHOSTOMELLA SCABRA, Var. LABIATA.

Lepralia labiata, Stimpson (18538); fide Verrill.

Grand Manan, “found on small pebbles from deep water” (Stimpson).
Near Caribou Island (Packard).

RHAMPHOSTOMELLA OvATA (Smitt).

Cellepora ovata, Smitt.
Mucronella ovata, Verrill (1879).
Rhamphostomella ovata, Lorenz (1886).

Gaspé Bay, Dawson (Norman).

RHAMPHOSTOMELLA CosTATA, Lorenz.

«“ Smitt has ranked under his typical Cellepora scabra the present fori,
which has been rightly treated as a distinct species by Lorenz. It is
abundant among the St. Lawrence dredgings, in company with AR. plicata,
Smitt, and R. bilaminata, Hincks” (Hincks, in Annals and Magazine of
Natural History for May, 1889, p. 426). Specimens dredged by the writer
on the Orphan Bank ; fifteen miles 8.S.E. of Bonaventure Island ; in Gaspé
Bay ; and off Cap des Rosiers, have been labelled &. costata by the Rev.

Canon Norman.

RHAMPHOSTOMELLA PLICATA, Smitt.
“Gulf of St. Lawrence, in company with &. costata and R. bilaminata”
(Hincks). Métis, Dawson, 1877 (Norman).
RHAMPHOSTOMELLA BILAMINATA, Hincks.

Gulf of St. Lawrence (Hincks). Gaspé Bay, Dawson ; Orphan Bank, and
off Cap des Rosiers, in 38 fathoms, Whiteaves (Norman).

109
RETEPORA ELONGATA, Smitt.

Dredged by the writer in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, half way between
Pointe des Monts and the west end of Trinity Bay, in 96 fathoms, small
stones and coarse sand, in 1871; and eight miles S.E. of Bonaventure
Island, in 56 fathoms, stones and coarse sand, in 1872. It is the Retepora
Wallichiana of Busk and Hincks.

Family Celleporide.

CELLEPORA PuMIcosA (L.)

Cellepora verrucosa (L.) O. Fabricius (1780).
Cellepora ramulosa (L.) var., Verrill (1878).

Marsouin, R. Bell, (Sir J. W. Dawson) ; Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ;
Caribou Island, “frequent on sertularians” (Packard).
Fossil at St. John, N.B. (Matthew).

CELLEPORA AVICULARIS, Hincks.

Le Have Bank, in 45 fathoms, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and
Harger).

CELLEPORA CANALICULATA, Busk.

1884. H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. x., pt. 1, p. 204.

‘This species seems to be not uncommon” in the Gulf of St. Lawrence.
“Tt forms small nodular masses, which encrust the stems of Hydroida. It
was first obtained on the Challenger voyage in the neighbourhood of Halifax,
Nova Scotia, in 51 fathoms” (Hincks, in Annals and Magazine of Natural
History for February, 1892, p. 156).

CELLEPORA CONTIGUA, Smitt.

Lepralia vitrea, Lorenz (1886).

Gaspé Bay, in a valve of Mya truncata, Dawson (Norman).

CYCLOSTOMATA.
Family Criside.
CRISIA EBURNEA (L.)

“Very common in Canso Bay and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 80 fathoms ”
(Verrill). Off Chebucto Head, Halifax Harbour, in 20 fathoms, soft mud

LG

and fine sand with decaying sea weed, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith
and Harger). Gulf of St Lawrence, on Arca pectunculoides, in 150 to 200
fathoms, rare; half way between Pointedes Monts and the west end of
Trinity Bay, in 96 fathoms ; and common at other localities in from 10 to 60
fathoms ; dredged by the writer in 1871-73. But, ina letter received many
years ago, the Rev. Canon Norman says that ‘the common St. Lawrence
form is C. eburneo-denticulata, Smitt.” Henley Harbour (Strait of Belle
Isle) in 4 fathoms; and Hopedale, Labrador, in 10 fathoms, rocky bottom
(Packard). Specimens dredged by Dr. G. M. Dawson at the Queen Charlotte
Islands, B.C., have been identified with this species by Hincks.

CRISIA EBURNEA, Var. CRIBRARIA, Stimpson.
Crisia cribraria, Stimpson (1853).
Crisia eburnea, var. cribraria, Verrill (1879).

Grand Manan, taken in 20 fathoms, east of Duck Island (Stimpson).

CRISIA DENTICULATA (Lamarck).

Grand Manan, “‘on a sponge, taken in 10 fathoms, off Cheney’s Head ”
(Stimpson). This species has also been recognized by Hincks among
specimens dredged at the Queen Charlotte Islands by Dr. G. M. Dawson.

Family Tubuliporide.

STOMATOPORA GRANULATA (Milne Edwards).

Alecto granulata, Milne Edwards.
Proboscina incrassata (Smitt) Verrill (1879).

Specimens that the Rev. Canon Norman has identified with this species
were dredged by the writer on the Orphan Bank; and at the entrance to
Gaspé Bay, in 50 fathoms, inside dead valves of Cardiwm Islandicum.

STOMATOPORA PENICILLATA (Fabricius).
Tubipora penicillata, O. Fabricius (1780).
Proboscina penicillata (Smitt) Verrill (1879).
Gulf of St. Lawrence, eight miles 8.E. of Bonaventure Island, Gaspé Bay,

&c., on stones and shells, very common ; dredged by the writer and deter-
mined by Canon Norman.

STOMATOPORA DIASTOPOROIDES (Norman).
Alecto diastoporoides, Norman (1868).
Stomatopora diastoporoides, Hincks (1880).
With the preceding species, and equally abundant. ‘‘ Gulf of St. Lawrence,
Dawson” (Hincks).

111
- TUBULIPORA LOBULATA, Hassall.

Specimens dredged by Sir J. W. Dawson at Gaspé Bay and Métis, have
‘been identified with 7’. lobulata by Canon Norman.

TUBULIPORA FLABELLARIS (Fabricius).

Tubipora flabellaris, O. Fabricius (1780).
Tubulipora phalangea, Couch ; and Johnston.
‘Bay of Fundy, and northward” (Verril]); Marsouin, in 30 fathoms,
Bell (Dawson).

TUBULIPORA FIMBRIA, Lamarck.

Tubulipora fimbria, Lamarck.
Tubulipora flabellaris, Johnston (1849).

Dredged by Sir J.W. Dawson, and the writer, inthe Gulf of St. Lawrence,
at Gaspé Bay and elsewhere, also by Packard off Caribou Island. If the
same as 7. palmata, Wood, and as 7’. divisa, Stimpson (which Verrill regards
as a synonym of 7. palmata) it has been found also at Grand Manan by
Stimpson, and on stones in the Strait of Belle Isle, in 50 fathoms, by Packard.

Fossil at Riviére du Loup and Beauport (Sir J. W. Dawson).

TUBULIPORA EXPANSA (Packard).

Stomapora exparsa, Packard (1863).
Tubulipora expansa, Verrill (1879).

Near Caribou Island (Packard).

IpmMoneA ATLANTICA (Forbes) Johnston.

Tdmonea Atlantica (Forbes M. S.) Johnston (1849).
Idmonea pruinosa, Stimpson (fide Verrill).

Grand Manan, “in deep water, especially on shelly bottoms ” (Stimpson).
Dredged by the writer in 1871 and 1872 at two localities in the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, north of the Baie des Chaleurs.

Fossil at Riviere du Loup (Sir J. W. Dawson).

IDMONEA SERPENS (L.)

Tubipora serpens, L. (1767).
Tubulipora serpens, Fleming (1822).
Idmonea serpens, Van Beneden.
Gulf of St. Lawrence, 1872 (Whiteaves) ; Henley Harbour, Strait of Belle
Isle, common,—and “in long twisted masses on Bugula Murrayana at
Square Island,” Labrador, “in 30 fathoms,” (Packard).

112

DiasToPporA PATINA (Lamarck).

Tubulipora patina, Lamarck, and Johnston.

Long Is!and Sound to the Arctic Ocean ; very common in Casco Bay,
Bay of Fundy and northward (Verrill). Grand Manan, ‘“ mostly found on
sea weeds in shallow water” (Stimpson); Anticosti (Verrill) ; near Caribou
Island; and common at Domino Harbour, Labrador, in 7 fathoms
(Packard).

DIASTOPORA OBELIA, Johnston.

Marsouin, attached to dead shells and stones, from a depth of about 30
fathoms, Bell, 1858 (Sir J. W. Dawson). Dredged by the writer in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, half way between Pointe des Monts and the west end
of Trinity Bay, in 96 fathoms ; off Sawhill Point, in 30 fathoms ; off Cap
des Rosiers, in 38 fathoms; &e.

Fossil in the Leda clay of Riviere du Loup (Sir J. W. Dawson).

Family Horneride.

HoRNERA LICHENOIDES (L.).

Millepora lichenoides, L. (1767).
Hornera borealis, Busk (1859).
Hornera lichenoides, Smitt (1866).
Two small examples of this interesting species were dredged by the writer
in 1873, in 220 fathoms, about half way between the Island of Anticosti
and the Gaspé peninsula.

Family Lichenoporide.
LICHENOPORA HISPIDA (Fleming).

Discopora hispida, Fleming (1822).
Tubulipora hispida, Johnston.
Discoporella hispida, Gray.
Tubulipora crates, Stimpson (1853).

Grand Manan, ‘found encrusting 7erebratule in deep water ” (Stimpson).
Dredged by the writer on the Orphan Bank, in 1873; off Cap des Xosiers,
in 38 fathoms, and half way between Pointe des Monts and the west end of
Trinity Bay, in 96 fathoms, in 1871. Near Caribou Island, “frequent on
sertularians in 50 fathoms” (Packard).

Fossil at Riviere du Loup (Sir J. W. Dawson).

113
LICHENOPORA VERRUCARIA (Fabricius).

Madrepora verucaria, O. Fabricius (1780).
Lichenopora verrucaria, Smitt (1878).

Bay of Fundy; and near Caribou Island, in 50 fathoms (Packard).
Marsouin, Bell (Sir J. W. Dawson). Off Bonaventure Island, in 60
fathoms ; entrance to Gaspé Bay, in 50 fathoms ; and off Cap des Rosiers,
in 38 fathoms ; Whiteaves (Norman).

LICHENOPORA REGULARIS (Orbigny),.

Actinopora regularis, Orbigny (1851).
Lichenopora regularis, Hincks (1880).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, one fine specimen, attached to the zoarium of a colony
of Porella (Celleporaria) surcularis, Packard. The specimen, which was
dredged by the writer, has been identified with this species by the Rev. Canon
Norman, who writes as follows in regard to it. ‘Only two other recent
specimens are known, both taken by me in Shetland, one of which is in Mr.
Alder’s collection, the other (figured by Hincks) in my own.”

LICHENOPORA CLYPEIFORMIS (Orbigny).

Discoporella clypeiformis, Smitt (1871).

Three specimens, which the Rev. Canon Norman identified with this
species in 1876, were dredged by the writer to the north-east, and north-east
by east, of Cape George, N.S., in 1873. In reference to them Canon Norman
wrote as follows: ‘“ Discoporella clypeiformis, Orb.—I have not that
author’s work here to refer to, but consider this the species thus named by
Smitt in Floridan Bryozoa, Pt. 1, p. 12, Pl. 4, fig. 3.”

FASCIPORINA FLEXUOSA (Orbigny).

Bradelle Bank, and Gaspé Bay, a few specimens, that were dredged by
the writer and determined by the Rev. Canon Norman.

DIsCOFASCIGERA LUCERNARIA (Sars).

Defrancia lucernaria, M. Sars (1862).

Discofascigera lucernaria, Verrill (1873).

Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, one specimen (Sir J. W. Dawson). Gulf
of St. Lawrence, one fine specimen dredged by the writer on the north shore,
between Pointe des Monts and the west end of Trinity Bay, in 96 fathoms,
in 1871 ; and one imperfect but characteristic specimen dredged off Bona-
ture Island, in 50 fathoms, in 1872.

8

114

CTENOSOMATA.
Family Aleyonidide.
ALCYONIDIUM GELATINOSUM (L.)
Alcyonium gelatinosum, L. (1767); and O. Fabricius (1780).

Alcyonidium gelatinosum, Johnston (1849).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer on the Orphan Bank, and
between Pointe des Monts and the west end of Trinity Bay, in 96 fathoms,

Verrill says that A. hirsutum (Fleming) and A. parasiticum (Fleming)
extend, the one from Long Island Sound, the other from Rhode Island,-—to
the Arctic Ocean ; so that both are to be looked for in the Gulf of St. Law-
rence.

FLUSTRELLA HISPIDA (Fabricius).

Flustra hispida, O. Fabricius (1780).
Flustrélla hispida, Gray (1848).
Alcyonidium hispidum, Johnston (1849).

‘“‘ Long Island Sound to Greenland,”....‘‘ Bay of Fundy, &c.” (Verrill).
Encrusting stems of Fwcws nodosws on the south side of Cape Blomidon,
N.S., (Prof. G. T. Kennedy, 1875).

HOLOBRANCHIA.

Family Pedicellinide.
PsDICELLINA NUTANS, Dalyell.

“The form which I have identified with Dalyell’s species occurs plentifully
and of large size in the St. Lawrence” (Hincks, 1889; Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist., Ser. vi, vol. 111., p. 432).

BaRENTSIA MAJOR, Hincks.

1888. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. vi., vol. 1., p. 226.

“The Pedicillinide abound in the northern seas. The St. Lawrence
dredgings have already yielded P. nutans, Pallas,* Barentsia major,”......
and B. gracilis, Sars” (Hicks, under the heading P. nutans ; op. cit. vol, 11.,
p. 432.

BARENTSIA GRACILIS, M. Sars.

Gulf of St. Lawrence (Hincks).

* Probably written inadvertently for Dalyell.

115

MOLLUSCA.

PELECYPODA.
Family Anomiade.

ANoMIA ACULEATA, Miiller.

Anomia aculeata, Miiller (1766) ; Gmelin (1792); et auct.

Widely distributed in and to the north and south of the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, at depths of less than 100 fathoms. The little smooth Anomia
of this region that has been hitherto referred to A. ephippium, is regarded
by Verrill as most probably a form of A. aculeata in which the aculeate
scales are more or less abortive.

ANOMIA SIMPLEX, Orbigny.

Anomia simplex, Orbigny (1845, Spanish edition ; 1858); teste Dall.
Anomia clectrica, Gould (1841 and 1870); non L. (Dall).
Anomia squamula, Gould (1841 and 1870) ; non L. (Dall).
Anomia glabra, Verrill (1872 and 1875).
Southern coast of Nova Scotia, off Cape Sable, 8 fathoms, but not
observed in the Bay of Fundy (Verrill).

Family Ostreide.

OsrrREA VirGinica, Gmelin.

Ostrea Virginiana, of Lister and other nonbinomial writers (Dall).
Ostrea Virginica, Gmelin (1792) ; Dillwyn (1817); and Lamarck (1819).
Ostrea borealis, Lamarck (1819).

Ostrea Canadensis, Lamarck (1819).

“Tn the Gulf of St. Lawrence, oysters are usually found in very shallow
water, nearly always in depths of less than three fathoms, in sheltered bays
or mouths of rivers. In New Brunswick, as has been shown by Perley,
they range from Caraquette to Baie Verte. The writer was informed by
Captain Purdy that oysters have been taken up on the flukes of anchors, in
7 fathoms water between Little and Big Caraquette banks, in the Baie des
Chaleurs. On the coast of Prince Edward Island, oysters are found, in
suitable localities, from Pinette River to the west point, on the Northumber-
land Strait side ; and in Malpeque or Richmond Bay, from Cascumpeque to
New London, on the northern. In Cape Breton they appear to be confined
to Bras d’Or Lake and its tributaries, where the oyster region extends from
St. Ann’s to Mira River and St. Peter’s Bay. The few oysters to be met
with off Nova Scotia occur at Jeddore Head, twenty or twenty-five miles
east of Halifax Harbour, also Country Harbour, St. Mary’s River, and
Lipscombe Harbour, Guysboro’ Co., on the outside; and Pictou Harbour,

8}

116

River John, Wallace, Charles River, and Pugwash, in Northumberland
Strait. We did not find traces even of oysters between Cape Breton and
Prince Edward Island, nor in any other part of Northumberland Strait
where the bottom is deeper than five or six fathoms, that is to say, not in
any of the open parts” (Whiteaves).*

The exterior of the shell of the shorter and more rounded variety of the
Canadian oyster is not unlike that of some forms of the English species, but
the muscular impression in the interior of each valve is always dark in the
former, and white in the latter. Dall, also, has recently shown that the
English oyster is a typical Ostrea, which is monecious and produces “large
embryos which are incubated for a considerable period in the parental gill
lamina,” and that the common oyster of Canada and the north-eastern
United States belongs toa “group characterized by being dicecious and
discharging the seminal products directly into the water, which must take
the name Crassostrea, Sacco. ‘“ This is typitied by Ostrea Virginiana, Gmel.,
and represented in the present European fauna by Ostrea angulata, Lam.,
known there as the Portuguese oyster.”

Family Pectinide.
PrcTeN (Cuuamys) Isuanpicus, Miller.

Ostrea Islandica, Miiller (1776) ; and O. Fabricius (1780).
Pecten Islandicus, Chemnitz (1784); Lamarck, et auct.
Pecten Pealeti, Conrad (1831).

Chlamys Islandica, Fischer (1886); and Verrill (1897).

A common species in the north Atlantic, the type of Bolten’s genus or
subgenus Chlamys. On the American side it is known to range from Cape
Cod to Hudson Bay and Strait, and Greenland, from low-water mark to 100
fathoms in depth. Off the Nova Scotian coast it is said by Willis to be
common at Halifax Harbour, St. Margaret’s Bay, and Sable Island ; on the
Bay of Fundy side Verkruzen found it at Annapolis Basin. From New
Brunswick it is recorded as having been taken at Grand Manan by Stimp-
son ; in the Bay of Fundy by the U.S. Fish Commission, in 1872, and in
L’Etang Harbour in 1886. In the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Law-
rence it has been dredged at many localities, by Packard, Bell, Sir J. W.
Dawson, and the writer.

As a Canadian Pleistocene fossil it is recorded by Sir J. W. Dawson as
having been collected at St. John, N.B.; Anticosti and Riviere du Loup,
P.Q., also at Labrador ; and in 1896 Mr. A. P. Low obtained good specimens
of it from the Pleistocene clay at Richmond Gulf, on the east coast of Hud-
son Bay.

* Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries for 1873, Ottawa, 1874.
+ Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science of Philadelphia, vol. m11., p. 671.

. Ti

PECTEN GIBBUS, var. BOREALIS, Say.

Pecten borealis, Say (1822) ; teste Dall.

Pecten concentricus, Gould (1841) ; as of Say.

Pecten irradians, (Lamarck) Stimpson (1851); Gould (1870) ; et auct.
Chlamys ( 4iqwipecten) irradians, Verrill (1897).

Pecten (Plagroctenium) gibbus, var. borealis, Dall (1898).

Specimens of this well known New England species were collected at Sable
Island, off the coast of Nova Scotia, many years ago by Willis, and more
recently (in 1899) by Professor Macoun.

“This is the large, thin, dark-coloured form of the New England coast,
ordinarily known as irradians Lamarck. It usually has fewer ribs than the
typical wrradians, a thinner shell, and more conspicuous concentric lamelle.
It is also rather more compressed. Of seventeen specimens two had sixteen,
eleven seventeen, and the remainder eighteen ribs. It may be variegated
with orange, gray, dark brown, or olive and white, but, on the whole,
constantly averages darker than the southern specimens. It lives in the
open bays on weedy or pebbly bottom ”* (Dall). Of the typical P. irradians
(=concentricus), which he regards also as a variety of P. gibbus, Dall
writes ; “This is the southern and typical form of which borealis is the
northern geographical race. It extends from New Jersey, which is Say’s
typical locality, south to Georgia and Texas. +

Pecren (PLAcoPEcTEN) Macetianicus (Gmelin).

Ostrea Magellanica, Gmelin (1792) ; and Dillwyn (1817).

Ostrea grandis, Solander (1786) ; fide Humphrey (Dall).

Pecten grandis, Humphrey (1797); fide Dall.

Pecten Magellanicus, Lamarck (1819); ed. Desh., (1834); Gould
(1841 and 1870) ; et auct.

Pecten tenuicostatus, Mighels and Adams (1841 and 1842); et auct. Am.

Chlamys (Placopecten) Clintonius, Verrill, ex parte (1897); Dall.

Pecten (Placopecten) magellanicus, Dall (1898).

The large edible scallop of the Maritime Provinces and the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, which is said to be especially abundant in Passamaquoddy Bay,
and the Bay of Fundy. The most northerly locality at which it has been
recorded is on the north shore of the Gulf, just inside of the Strait of Belle
Isle, off Caribou Island, P.Q., where Packard says that it is most abundant on
a sandy bottom at a fathom depth, the young only being dredged in 15 fathoms.
In Northumberland Strait, and in Gaspé Bay, it seems also to be most
abundant in shallow water near the shore, whereas throughout the Gulf
P. Islandicus is more common in a little deeper water and on banks at some

distance from land.

* Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science of Philadelphia, vol. 1, pp.
747-748.
+Idem, p. 748.

118

Although known to naturalists for more than a century, there is still some
difference of opinion as to which of the specific names that have been pro-
posed for this shell should be retained. Magellanicus is clearly the oldest,
but it has been objected to by some naturalists on the ground that it contra-
venes that rule of the British Association which says that no specific name
should be retained that tends to perpetuate error. Verrill (in a recent
Study of the Family Pectinidx, published in 1897*) says that P. Magellanicus
is a “bad and misleading name, if applied to this species,” which he identi-
fies with the Miocene P. Clintonius described by Say in 1824, and calls
Chlamys (Placopecten) Clintonius. Dall, on the other hand, in 1898, has
expressed the opinion that the recent shell is distinct from P. Clintonius, and
“sees no reason why Gmelin’s name (Magellanicus) “given in error as to
the true habitat of this species, but universally familiar, should not continue
to be used. If, however,” he adds, “an exaggerated purism demands a
change, the next most appropriate name is that of Solander (Ostrea grandis)
given without description in the Portland Catalogue, described in the Bank-
sian M.S.8., and cited by Humphrey as Pecten grandis, ‘ the Great Compass
shell from Newfoundland, with nearly equal valves,’ remarks which cannot
possibly apply to any other species.” +

Sir J. W. Dawson states that Dr. G. F. Matthew has found specimens of
P. Magellanicus in the Leda clay of St. John, N.B.

PECTEN (CAMPTONECTES) GR@NLANDICUS, Sowerby.

Pecten Grenlandicus, Sowerby (1843) ; and G. O. Sars (1878).
Camptonectes Grenlandica, Verrill (1897).

Dredged by the writer in 1871, 1872 and 1873, in considerable numbers
living, but of rather small size, in the deep-sea mud, at depths of from 200 to
313 fathoms, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, to the north, south-east and south
of the Island of Anticosti. As many as fifty or sixty living specimens were
picked at a time from one weighted hempen tangle, or “ swab,” as the sailors
would call it, that was used as well as the dredge. It was quite common to
find individuals each clasping a single fibre of the swab between its valves
transversely, at about the mid-length of the animal, and so tightly that one .
had to cut the fibre on each side of the shell, in order to save the specimen.

In the summer of 1899, a few similar but much larger specimens of this
shell were dredged by Mr. A. P. Low, in from 15 to 25 fathoms, mud, in
Richmond Gulf, Hudson Bay.

According to Sir J. W. Dawson, P. Granlandicus has been found fossil
in the Pleistocene deposits of Maine, but not in those of Canada.

* Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. X., p. 78.

* Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science of Philadelphia, vol. 1., pp. 726
and 727.

—xX~ 119

PEcTEN (CAMPTONECTES) vITREUS (Chemnitz).

? Pecten vitreus, Gmelin (1792) ; and Dillwyn (1817) ; Dall.
Pecten vitreus (Chemnitz) G. O. Sars (1878).
Camptonectes (Palliolum) vitreum, Verrill (1897).
Camptonectes vitreus, Dall (1898).
**Common on the deep-water fishing grounds off Nova Scotia and New-
foundland, in 57 to 400 fathoms ” (Verrill).

PECTEN (CYCLOPECTEN) PUSTULOsUS, Verrill.

Pecten pustulosus, Verrill (1873).

Pecten Hoskynsi, Verrill (1882) ; but not of G. O. Sars.
Pecten imbrifer, Dall (in part) 1886 ; but not of Loven.
Cyclopecten pustulosus, Verrill (1897).

“ The original specimens ” of P. pustulosus were “from south of George’s
Bank, 430 fathoms, and Gulf of Maine, 150 fathoms,” where they were
dredged by the U. S. Fish Commission in 1872. “It was afterwards
dredged by us, in 1877, in the Gulf of Maine, 115 fathoms, and off Nova
Scotia, in 190 fathoms, associated with the non-pustulose form ” (Verrill).

Family Limide.

LIMATULA SUBAURICULATA (Montagu).

Pecten subauriculata, Montagu (1808).

Ostrea subauriculata, Turton (1816).

Lima subauriculata, Turton (1822).

Lima suleata, Brown (1827) ; and Moller (1842).
Limatula subawriculata, Searles Wood (1839).

North shore of the Gaspé peninsula at St. Anne des Monts (Bell, 1858).
Off Cap des Rosiers in 38 fathoms, stones, one living adult specimen; and
about half way between East Cape, Anticosti, and the Bird Rocks, in 313
fathoms mud, a fragment of one of the valves; both dredged by the
writer, the former in 1871 and the latter in 1872.

Limatula sulculus, the Lima sulculus (Leach) Moller, is stated by Willis
to be very rare at Sambro and Sable Island, N.S.; and Packard says that
he dredged several specimens of it near Caribou Island, in 15 to 50 fathoms.
But, it is not quite clear that the Canadian shells which have been referred
to L. sulculus are really distinct from those that have been identified with
L. subauriculata. Jeffreys unites L. sulculus with L. subawriculata.

120
Family Mytilide.
Mytitus epuuis, L.

Common everywhere, at or alittle above low-water mark. As a Canadian
Pleistocene fossil it has been found in Lawlor’s Lake, near St. John, N.B. ;
at Anticosti, Rivitre du Loup, Quebec and Montreal, P.Q. ; at Ottawa ; and
on the coast of Labrador.

MopioLta mopiouus (L.).

Not nearly so common as the preceding species, and found in a little
deeper water. Like MW. edulis it is cireumpolar and widely distributed on
both sides of the North Atlantic and North Pacific.

In a fossil state, Jf. modiolus is recorded by Sir J. W. Dawson as being
very rare in the Pleistocene deposits of Montreal.

MoptoLta (BRACHYDONTES) DEMISSA (Dillwyn).

Mytilus denissus (Solander) Dillwyn (1817); teste Dall.
Modiola plicatula, Lamarck (1835); et auct. Amer.

Minas Basin (G. T. Kennedy, 1875); Wallace, Tracadie, Sable Island,
Pictou, &c., not scarce (Willis). Prince Edward Island (Sir J. W. Dawson,
1871); Charlottetown Harbour (Ff. Bain, 1875); Shediac (L. M. Lambe,
1893); and mouth of the Douglastown River, Gaspé Bay (Bell, 1858).

Dacrypium virreum (Moller).

Modiola? vitrea, Moller (1842).
Dacrydium vitreum, Torell (1859) ; et auct.

Specimens of this species were dredged in the deepest parts of the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, in from 100 to 313 fathoms, by the writer in 1871, 1872 and
1873 ; also subsequently, in 1877, according to Verrill, off Nova Scotia, in
102 fathoms, by the U. 8. Fish Commission

Mopioxaria piscors (L.)

Mytilus discors, L. (1767); and Stimpson (1851).
Mytilus diserepans, Montagu (1803).

Modiola levigata, Gray (1824).

Modiola diserepans, Lamarck (1835).

Modiolaria discors, Loven (1846) et auct.

Common on both sides of the north Atlantic, from low-water to 100
fathoms, in “nests formed of various marine substances,” as Dr. Stimpson
observes. In the Bay of Fundy it has been collected by Stimpson and the
U. S. Fish Commission ; in Annapolis Basin by Verkruzen ; on the Atlantic

121

coast of Nova Scotia by Willis and J. Matthew Jones ; at several localities
in the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, by Sir J. W. Dawson,
Bell, Packard and the writer ; also at Port Burwell and Ashe Inlet, Hudson
Strait, by Bell (in 1884). The species has also been found fossil, in the
Pleistocene deposits of Beauport, Montreal and Greenland.

MODIOLARIA CORRUGATA (Stimpson).

Mytilus corrugatus, Stimpson (1851).
Modiolaria corrugata, Morch (1857) ; and Gould (1870).
The geographical distribution and bathymetrical range of this species in
eastern Canada are essentially the same as those of J/. discors.
M. corrugata has been found fossil in the Pleistocene deposits of Riviere
du Loup (en bas), by Sir J. W. Dawson.

Mopi0.ariA NIGRA (Gray).

Modiola nigra, Gray (1824).

Modiola nexa, Gould (1841). Young.

Modiolaria nigra, Loven (1846).

Mytilus diserepans, Stimpson (1851) ; not of European authors.
Modiolaria discrepans, Packard (1867). ’

Has been taken in the Bay of Fundy, in Annapolis Basin; in Halifax
Harbour, N.S.; at several localities in the Gulf and mouth of the River St.
Lawrence ; on the Atlantic coast of Labrador, and more recently, at Port
Burwell, and Ashe Inlet, Hudson Strait.

It has been collected also in the Pleistocene deposits at Kennebeck,
Maine ; at Black Point, N.B. ; at Riviere du Loup, Montreal ; and Labrador.

CRENELLA FABA (Miiller).

Mytilus faba, Miller (1776); and O. Fabricius (1780).
Crenella faba, Stimpson (1860).

Henley Harbour, Strait of Belle Isle, in 4 fathoms (Packard). L’Anse au
Loup, 10 to 15 fathoms; Fox Harbour, St. Lewis Island, 1 to 4 fathoms ;
and Dead Island, near Square Island, in shallow water; Stearns expedition
(Miss Bush). Common on the Labrador reef, near Fort Chimo, Ungava Bay,
L. M. Turner, 1885 (Dall). Greenland (Fabricius).

CRENELLA PECTINULA (Gould).

Modiola pectinula, Gould (1841).
Mytilus pectinulus, Stimpson (1851).
Crenella pectinula, Stimpson (1860).
Gulf of St. Lawrence, Mighels (Gould). Gaspé Bay and off Cap des
Rosiers lighthouse, dredged by the writer; Ruisseau Vallée and Marsouin

122

(Bell) ; Mingan Islands (J. Richardson) ; Murray Bay, abundant (Sir J. W.
Dawson). Professor Verrill regards C. pectinula as synonymous with C.
faba, but this opinion is not shared by Dr. Dall, who, in a letter to the
writer, dated February 18, 1901, writes as follows. ‘ Crenella pectinula, of
which I have one of Gould’s types, I regard as perfectly distinct from C. faba.
“C. pectinula is light yellow brown, with coarser sculpture and more rotund
form than the purple C. faba. But C. pectinula appears to be very rare and
I have seen only the types, while C. faba is common in the Arctic.”

CRENELLA GLANDULA (Totten).

Modiola glandula, Totten (1834).
Mytilus decussatus, Stimpson (1851) ; non Montagu.
Crenella glandula, H. and A. Adams (1858) ; and Gould (1870).

Bay of Fundy (Stimpson,--and Verrill); Passamaquoddy Bay, N. B.
(Ganong); Annapolis Basin (Verkruzen) ; Gulf and mouth of the River St.
Lawrence at many localities, (collected by Bell, Sir. J.W. Dawson, Packard,
and the writer) ; and Atlantic coast of Labrador, off Square Island, low-water
to 60 fathoms (Packard).

CRENELLA DECUSSATA (Montagu).

Mytilus decussatus, Montagu (1808).
Modiola? cicercula, Moller (1842).
Crenella decussata, Loven (1846); et auct.
Bay of Fundy, common (Verrill); Annapolis Basin (Verkruzen) ; off
Grande Greve, Gaspé Bay, and other localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
in from 20 to 60 fathoms, dredged by the writer; Greenland (Moller).

Family Vuculide.
Nucuta TENvIS (Montagu).

a. Forma TYPICA.

Arca tenuis, Montagu (1808).
Nucula tenwis, Turton (1822); et auct.
Nucula tenuis, forma typica, G. O. Sars (1878).

b. Forma INFLATA.

Nucula tenuis, Moller (1842).
Nucula inflata, Hancock (1846).

» Nucula obliquata, Beck (1847); teste Morch.
Nucula tenuis, forma inflata, G. O. Sars (1878).

Both varieties of this shell are widely distributed on the European as
well as on the American side of the north Atlantic, in from 4 to 100

123

fathoms. On the east coast of North America the species is known to
range from Cape Cod and the Maritime Provinces to the Gulf of St.
Lawrence and Arctic Ocean, and the typical form occurs also in the waters
of British Columbia. The var. inflata, with its subtrapeziform contour,
that is ‘angular in all its outlines” and well represented by “ Fig. 460” on
page 153 of the second edition of Gould’s Invertebrata of Massachusetts, is
common in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and on the Labrador coast. It is this
variety, and not the JV. expansa of Reeve, as since figured in the second
edition of Gould, that was referred to, under the latter name, by the writer,
ina paper “on the Marine Mollusca of Eastern Canada” published in the
“Canadian Naturalist” for 1869.

NV. tenuis is recorded by Sir J. W. Dawson as having been found fossil in
the Pleistocene deposits of Saco, Maine ; of the Baie des Chaleurs, Riviere du
Loup, Montreal, and Greens Creek, near Ottawa.

NvucuLa Expansa, Reeve.

Nucula expansa, Reeve (1855).
Nucula Bellotii, Adams (1856).

North shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence between the Mecattina Islands
and Bradore Bay, on a muddy bottom, with JV. tenuis, 1860; and Chateau
Bay, Labrador, of large size, 1864 (Packard), who says that Dr. Stimpson
‘has identified our specimens as being this before doubtful species.” Little
Métis and Murray Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson). Ashe Inlet and Port Burwell,
Cape Chudleigh, Hudson Strait (Bell, 1884); off Churchill, Keewatin, in 30
fathoms (Commander Wakeham, Diana Exploring expedition, 1897).

As a fossil V. expansa is recorded as having been collected in the Leda
clay at Westbrooke, Duck Cove, St. John, N.B.; and at Riviere du Loup,
PQ.

G. O. Sars, however, thinks that WV. expansa is identical with WV. tenwis
var. inflata, and Sir J. W. Dawson that the former is probably a “large
and well developed northern form of JV. tenuis.”

NUCULA PROXIMA, Say, var TRUNCULUS, Dall.

1898. Trans. Wagner Fr. Inst. Sc. Philad., vol. m1., p. 574.

Grand Manan, ‘in 4 fathoms sand off Duck Island Weir” (Stimpson) ;
Bay of Fundy, 4 to 80 fathoms, common (Verriil); Annapolis Basin,
abundant (Verkruzen) ; fishing banks off Halifax, rare (Willis).

“Tf a geographical series of this species be examined, it will be noticed
that the northern specimens are almost smoothly truncate behind, the
escutcheon is not impressed to any marked degree, and there is no angle at
the margin below the escutcheon. On the other hand, the specimens from

124

the southern coast, whence Say’s type was derived, have a thinner shell with
an impressed, escutcheon, the middle of which pouts more or less strongly ;
the valve margin below the escutcheon has a projecting angle; the shell is
somewhat compressed, compared with the northern form, and has a paler
and more delicate epidermis. Several of these characters are correlatives of
the latitude, but the extreme forms without a connecting series would be
taken by any careful observer for distinct species. Most of the conchologists
of the United States having resided north of Delaware, the northern form
is the more familiar both in books and collections, but it is not the original
type, and I have therefore given it a varietal name” (Dall, op. cit. supra.)

NucuLa DELPHINODONTA, Mighels.

Nucula delppinodonta, Mighels (1842).
Nucula corticata, (Holboll) Moller (1842) ; fide Morch.

Grand Manan, 25 fathoms mud on the Hake ground (Stimpson) ; “ Bay
of Fundy, and Eastport Harbour, 10 to 100 fathoms, mud, common” (Ver-
rill) ; Annapolis Basin, N.S., rather abundant (Verkruzen) ; fishing banks
off Halifax (Willis). Northumberland Strait, and off Grande Greve, Gaspé
Bay, in 50 fathoms, mud, dredged by the writer.

Family Ledide.
Lepa minuta (Muller).

Arca minuta, Miiller (1776) ; and O. Fabricius (1780).
Leda minuta, Moller (1842); et auct.

Fishing banks off Halifax, rare (Willis). Off Grande Gréve, Gaspé Bay,
in 50 fathoms, mud (1869) and off Cap des Rosiers village (1869) dredged by
the writer ; Little Métis and Kamouraska (Sir J. W. Dawson). Labrador
coast, at Long Island, 15 fathoms ; Henley Harbour, 20 fathoms ; Chateau
Bay, 50 fathoms; and Square Island, 30 fathoms (Packard). Greenland
(Fabricius).

Also, fossil in the Leda clay at St. John, N.B.; Riviere du Loup and
Montreal.

LepA PERNULA (Muller).

Arca pernula, Miiller (1779) ; fide Loven.
Arca rostrata, Gmelin (1792) ; fide Loven.
Leda pernula, Loven (1846) ; et auct.

Off Halifax, N.S., in 59 fathoms; a typical example, dredged in 1887
(Verrill). Off Grande Gréve, Gaspé Bay, in 50 fathoms, mud, dredged by
the writer; Little Métis and Kamouraska (Sir J. W. Dawson). Port Bur-
well and Ashe Inlet, Hudson Strait (Bell).

125

Fossil in the Leda clay of Portland and Saco, Maine ; of Lawlor’s Lake,
near St. John, N.B. ; and of New Richmond, and Riviére du Loup, P.Q.

LEDA PERNULA, var. JACKSONII.

Nucula Jacksonii, Gould (1841).
Leda buccata (Steenstrup) Moller (1842); fide Stimpson.
Leda Jacksonti, Gould (1870).

North shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Caribou Island, just inside
of the Strait of Belle Isle, abundant ; Labrador coast, at Long Island and
Henley Harbour, in 15 to 20 fathoms, (Packard) ; Henley Harbour and
Temple Bay in 10 to 15 fathoms, Stearns expedition (Miss Bush). A shorter
and more tumid shell than the typical Z. pernula, with the cardinal margin
eroded in such a manner as to “show the origin of the hinge denticles.”

LEDA TENUISULCATA (Couthouy).

Nucula tenuisulcata, Couthouy (1888).
Nucula minuta, Gould (1841).
Leda tenwisulcata, Hanley (1860); Gould (1870) ; et auct.

Grand Manan, “ common on muddy bottoms” (Stimpson); Bay of Fundy,
common in 6 to 80 fathoms (Verrill); Passamaquoddy Bay (Ganong) ;
fishing banks off Halifax, rare (Willis). Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Cap des
Rosiers, in 1]0 fathoms coarse sand, with stones, dredged by the writer.
Perhaps a slender, compressed variety of L. pernula, with the beaks placed

rather near to the anterior end.

YOLDIA LIMATULA (Say).

Nucula limatula, Say (1831).
Leda limatula, Stimpson (1851).
Voldia limatula, H. & A. Adams (1858).

Grand Manan in 6 fathoms mud (Stimpson); Bay of Fundy, 4 to 30
fathoms (Verrill) ; fishing banks off Halifax, rare (Willis). Very common
throughout Northumberland Strait, but rare in the northern part of the
Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; Little Métis (Sir J. W. Dawson). Fossil
in the Leda clay at Riviere du Loup (Sir J. W. Dawson).

YOLDIA SAPOTILLA (Gould).

Nucula sapotilla, Gould (1841).

Leda ( Yoldia) sapotilla, Stimpson (1851).

Yoldia sapotilla, H. & A. Adams (1858); Packard (1861); and
Gould (1870).

Grand Manan, “10 fathoms, Welch Pool” (Stimpson) ; common in Casco
Bay and the Bay of Fundy, 4 to 100 fathoms, mud (Verrill) ; fishing banks

126

off Halifax (Willis) ; Halifax Harbour (J. M. Jones). Occasionally met
with in Northumberland Strait, by the writer in 1873, associated with Y.
limatula, of which it may be a small “abbreviated” variety ; Little Métis
(Sir J. W. Dawson) ; off Caribou Island, at a depth of 10 to 15 fathoms
(Packard).

Fossil at Black Point, N.B. (G. F. Matthew).

YOLDIA MYALIS (Couthouy).

Nucula myalis, Couthouy (1838).
Leda myalis, Stimpson (1851).
VYoldia myalizs, Gould (1870).

Grand Manan, 20 fathoms, mud (Stimpson) ; Bay of Fundy and Annapolis
Basin (Verkruzen) ; fishing banks off Halifax, rare (Willis); Gulf of St.
Lawrence (Mighels). Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, at Gaspé
Bay and the coast of the Gaspé peninsula, Sir J. W. Dawson (as Leda
limatula), Bell, and the writer; Little Métis, Kamouraska, and Murray
Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson). North shore of the Strait of Belle Isie, at L’Anse
au Loup, in 15 fathoms, sand, a very badly worn valve, Stearns expedition
(Miss Bush). Port Burwell and Ashe Inlet, Hudson Strait (Bell). A more
northerly species than Y. /¢matula, as pointed out by Professor Verrill.

' A single valve of Y. smyalis was found in the Leda clay at Hopedale,
Labrador, by Dr. Packard in 1864.

YOLDIELLA LUCIDA (Loven).

Yoldia lucida, Loven (1846) ; et auct.

? Leda obesa, Stimpson (1851).

Yoldia obesa, Gould (1870) ; et auct.
Yoldiella lucida, Verrill and Bush (1897).
Yoldia ( Yoldiella) lucida, Dall (1898).

A few living specimens of this species were dredged by the writer in 1871,
1872 and 1873, in the deepest parts of the Gulf of St. Lawrence to the north,
south and south-east of the Island of Anticosti, in 100 to 313 fathoms, mud,
associated with Pecten Grenlandicus, Dacrydium vitreum, Arca pectuncu-
loides, a dwarf form of Astarte crebricostata, we. Verrill says that it is
“rare in the Bay of Fundy, in 40 to 100 fathoms.”

YOLDIELLA FRIGIDA (Torell),
Yoldia frigida, Torell (1859) ; G. O. Sars (1878); et auct.
Yoldiella frigida, Verrill and Bush (1898),

Tiving specimens of this shell were dredged sparingly by the writer, in
1871, 1872 and 1873, with the preceding species, in the deepest parts of the
Gulf of St. Lawrence.

(PoRTLANDIA GLACIALIS (Wood).

No recent specimens of this shell, which is such a characteristic fossil of
the Leda ciay in eastern Canada, have yet been found south of the Strait of
Belle Isle, on this side of the Atlantic. In 1899, however, Mr. Low dredged
four fine living specimens of it in Richmond Gulf, on the east coast of
Hudson Strait, on a muddy bottom, in 15-25 fathoms.

G. O. Sars, and more recently Verrill (in 1897) think that this shell is the
Nucula arctica of Gray (1819), and that it should be called Portlandia
arctica (Gray), as it is the type of Morch’s genus Portlandia. Dall, how-
ever, in 1898, dissents from this conclusion, as far as the specific name is
concerned, and maintains that the proper name for it is Portlandia glacialis
(Wood) for the following reasons. “The original Vucula arctica, Gray, is
indeterminable from the brief diagnosis, and was not figured. It has been
identified by several naturalists (Hanley, Smith and others) with Y. hyper-
borea, Torell, and by others with Y. glacialis, Wood (+ Y. truncata, Brown,
+ Y. portlandica, Hitchcock). From Moller’s description of his Y. arctica
as ‘planiuscula levi, nitida, luteo-vel fusco virente,’ and the number of
teeth he ascribes to it, I feel compelled to believe that it could not have
been Y. glacialis, whatever Gray’s V. arctica was.”* And in a foot note to
this last sentence he adds: “ In this also I agree with Hanley and Smith in
referring Gray’s species to the hyperborea group rather than to that of
truncata, Brown, as supposed by Torell, Jeffreys and Mérch).”

MEGAYOLDIA THRACLEFORMIS (Storer).

Nucula thracieformis, Storer (1838); and Gould (1841).
Nucula navicularis, Couthouy (1839); young.

Yoldia angularis, Miller (1842) ; teste Mérch.
Megayoldia thraciceformis, Verrill and Bush (1897).

Grand Manan, “in 25 fathoms, mud, off Duck Island” (Stimpson) ; Bay
of Fundy, 10 to 100 fathoms (Verrill); fishing banks off Halifax (Willis) ;
Halifax Harbour (J. M. Jones). Off the north-west coast of Cape Breton
Island (dead specimens), and Gulf of St. Lawrence, about half way between
Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 200 fathoms, mud, rare and small, but
living, dredged by the writer. Greenland (Méller—Yoldia angularis).

* Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science of Philadelphia, vol. 111., pp.
594 and 595.

128

Family Arcide.
Arca (BATHYARCA) PECTUNCULOIDES, Scacchi.

Arca pectunculoides, Scacchi (1834) ; fide Nyst.
Arca raridentata, Searles Wood (1840).
Bathyarca pectunculoides, Verrill and Bush (1898).

Living in deep water (200 to 313 fathoms) in the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
to the north, south and south-east of the Island of Anticosti, where speci-
mens of it were dredged by the writer in 1871, 1872 and 1873.

According to Verrill this species has been taken by dredging parties of the
U.S. Fish Commission, since 1872, in the Bay of Fundy, 108 fathoms ; on
’ Georges and Le Have Banks, and off Halifax, Nova Scotia, at various depths,
from 70 to 430 fathoms.

Arca (BATHYARCA) GLACIALIS, Gray.

Arca glacialis, Gray (1824) ; et auct.
Bathyarca glacialis, Verrill and Bush (1898).
“This species has been recorded from the Gulf of St. Lawrence by
Jeffreys” (Verrill).

Family Cardide.
CarpIuM (CERASTODERMA) CILIATUM, Fabricius,

Cardium ciliatum, O. Fabricius (1780).
Cardium Islandicum, Chemnitz (1782); Spengler (1808); et auct.
Cardium (Cerastoderma) eiliatum, Dall (1900).

Common, at moderate depths, throughout the whole of the region under
consideration. It is the large fringe-ribbed cockle of the Gulf of St. Law-
rence, and both it and Serripes Greenlandicus form an important part of the
food of the halibut and cod. Both, also, are known to inhabit the coast of
Labrador, Hudson Bay and Greenland, and to extend their range south-
ward to Cap Cod.

In a fossil state C. ciliatwm has been found in the Pleistocene deposits of
Portland, Me.; of Lawlor’s Lake, near St. John, N.B.; of Kittle Métis,
Riviere du Loup, the Saguenay and Murray Bay, P.Q.; also of two or three
miles up Whale River, Hudson Bay (Bell, 1877); of near Moose Factory,
James Bay (Bell, 1875, and A. 8. Cochrane, 1877) ; of the Limestone rapids
of the Fawn Branch of the Severn River, Keewatin (A. P. Low, 1886) ;
and of Vancouver Island, B.C.

129

CarpIuM (CERASTODERMA) PINNULATUM, Conrad.

Cardiwm pinnulatum, Conrad (1831); et auct. Am.
Cardium (Cerastoderma) pinnulatum, Dall (1900).
Grand Manan, “in four fathoms, coarse sand ” (Stimpson) ; Bay of Fundy,
2 to 80 fathoms (Verrill); abundant in L’Etang Harbour, Charlotte Co.,
N.B. (Ganong); Annapolis Basin, not abundant (Verkruzen). Fishing
banks off Halifax (Willis) ; Halifax Harbour (J. M. Jones) ; Le Have Bank,
in 45 and 60 fathoms (Smith and Harger). Northumberland Strait
(Whiteaves); Gaspé Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson, and the writer). Packard
records C. pinnulatum as very common at Salmon Bay, Caribou Island,
and says that it did not occur north of the Strait of Belle Isle. But Miss
Bush says that a specimen sent by Packard to the Peabody Museum of Yale
College, and labelled C. pinnulatum, is a young specimen of (. ciliatum.
The true C. pinnulatum is known to range as far to the southward as Long
Island Sound.
Dr. G. F. Matthew has found this shell fossil in the Leda clay at Lawlors
Lake and St. John, N.B.

Carpium (Layvicarpium) Morront, Conrad.

Oardium Mortoni, Conrad (1830); and Gould (1841).
Liocardium Mortoni, Stimpson (1860); and Gould (1870).
Levicardium Mortoni, Perkins (1869); and Verrill (18783).
Cardium (Levicardium) Mortoni, Dall (1900).
Dartmouth Lakes, Halifax, N.S. (Willis, teste Gould). The only Canadian
locality yet known for this species, which ranges as far south as Florida.

SERRIPES GRGINLANDICUS (Gmelin).

Venus Islandica, O. Fabricius (1780) ; non Linneé.
Cardium Grenlandicum, Gmelin (1792) ; et auct.
Aphrodite columba, Lea (1834).
Serripes Grenlandicus (Beck) Gould (1841).

Common at moderate depths (10 to 50 or 60 fathoms) in the Gulf of St.
Lawrence and northward to Hudson Strait and Greenland, often associated
with Cardiwm ciliatum (Islandicum). The species is also known to occur on
the Newfoundland Banks (Verkruzen) and on the Atlantic coast of
Nova Scotia, southward to Cape Cod, but it has not yet been recorded as
having been taken in the Bay of Fundy.

As an American fossil S. Grenlandicus has been found in the pleistocene
deposits of Maine, New Brunswick, the Province of Quebec, Labrador and
Greenland.

9

130
Family Cyprinide.
Cyprina Isianpica (L.).

Venus Islandica, lL. (1776).
Cyprina Islandica, Lamarck (1836); et auct.

Grand Manan, “rarely found” (Stimpson); Bay of Fundy, 6 to 90
fathoms (Verrill) ; Passamaquoddy Bay (Ganong); St. Mary’s Bay and
Annapolis Basin (Verkruzen); Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, common
(Wills) ; northern coast of Northumberland Strait (Whiteaves). Although
recorded by Fabricius as a Greenland shell, this species has not yet been
found in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, north of the Baie des Chaleurs.

Family Astartide.
ASTARTE LACTEA, Broderip and Sowerby.

Astarte lactea, Broderip and Sowerby (1829); and Gray (1839).

Specimens of an Astarte, which agree remarkably well with the description
and figures of A. /actea in the second volume of the Thesaurus Conchyliorum,
have been dredged at several localities in the Gulf and mouth of the River
St. Lawrence, by the writer and by Sir J. W. Dawson. This shell is by far
the largest Astarte in these or in any Canadian waters, and is especially
abundant on the Bradelle Bank. Willis records it as having been taken
many years ago on the fishing banks off Halifax, and more recently it has
been collected by Bell at Port Burwell and Ashe Inlet, Hudson Strait.

A. lactea may be the same as the Crassina semisulcata of Leach (1819), as
stated by Gray and others, but Loven says that Leach’s C. semisulcata is the
same as C. elliptica, Brown, which Hanley has shown to be A. compressa (Li).

On the other hand, A. lactea may be only a local variety of A. borealis,
Chemnitz (= A. arctica, Gray), but it seems to the writer to be distinguish-
able theréfrom by the ‘strong and regular costelle,” or concentric ribs,
“near the beaks,” as pointed out by Sowerby. In the half grown shell, for
which Reeve is supposed to have suggested the name A. Richardsoni, the
whole surface is concentrically ribbed and the epidermis of a lighter colour.

According to Sir J. W. Dawson, this shell, which he calls ‘ Astarte arctica,
Moller, (var. lactea),” is found fossil in the Pleistocene of New Brunswick
and Labrador.

ASTARTE COMPRESSA (L.).

Venus compressa, Li. (1767); teste Hanley. Non Montagu.
Crassina elliptica, Brown (1827).

Astarte semisulcata. Moller (1842); non Leach.

Astarte elliptica, McGillivray (1843).

Common at depths of from 10 to 50 (and perhaps 100) fathoms, in the
Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, from the Bradelle and Orphan

ia

131

banks and Gaspé Bay, northward to Hudson Straitand Greenland. Verrill
says that he has dredged but one specimen of it on the New England coast
(off Casco Bay, 65 fathoms), and it has been taken on the Le Have Bank,
N.S., by Smith and Harger. In the Bay of Fundy and Northumberland
Strait its place is taken by the finely ribbed variety of A. wndata. The
specimens from Gaspé Bay and the Gaspé peninsula that were identified
with A. sulcata by Sir J. W. Dawson, in 1858, and by Bell, in 1859, and
with A. wndata by the writer, in 1869, are all forms of A. compressa, L.
The statement made on page 236 of Sir J. W. Dawson’s memoir on the “Ice
Age in Canada,” on the authority of the writer, to the effect that “I regard
this as Astarte lactea, Brod. and Sby., and A. semisulcata, Leach; but as
probably distinct, as Astartes go, from A. borealis (= A. arctica), is mis-
placed. It was intended to refer to the species which Sir William calls
Astarte arctica, var. lactea, and not to that which he identifies with A.
elliptica.

In a fossil state, A. compressa has been found at Portland, Maine, the
Saguenay and Labrador.

ASTARTE UNDATA, Gould.

Astarte undata, Gould (1841) ; provisional name.

Astarte sulcata, Gould (1841 and 1870) ; not of European writers.
Crassina latisulca, Hanley (1843).

Astarte undata, Philippi (1850); and Verrill (1872).

Var. LUTEA:
Astarte lutea, Perkins (1869).

Grand Manan, ‘common in deep water on muddy bottoms,” (Stimpson
as A. sulcata, Fleming); ‘‘ very common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, 5
to 100 fathoms” (Verrill) ; Minas Basin (G. T. Kennedy) ; Passamaquoddy
Bay (Ganong); Annapolis Basin, abundant (Verkruzen) ; Halifax Harbour
(J. M. Jones, as A. sulcata, Fleming) ; Northumberland Strait (Whiteaves).
Not known to occur as far to the northward as Miramichi Bay.

It has long been known that there are two well marked forms of this
species, though they pass insensibly into each other. The typical form,
upon which Hanley based his C. latisulca, has distant and comparatively
few concentric ribs. The other form, or var. /wica (which Verrill identifies
with A. lutea, Perkins) has rather more numerous concentric ribs, and more
closely resembles the British A. sulcata. In the Bay of Fandy and in the
Minas Basin, both forms occur together, but in Northumberland Strait, so
far as the writer can remember, it is only tle var. lutea that has been
found.

9

132

ASTARTE CREBRICOSTATA, Forbes.

? Crassina depressa, Brown (1844) variety ; fide Jeffreys.
Astarte crebricostata, Forbes (1847) ; Forbes and Hanley (1848) ; et auct.

In 1871, 1872 and 1873 several living examples of a peculiar little Astarte
with regular and rather numerous concentric ribs and a light brownish-
yellow epidermis, were dredged by the writer in the deep sea mud (112 to
313 fathoms) of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, to the north, south and south
east of the Island of Anticosti. Those collected in 1871 were at first
identified by Jeffreys with A. sulcata, var. minor, but they were regarded
by Verrill as probably a dwarf form of A. lens, Stimpson. Subsequently,
the writer came to the conclusion that the whole of these specimens represent
a small, local variety of A. crebricostata, also that they are probably identical
with the A. subequilatera and possibly with the A. oblonga of Sowerby. In
a letter to the writer, dated May 26, 1876, Jeffreys expressed the opinion
that they are “apparently a dwarf form of Crassina depressa, Brown (=A.
crebricostata, Forbes).” The late Dr. P. P. Carpenter, to whom a few
specimens were submitted a little later, furnished the following notes upon
them: “I cannot perceive any difference at all, inside or out, by which
these can be separated from some of the A. crebricosiata, Forbes, dredged at
Finmark by McAndrew. Yours, being eroded at the beak, look different,
and the largest of yours is very small compared with the Finmarkians.
Moreover some of yours have fewer ribs in proportion ; but others exactly
correspond. Your shells show considerable variations in outline, the Fin-
markians are very uniform. I have put a mark against a sheil on your
tablet, that would make a good crebricostata. I should take your shells to
be the A. suwbequilatera of Sowerby, junior, as I think was your opinion.
One of your transverse ones, which I have also marked, would do sufiiciently
well for A. oblonga, Sowerby, junior, were it not that the ribs do not evanesce
as there described. Every one finds Astartes puzzling.”

Professor Verrill thinks that the shell described and figured by Gould as
A. crebricostata, in the second edition of the Invertebrata of Massachusetts,
is not the A. crebricostata of Forbes, and that the former should be called
A. lens, Stimpson. The shell that Gould identifies with A. crebricostata is
said to have heen collected off Halifax, N.S., (“young specimens in
abundance ”) by Willis; at Anticosti Island (Stimpson); and at Dauphin
Harbour, Labrador, by Packard. Verrill says that A. dens occurs in the
Bay of Fundy on soft bottoms in 30 to 130 fathoms.

ASTARTE CRENATA, Gray.

Off Bear Head, Anticosti, in 120 fathoms; two living specimens, which
were dredged by the writer in 1871 and identified with this species by
Jeffreys in 1877. Three very similar specimens have since been dredged

133

(living) in Richmond Gulf, Hudson Bay, in 15 to 25 fathoms, muddy
bottom, by A. P. Low, in 1899.

The whole surface of each valve of St. Lawrence specimens of A.
crebricosiata, as its name implies, is concentrically ribbed. Thus, in a speci-
men about 20 mm. in length, there are about twenty-one distinct and
prominent concentric ribs, and if the beaks had not been a little eroded,
there would have been a few more. But, in specimens of A. crenata from the
same region, the ribbing is much finer and it would seem that it is only the
upper half of each valve (i. e the part inclusive of the beak, and half way
to the ventral margin) that is ribbed, the lower half being coarsely and
irregularly striated concentrically. The largest St. Lawrence specimen of
A. crenata that the writer has seen is 25 mm. long, and on its outer surface
there are about 25 concentric ribs in the upper half of each valve. The three
comparatively small specimens from Hudson Bay are irregularly striated
all over.

ASTARTE CASTANEA, Say.

Venus castanea, Say (1822).
Astarte castanea, Say (18380); et auct.

Bay of Fundy, 5 to 20 fathoms, not common (Verrill) ; Annapolis Basin,
N.S., rare (Verkruzen); Indian Springs, east side of Cape Blomidon,
Minas Basin, 1875 (G. T. Kennedy); Halifax Harbour (Willis); off Cape
Sable, N.S. (Verrill) ; Sable Island, 1899 (Prof. Macoun).

A New England species, which does not seem to range farther to the
northward than the Bay of Fundy and Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia.

ASTARTE QUADRANS, Gould.
Astarte quadrans, Gould (1841 and 1870).
Astarte Portlandica, Mighels (1843) ; variety.
Grand Manan, “occurs very rarely here” (Stimpson); Bay of Fundy, in
6 to 40 fathoms, not uncommon (Verrill); north shore of the St. Lawrence,
off Esquimaux Point (J. Richardson, Jun.)
The “ var. Portlandica occurs, with intermediate forms, in Casco Bay and
Bay of Fundy, 10 to 25 fathoms, not common ;” (Verrill).

Asrarte Banksti (Leach). Typical form.

Venus compressa, Montagu (1808); non L.-Fide S. Wood, and G. O. Sars.
Venus Montacuti, Dillwyn (1817).

Nicania Banksii, Leach (1819); and Sabine (1824) teste Maller.

Venus Montayui, W. Wood (1825).

Astarte Banksvi, Moller (1842).

Nicania Banksii, forma typica, G. O. Sars (1878).

Off Halifax, N.S. (Stimpson, fide Packard); Le Have Bank, N.S., U.S.
Fish Commission, 1872, (Smith and Harger). Common in the northern and

134

colder parts of the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, in depths of
some 10 to 60 fathoms, northward to Labrador, Hudson Strait and Green-
land. On the “Diana” exploring expedition to Hudson Bay in 1897, specimens
of it were dredged by Mr. A. P. Low between King George Sound and the
bottom of Ungava Bay. Some specimens dredged off Grande Greve, Gaspé
Bay, by the writer in 1867, were pronounced by Mr. Hanley (in 1868) to
be the exact variety of A. Banksii figured in Beechey’s Zoology of the
Beagle.

If A. Banksii is the same as the Venus compressa of Montagu, but not of
Linnzeus, as maintained by Searles Wood and G. O. Sars, and the preceding
dates are correct, the laws of priority would seem to require that the present
species should be called A. Montacuti (Dillwyn).

However this may be, as a North American quaternary fossil, A. Banksi
is recorded hy Sir J. W. Dawson as having been collected in the Leda clay
at Portland, Maine; at St. John, N.B.; at Anticosti, Little Métis, Riviére
du Loup, Kamouraska, Quebec, and Montreal, P.Q.; also at Labrador,

AsTARTE BANKSII, var. GLOBOSA.

Astarte globosa, Méller (1842).
Nicania Banksti, var. globosa, G. O. Sars (1878).

Entrance to Gaspé Bay, where an unusually large living specimen, which
measures—length 28 mm., height 25 mm., breadth, or greatest thickness
through both valves, 16 mm.,—was dredged by the writer in 1867. A
few much smaller specimens were dredged on the north shore of the St.
Lawrence, off Egg Island, in 70 to 80 fathoms, by the writer in 1871.

ASTARTE BANKSII, var. STRIATA.

Nicania striata, Leach (1819).

Orassina striata, Brown (1827).

Astarte striata, Brown (1844) ; Moller (1842) ; et auct., but not
A. striata, Sowerby (1822) teste Loven.

Astarte Banksti, var. striata, G. O. Sars (1878).

Specimens that have been identified with A. striata have been recorded as
having been collected from the fishing banks off Halifax, by Willis, in Gaspé
Bay by the writer, at Murray Bay by Sic J. W. Dawson, on the Labrador
coast at Hopedale by Packard, and on the Greenland coast by Méller.
Packard has expressed the opinion that A. Lawrentiana, Lyell, from the
Pleistocene deposits at Beauport, is identical with A. Banks, and Sir J.
W. Dawson that it is the same as A. striata. In the writer’s judgment, no
living specimens that he has seen, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence or else-
where, are exactly similar to A. Lawrentiana.

135

Family Carditide.

VENERICARDIA BOREALIS (Conrad).

Cardita borealis, Conrad (1831) ; and Gould (1841, 1870).
Actinobolus borealis, H. and A. Adams (1858).
Venericardia borealis, Carpenter (1863).

Cyclocardia borealis, Verrill (1873).

Generally distributed from Connecticut to Hudson Strait. It has been
dredged at many localities in the Bay of Fundy, Atlantic coast of Nova
Scotia, and Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, in depths of from 3
to 50 fathoms. Stimpson says that at Duck Island, Grand Manan, it is
found “at low water, under stones, attached by a minute byssus.” Fine
large specimens of this shell, in the Museum of the Survey, were dredged at
Ashe Inlet, Hudson Strait, by Dr. R. Bell in 1884. The species has long
been known to occur on the Pacific coast of North America, as far south as
Catalina Island, California, and it has been dredged at several localities in
the Queen Charlotte Islands by Dr. G. M. Dawson. According to Verrill,*
the Actinobolus (Cyclocardia) Novanglie of Morse, appears to be only an
inconstant variety of the common JV. borealis, and has a range co-extensive
with the latter.

In a fossil state V. borealis has been obtained from the Pleistocene beds
of the Labrador coast, by Packard in 1864.

Family Veneride.
VENUS MERCENARIA, L.

Venus mercenaria, lL. (1767); et auct.
Mercenaria violacea, Schumacher (1817).
Mercenaria mercenaria, Chenu (1862).
Crassivenus mercenaria, Perkins (1869).

One of the most characteristic shallow water species of the southern and
warmer areas of the region under consideration, with a very similar range to
that of the common oyster of eastern Canada. According to Willis, J. M.
Jones and others, V. mercenaria is common at Sable Island and on the
Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia. Verkruzen says it is ‘pretty abundant” at
St. Mary’s Bay, on the Nova Scotian side of the Bay of Fundy, and it is
known to occur throughout Northumberland Strait, as far to the north-
westward as Bathurst, on the south shore of the Baie des Chaleurs, where it

136

Torrenta GEMMA (Totten).

Venus gemma, Totten (1834).

Gemma gemma, Deshayes (1853).
Gemma Totteni, Stimpson (1860).
Tottenia gemma, Perkins (1869).

Grand Manan (Verrill) ; fishing banks off Halifax, rare, (Willis) ; Prince
Edward Island (Sir J. W. Dawson); Shediac Bay (Whiteaves); Green

Island, south shore of the mouth of the River St. Lawrence (Bell); and
Indian Harbour, Labrador, at low water (Packard).

CYTHEREA CONVEXA, Say.

Cytherea convexa, Say (1824) fossil ; Gould (1841 and 1870) recent.
Cytherea Sayana, Conrad (1833) ; recent.

Qallista convera, A. and A. Adams (1858).

Cytherea Sayti, Perkins (1869).

Oak Bay, N.B. (Ganong); St. Mary’s Bay, N.S., at low-tides, rare
(Verkruzen) ; Sable Island, rare (Willis); Shediac Bay,—Northumberland
Strait,—and Magdalen Islands (Whiteaves) ; Prince Edward Island (Sir J.
W. Dawson).

LiocyMA FLUCTUOSA (Gould).

Venus fluctuosa, Gould (1841).
Venus astartoides, Beck (1849).
Tapes fluctuosa, Gould (1870).
Liocyma fiuctuosa, Dall (1870).

Widely distributed from the Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia to Labrador
and Greenland, in from 10 to about 50 fathoms, but apparently local, though
usually abundant where found. Willis quotes it as rare on the fishing banks
off Halifax ; and the writer has dredged it abundantly, living, both on the
Bradelle Bank and in Gaspé Bay. Packard says that he dredged a single
valve of it on the bank near Caribou Island, (in 1860), and that he subse-
quently (in 1864) found it not uncommon in Henley Harbour and off Square
Island, Labrador. Miss Bush also records its having been taken by the Stearns
Labrador expedition (in 1882) at L’Anse au Loup and Henley Harbour, in
10 to 15 fathoms ; and Beck, at Mahls-alik, Greenland.

The shells of living specimens of this species are usually white, with a
very thin hyaline outer layer, the surface of which has a highly polished
appearance, but exceptionally they are of a pale reddish brown colour, and
even approaching to orange.

137

Family Petricolide.
PETRICOLA PHOLADIFORMIS, Lamarck.

Petricola pholaditormis, Lamarck (1818) ; and Say (1834).
Petricola fornicata, Say (1822).
Petricola dactylus, Say (1834) ; and Gould (1841 and 1870).

St. Mary’s Bay, N.S. (Verkruzen) ; Sable Island, rare (Willis); south
coast of Prince Edward Island, burrowing in reefs of red sandstone and
shale (Sir J. W. Dawson, and F. Bain); Shediac Bay, and elsewhere in
Northumberland Strait (Whiteaves).

Family Diplodontide
Crypropon Goutpil, Phillippi.

Lucina flecuosa, Gould (1841); non Montagu, sp.
Lucina Gouldii, Philippi (1845).

Thyasira Gouldii, Stimpson (1851).

Cryptodon Gouldii, H. and A. Adams (1858) ; et auct.

Widely but apparently very sparingly distributed through the whole
region, from the Bay of Fundy, Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia and Gulf and
mouth of the River St. Lawrence, to Labrador and Greenland, at depths of
about 10 to 313 fathoms.

According to Sir J. W. Dawson, shells of this species are rare in the Leda
clay of Montreal.

CRYPTODON OBESUS, Verrill.

1872. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. 111., p. 287.

Off Nova Scotia, Verrill ; who says also that he has detected one specimen
of this species among the shells, ete., dredged by Packard in 1864 on the
Labrador coast.

CRYPTODON PLANUS, Verrill and Bush.

1898. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xx., p. 788.

‘Found in 8 to 100 fathoms, north of Cape Cod, in the Gulf of Maine,
Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy and Halifax Harbour, 1872, 1885” (Verrill and
Bush).

138
CrypTopon (AXINULUS) FERRUGINOSUS (Forbes).

Cryptodon rotundatum, S. Wood (1840).

Kellia ferruginosa, Forbes (1843).

Awinus ferruginosus, G. O. Sars (1878).

Cryptodon ferruginosus, Verrill (1882).

Cryptodon (Axinulus) ferruginosus, Verrill and Bush (1898).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, south and south east of the Island of Anticosti, in
200-313 fathoms, mud, dredged by the writer in 1873; a few small but
living specimens, which are believed to be referable to this species.

Crypropon (AXINULUS) INHQUALIS, Verrill and Bush.

1898 Procs URSs Nata vise vols xcxeypaiols

‘“‘ A few specimens have been found in 14 to 49 fathoms at about eleven
stations north of Cape Cod, in Casco Bay, and in Halifax Harbour, 1873-
79” (Verrill and Bush).

AXINOPSIS ORBICULATA, G. O. Sars, var. INHQUALIS, Verrill and Bush.

1898. Op: cit., vol. xXx., p. 794.
Bay of Fundy (Verrill and Bush).

Family Leptoniae.

KELLIA SUBORBICULARIS (Montagu).

Mya suborbicularis, Montagu (1804).
Kellia suborbicularis, Turton (1822); et auct.

“Sable Island, Willis,” in J. Matthew Jones’ “List of the Mollusca of
Nova Scotia,” published in 1877, though the writer has failed to find the
name of this species in Willis’ 1863 list, as republished in vol. vit. of the
Transactions of the Nova Scotia Institute of Natural Science.

RocuerortiA Mouuert (Morch).

Montacuta elevata, Morch (1875); not Stimpson (1851).
Mysella Molleri (Holboll) Morch.
Rochefortia Molicri, Dall (1900).
Halifax Harbour, in 18 fathoms, U.S. Fish Commission, 1877 (Mise Bush).
Tt is doubtful whether the specimens from Sable Island that Willis
identified with the Kellia planulata of Stimpson, should be referred to
Rochefortia planulata or to R. Molleri.

139
Family Kelliellide.

TURTONIA MINUTA (Fabricius).

Venus minuta, O. Fabricius (1780).

Lesceea minuta, Moller (1842).

Turtonia minuta, Alder (1848) ; and Stimpson (1851).
Turtonia nitida, Verrill (1872).

Sable Island, common (Willis) ; Greenland (Fabricius, and Moller

Family Mactride.

SpisuLA (HemImMAcTRA) souipissima (Dillwyn).

Mactra solidissima, Dillwyn (1817) ; fide Dall.

Mactra similis, Say (1822).

Mactra gigantea, Lamarck (1830).

Mactra solidissima, Goufél (1841).

Mactra ponderosa, Philippi (1844).

Hemimactra solidissima, Conrad (1868).

Spisula (Hemimactra) solidissima, Dall (1895).

An inhabitant of sandy stretches or bays, living at depths of from low-

water to ten fathoms. It is common in the Bay of Fundy, on the Atlantic
coast of Nova Scotia, and in Northumberland Strait, and it is also found,

though much more sparingly, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, northward to the
Strait of Belle Isle.

SpisutA (HEMIMACTRA) POLYNYMA (Stimpson).

Mactra similis, Gray (1842); non Say.
Mactra ovalis, Gould (1841 and 1870); non J. Sowerby (1817).
Mactra ponderosa, Stimpson (1851).
Mactra polynyma, Stimpson (1860).
Spisulu (Hemimactra) polynuma, Dall (1895).
A scarcer shell than the preceding, of which it may be only a variety. It
has a similar habitat and the same geographical distribution.

MULINIA LATERALIS (Say).

Mactra lateralis, Say (1822).
Mulinia lateralis, Gray (1887).
Standella lateralis, H. and A. Adams (1858).

About ten miles north of Shediac, N.B., in 10 fathoms, sand; one
specimen, dredged by the writer in 1873.

140

Family Mesodesmatide.

MESODESMA DEAURATUM (Turton).

Mactra deawrata, Turton (1822).
Mesodesma Jauresii, De Joaunis (1834); and Gould (1841).
Ceronia deaurata, H. and A. Adams (1858) ; and Gould (1870).

Under the generic name Ceronia, both M. deauratum, and M. arctatum
(Conrad) are said to be rare on the fishing banks off Sable Island, by Willis
in his latest (1863) list of Nova Scotia shells. On the authority of the late
Dr. Gould, Dr. R. Bell referred to J. arctatum the specimens that he col-
lected on the south shore of the lower St. Lawrence below Green Island, in
1858. On the other hand, Dr. Packard identified with J/. Jawresii (a
synonym of M. deauratum) all the specimens that he found thrown up
abundantly on beaches near Caribou Island, in 1860. And, following Dr.
Packard, all the specimens collected at Litgle Métis in 1867, and off Magpie
village (on the north shore of the St. Lawrence) in 1871, by the writer,
and at Tadoussac by Sir J. W. Dawson, have been referred to M. deawratum.

The writer has long been under the impression that there is only one species
of Mesodesma in Canadian waters, and that the distinction between WM. arcta-
tumand M deawratum can scarcely be satisfactorily maintained. Young or not
quite adult specimens, with the valves covered with a yellowish and sometimes
slightly iridescent epidermis agree in that respect with the description of
WM. arctatum ; whereas adult and aged specimens, with only a narrow strip
of pale ashen gray epidermis around the ventral margin, correspond better —
with that of J. deauratum. Judging by the figures in the second edition of
Dr. Gould’s Invertebrata of Massachusetts, the principal difference between
these two forms would seem to be that in JZ. arctatum the short posterior
end is so abruptly subtruncate that the beaks are almost terminal ; whereas
in VY. deawratum the same part of the shell is somewhat produced. In this
particular, all the Canadian specimens tkat the writer has seen, agree better
with the figure of M. arctatum than with that of M. deawraium.

In a letter dated Feb. 18th, 1901, Dr. Dall writes as follows on this point.
“Tn regard to the Mesodesmas Stimpson recognizes three forms :

arctatum, Conrad (1831).| cinerea, Stimpson (M.S8.) \deauwratum, Turton (1822)
Anterior end more pointed. do. more rounded.
Flattened. turgid. | flattened.
Posterior end shorter. shorter. longer and more angular.
Straw yellow. ashy. yellowish.
Rather thin. very thick. | thin.
Radial lines obvious. obsolete. do.
Shell broad. broad. narrower.

14]

“Tam not dogmatic about them, but would be disposed to recognize two,
at least, one turgid and short in front, the other flatter and longer.” ‘They
are very close to each other at best, and all found in the Gulf” of St.
Lawrence.

Family Scrobiculariide.
CUMINGIA TELLINOIDEs (Conrad).

Mactra tellinoides, Conrad (1831).
Cumingra tellinoides, Holmes (1859) ; Verrill (1875).
Prince Edward Island, only one specimen seen (Sir J. W. Dawson, 1871) ;
south shore of P.E.I. (F. Bain, 1875). '

Family Z'ellinide.
TELLINA (ANGULUS) TENERA, Say.

Teilina tenera, Say (1822).
Tellina (Angulus) tenera, H. and A. Adams (1858).
Angulus tener, Verrill (1872).

Bay of Fundy (Verrill); St. Mary’s Bay, N.S. (Verkruzen); fishing
banks off Halifax, scarce (Willis). Shediac Bay, at or a little below low-
water mark (Whiteaves); south coast of Prince Edward Island (F. Bain) ;
and Gaspé Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson).

Macoma Batruica (L.)

Tellina Balthica, lL. (1758) ; fide Dall.

Venus fragilis, O. Fabricius (1780); non L.

Psammobia fusca, Say (1827); fide Dall.

Sanguinolaria fusca, Conrad (1831); and Gould (1841).
Tellina Grenlandica (Beck) Lyell (1839).

Tellina fragilis, Moller (1842); non L.

Tellina (Macoma) tenera, Mirch (1857); non Say ; fide Dall.
Macoma fragilis, H. and A. Adams (1858).

Macoma fusca, Packard (1867).

Common throughout the entire region, usually at or a little below low-
water mark. It is abundant on the shores of the Maritime Provinces, and
Dall says that it ranges “in cool water south to Georgia.” In the Gulf of
St. Lawrence it is widely distributed, and it has been found as far up the
river as Kamouraska by Sir J. W. Dawson. Packard records it as abundant
on the Labrador coast, and Fabricius and Moller found it at Greenland. It
is a circumpolar species, and specimens from British Columbia have usually
been catalogued as Macoma inconspicua (Broderip and Sowerby). On the
Pacific it has been collected in northern Japan, and as far south on the

142

north-west coast as Monterey, California. It is “abundant about Bering
Sea.” ‘The original Zellina Balthica was the thin form from the Baltic,
not the solid Zellina solidula, Pulteney, which is better known to collectors.”
“The former is identical with our common American type ” (Dall).*

With Saxicava rugosa this species occurs in enormous numbers in the
Saxicava sand at many localities in the St. Lawrence and Ottawa valleys,
etc., and it has been found also in the Leda clay. In the St. Lawrence
valley it has recently been collected by Mr. R. Chalmers as far to the west-
ward as Brockville, Ont.

MacomMA CALCAREA (Gmelin).

Tellina calearea, Gmelin (1792).

Tellina lata, Gmelin (1792).

Tellina sabulosa, Spengler (1794).

Macoma tenera, Leach (1819).

Tellina sordida, Couthouy (1888).

Tellina proxima, (Brown, M. 8S.) Sowerby (1839) ; et auct.
Sanguinolaria sordida, Gould (1841).

Macoma sabulosa, Stimpson (1860); and Packard (1867).
Macoma proxina, Gould (1870).

From Long Island Sound northward to Nova Scotia, the Gulf and mouth
of the River St. Lawrence, Labrador, Hudson Bay and Strait, to Greenland
and the Arctic Ocean, in from 3 to 80 fathoms. It is found on both sides of
the Atlantic and has been taken on the coast of British Columbia. Dall
(op. cit.) says that it occurs in the “ Arctic Ocean generally, and on the Pacific
south to the Okhotsk and Japan seas on the west, and to the Aleutians and
Oregon on the east.” Dr. Bell dredged several specimens of it at Ashe Inlet
and Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, in 15 fathoms, in 1884. Still more recently,
Mr. Low has dredged similar specimens on the south side of Hudson
Strait, between King George Sound and the bottom of Ungava Bay, in the
summer of 1897, while accompanying the Diana exploring expedition ; on
the east coast of Hudson Bay, near the mouth of the Povungnituk River, in
10 to 15 fathoms, in 1898; and in Richmond Gulf, on the east coast of
Hudson Bay, in 15 to 25 fathoms, in 1899.

In a fossil state Sir J. W. Dawson says that this species is extremely abun-
dant in the Leda and boulder clays of eastern North America, and that it has
been found in the Pleistocene deposits of Maine; at Duck Cove, St. John,
N.B.; at New Richmond, Anticosti, Riviére des Outardes, Riviere du Loup,
Murray Bay, Quebec, Chaudiére Station, and Montreal, P.Q.; also at
Labrador, Greenland, and northern Europe. It has also been found fossil on
the east coast of Hudson Bay, two or three miles up Little Whale River,
by Dr. Bell, in 1877; at James’ Bay, near Moose Factory, by A. 8.
Cochrane, in 1877; and at the Limestone Rapid of the Fawn Branch of
the Severn River, Keewatin, by A. P. Low in 1886.

* Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. Xx1ir. (1900) p. 299.

143

Macoma Inruava, Verrill and Bush.

Macoma inflata (Stimpson M. 8.) Dawson (1872). Name only.
Macoma inflata, Verrill (1882). Name only.

Macoma inflata, Verrill and Bush (1898). Figured, but not described.

Murray Bay, P.Q. (Sir J. W. Dawson). The writer has dredged living
specimens of this shell off Grande Greve, Gaspé Bay, in 1869 ; off Cap des
Rosiers, in 38 fathoms, and six miles off Cap des Rosiers, in 125 fathoms,
in 1871; and eleven miles from Percé, in 60 fathoms, in 1872.

M. inflata has also been found in the Pleistocene deposits of Riviére du
Loup and Montreal.

“This species was named by Stimpson in manuscript, and the name

published by Dawson, but the first real definition of” its “name is by
Verrill and Bush” * (Dall).

Family Solenide.

Ensis pIREcTUS (Conrad).

Solen ensis, Conrad (1842) ; non Linné.
Solen directus, Conrad (1843); teste Dall.
Solen Americanus, Gould (1870).
Ensatella Americana, Verrill (1872).
Ensis directus, Dall (1900).

Grand Manan (Stimpson); Bay of Fundy, low-water mark to 40 fathoms,
sand (Verrill) ; Hospital Island, Passamaquoddy Bay (Ganong); Atlantic
coast of Nova Scotia and Sable Island, common (Willis). Shediac Bay
_(Whiteaves) ; near Charlottetown, P.H.1I., Professor Macoun ; Gaspé Bay
and Little Métis (Sir J. W. Dawson); Bic, Rimouski, and numerous locali-
ties on the Gaspé coast (Bell) ; near Caribou Island, P.Q. (Packard).

Sitiqua costata (Say).
Solen costatus, Say (1822).
Machera costata, Gould (1841 and 1870).
Siliqua costata, H. and A. Adams (1858).
Fishing banks off Halifax (Willis) ; beach at Amherst Harbour, Magdalen
Islands (Whiteaves) ; Gaspé Bay (dead shells on beach), and Little Métis

Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson) ; Rimouski (Bell). ‘“ Not observed in the Bay of
Fundy ” (Verrill).

SILIQUA SQUAMA (Blainville).
Solecurtus squama, Blainville.
Machera nitida, Gould (1841).
Machera squama, Stimpson (1851) ; and Gould (1870).
Siliqua squama, H. and A. Adams (1858).

Fishing banks off Halifax, rare (Willis).

* Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, vol. xxii. (1900) p. 299.

144

Family Solenomyide.
SoLENOMYA VELUM, Say.*

Solemya velum, Say (1822) ; Gould (1841 and 1870) ; et auct.
Fishing banks off Halifax, very rare (Willis).

SOLENOMYA BOREALIs, Totten.

Solenya borealis, Totten (1834) ; and Gould (1841 and 1870).

Fishing banks off Halifax, very rare (Willis); Halifax Harbour, rare
(Verrill).

Family Pandoride.

CripiopHoraA GouLptaNna, Dall.

Pandora trilineata, Gould, et auct., but not of Say.
Clidophora Gouldiana, Dall (1886. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. x11., p. 312).
Off Grand Manan Island, in 5 fathoms, mud (Stimpson) ; Bay of Fundy,

low-water mark to 30 fathoms ( Verrill) ; St. Mary’s Bay (Verkruzen) ; Sable
Island, rare (Willis) ; Halifax Harbour, rare, ‘I have only dredged single
valves” (J. M. Jones). Between Cape Breton and Prince Edward islands,
at many localities ; also Northumberland Strait, north of Pictou Island, N.S.,
and westward to Shediac Bay, N.B., from low-water mark (blown ashore by
gales) to 20 or 30 fathoms ; where specimens were dredged or collected by
the writer in 1873.

KENNERLIA GLACIALIS (Leech).

Pandora glacialis (Leach) Sowerby (1830).
Kennerlia glacialis, Carpenter (1864).

Off Grande Greve, Gaspé Bay, in 30 to 50 fathoms, where a few small
specimens were dredged by the writer in 1869; Little Métis and
Murray Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson). The specimens from the north shore
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, near Caribou Island, in 15 fathoms sand,
that have been identified by Packard with Pandora trilineata, are probably
referable to this species, and Miss Bush says that three specimens of it, sent
by Dr. Packard to the Peabody Museum of. Yale College, were labelled
Pandora trilineata, Say. XX. glacialis has been found fossil in the Leda clay
of Saco, Maine, and St. John, N.B.

* Generic name amended by Dr. Paul Fischer in 1887.

145

Lyonsia ARENOSA (Moller).

Pandorina arenosa, Moller (1842).
Lyonsia (Pandorina) arenosa, Morch (1857).

A Greenland shell that Verkruzen collected in Annapolis Basin ; that
Willis says is rare on the fishing banks off Halifax ; and that J. Matthew Jones
records as occurring in Halifax Harbour. Specimens of it have been dredged in
Gaspé Bay in 30 to 60 fathoms, by the writer; at Little Métis, Riviere du
Loup and Murray Bay, by Sir J. W. Dawson ; at Ste. Anne, by Bell (who
identified his specimens with Osteodesma hyalinwm); and near Caribou
Island, in 15 fathoms sand, by Packard.

The outer surface of the valves of young and living specimens is covered
with a layer of fine sand, but the woodcut on page 66 of the second edition >
of Gould’s Invertebrata of Massachusetts does not give a very good idea of
this shell, some specimens of which are fully an inch in length.

According to Sir J. W. Dawson, ZL. arenosa has been found fossil in the
Leda clay of Saco, Maine; of Duck Cove, N.B.; of Riviere du Loup and
Montreal, P.Q. ; and in post-tertiary deposits in Greenland.

LyonsiA HYALINA, Conrad.

Mya hyalina, Conrad (1831).
Lyonsia hyalina, Conrad (1831) ; and Gould (1870).
Osteodesma hyalina, Couthouy (1839).

Grand Manan, 10 fathoms sand, off Cheney’s Head (Stimpson) ; Bay of
Fundy, low-water mark to 30 fathoms ( Verrill).

Family Anatinide.
PERIPLOMA FRAGILIS (Totten).

Anatina fragilis, Totten (1835).

Anatina papyracea, Gould (1841 and 1870); non Say, teste Dall.
Periploma papyracea, Verrill (1872).

Periploma fragilis (Conrad) Dall.

Sable Island (Willis) ; “ not uncommon in Massachusetts Bay, Casco
Bay and Bay of Fundy, 10 to 100 fathoms” (Verrill). Gaspé Bay, in 40
fathoms mud,—and off Egg Island (on the north shore of the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, between Trinity and Seven Island bays) in 70--80 fathoms sandy
mud” (Whiteaves); off Anticosti Island (Verrill); and Chateau Bay,
Labrador, in 15 fathoms, sandy bottom (Packard).

10

146

CocuLopEsmA LEANum (Conrad).

Anatina Leana, Conrad (1831).
Cochlodesma Leanum, Couthouy (1839) ; et auct.
Fishing banks off Halifax, scarce (Willis); off Douglastown, Gaspé Bay,
one dead but fresh valve collected by the writer in 1869.

Taracia Conrapi, Couthouy.

Thracia declivis, Conrad (1831); non Pennant.
Thracia Conradi, Couthouy (1839) ; et auct.

Grand Manan (Stimpson); Bliss Harbour, N.B. (Ganong). Off Pictou
Island, N.S., in 12 fathoms (alive) ; Pointe du Chéne, Shediac Bay (dead
and empty but large and perfect shells, thrown up on or near the beach by
a storm); and off Grande Greve, Gaspé Bay, (Whiteaves). One small speci-
men was dredged off Caribou Island (Packard).

This species, Verrill says, ‘burrows so deeply in the mud or sand, that it
is seldom taken alive in the dredge.”

TuHRACIA Myopsis (Beck) Moller.

Thracia myopsis, (Beck) Moller (1842) ; et auct.
Thracia Couthouyt, Stimpson (1851).

Grand Manan Stimpson): Halifax Harbour (Smith and Harger) ; off
Grand Gréve, Gaspé Bay, in 50 fathoms mud (Whiteaves) ; Salmon Bay (on
the north shore of the Gulf, just inside of the Strait of Belle Isle) in 10
fathoms mud (“a fine large specimen”), and Long Island (Sandwich Bay,
Labrador) in 15 fathoms sand (Packard) ; Greenland (Moller).

The late Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys was of the opinion that this shell is the
Amphidesma truncatum, Brown (Illustr. Conch. Gt. Britain, 1827) and that
it should be called ZVhracia truncata (Brown). G. O. Sars, in his Mollusca
Regionis Arctic Norvegice, published in 1878, adopts this view, and
regards 7’. myopsis as a synonym of 7’. truncata.

Trracia TRUNCATA, Mighels and Adams.

Thracia truncata, Mighels and Adams (1842); and Gould (1870).

Grand Manan, “in 10 fathoms coarse sand off Cheney’s Head” (Stimp-
Son); Bay of Fundy (Verrill); fishing banks off Halifax, scarce (Willis) ;
Greenland, in 60 fathoms (Moérch).

Dr. Jeffreys has suggested that as the specific name given to this shell by
Mighels and Adams is preoccupied, it should be changed to 7’. septentrionalis.

147

Family Cuspidaride.
CUSPIDARIA GLACIALIS, G. O. Sars.

Neera glacialis, G. O. Sars (1878); et auct.
Cuspidaria glacialis, Dall (1886).
Cuspidaria arctica, var. glacialis, Dall (1889).

A few living specimens of a shell which Jeffreys, Verrill, and the writer
formerly identified with Vecra arctica, M. Sars, but which Verrill now calls
Cuspidaria glacialis, were dredged by the writer in 1871, 1872 and 1873,
from the deep sea mud (170-313 fathoms) in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, at
several localities to the north, and more especially to the south and south-
east of the Island of Anticosti. Verrill has dredged similar specimens in
the Bay of Fundy, and says that the species is “common on muddy bottoms,
in 50 to 192 fathoms, off the coasts of New England and Nova Scotia.”

Jeffreys has expressed the opinion that Vera (or, as it is now called,
Cuspidaria) glacialis, is only a variety of Newra obesa, Loven; but Dall
regards the former as a variety of V. arctica.

Cuspiparia arctica (M. Sars).

Neera arctica, M. Sais (1872); and G. O. Sars (1878).
Cuspidaria arctica, Dall (1886).

“A single imperfect valve from station 70, south of Halifax, Nova Scotia,
in 190 fathoms, is referred to this species. Though worn and slightly
broken, it agrees closely with Sars’ figure, but it cannot be fully grown, for
it measures but 14 mm. in length, and 11 mm. in height” (Verrill).*

CUSPIDARIA PELLUCIDA (Stimpson).

Neera pellucida, Stimpson (1853).
Cuspidaria pellucida, V errill (1898).

Grand Manan, “off Long Island, in 40 fathoms, on a muddy bottom”
(Stimpson) ; the specimen from which the original description was made.
Professor Verrill states that similar specimens have since been obtained at
nearly the same locality by the U.S. Fish Commission. In 1871 the writer
dredged a few shells, which were then identified with Wecra obesa, Loven,
in the deep sea mud (100-313 fathoms) of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, north
of the Baie des Chaleurs. ‘“ After a careful study and comparison of the
numerous species belonging to the family Cuspidaride,” Professor Verrill
and Miss Bush say that they “have been able to satisfactorily prove that

* Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, vol. xx., p. 803.

103

148

the form described by Stimpson as Vewra pellucida is quite distinct from
that described by Loven as JW. obesa, with which it has been so long
confounded.” *

Family Myide.
Mya arenaria, L.

Common almost everywhere in the Maritime Provinces and Gulf of St.
Lawrence, the known geographical range of the species on the western side
of the Atlantic being from South Carolina to the Arctic Ocean. Adult
shells are usually found living at or near low-water mark, but young
specimens, as Professor Verrill observes, are occasionally dredged in as deep
water as 40 fathoms. Sir J. W. Dawson says that he has a specimen five
inches long from Gaspé.

The shell, which is cireumpolar, occurs fossil in the Red Crag and later
formations of Great Britain ; in the Miocene of Virginia; in the Leda clay
and lower part of the Saxicava sand, of Maine, New Brunswick, Quebec and
eastern Ontario; andin the Pleistocene of Greenland and Europe.

Mya truncata, L.

Widely distributed on both sides of the north Atlantic and known to
range from Cape Cod to the Arctic Ocean, but not nearly so common as J.
arenarva in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and usually found in deeper water. On
the Le Have Bank, near Cape Sable, N.S., specimens of it were dredged in
45 fathoms, by the U.S. Fish Commission in 1872 (Smith and Harger). The
comparatively long and typical form of J. truncata seems to be the more
common of the two in the lower St. Lawrence and southward, and the short
and abruptly truncated form, the var. Uddevallensis, northward. Packard
dredged specimens of the latter near Caribou Island in 1861; and in 30
fathoms, abundantly, off Square Island, Labrador, in 1864. All the specimens
of M. truncata collected by Bell at Ashe Inlet and Port Burwell in 1884
are referable to the var. Uddevallensis. In Greenland both I. arenaria and
M. truncata are said to be common at low-water and are eaten (as is also
Mytilus edulis) by the walrus, Arctic fox, Esquimaux dog, raven, and eider.

The species has been recorded by Sir J. W. Dawson as having been col-
ected in the Saxicava sand and Leda clay, at Portland, Maine ; New Bruns-
wick ; New Richmond, Anticosti, Riviere du Loup, Riviere des Outardes,
Quebec, and Montreal, P.Q. ; and Labrador ; also in the Pleistocene deposits.
of Greenland and northern Europe. In eastern Canada it is much more
abundant as a post-tertiary fossil than as a recent shell.

* Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, vol. xx., p. 804.

149
Saxicava RuGosa (L.).

Mya arctica, L. (1767). Syst. Nat., ed. xit., vol. 1., pt. 2, p. 1113.
Solen minutus, L. (1767). Op. cit., p. 1115.

Mytilus rugosus, Li. (1767). Op. cit., p. 1156.

Mytilus pholadis, L. (1771).

Mya arctica, O. Fabricius (1780).

Mya byssifera, O. Fabricius (1780),

Saxicava rugosa, Lamarck (1818) ; et auct.

? Saxicava distorta, Say (1822),

Both Verrill and Dall include S. rugosa among the synonyms of S. arctica,
and it now seems to be generally conceded that there is but one species of
Saxicava in the north Atlantic and Pacific. The name Mya arctica seems
to have been given by Linnzeus to young or half-grown shells, or specimens
of a small variety, with well defined Innule and posterior area, the latter
usually marked with two spinose longitudinal ridges in each valve ; and that
of Mytilus rugosus to large, adult individuals of the same species, with the
lunule and posterior area obsolete. As the Rev. G. W. Taylor has said :—
“arctica is the earliest specific name for this shell, but it was applied by
Linné to a variety, while the name rugosus was given to the typical rock-
boring form. Pholadis, a still later name, was given to another variety”.

Bre ortato Ss “that has the shell gaping widely in front and to which Jeffreys
(Brit. Conch., vol. 111, p. 82) restricts the name pholadis,”*

S. rugosa (including S. arctica) is equally common in the north Atlantic
and north Pacific. On the western side of the Atlantic it is known to range
from Long Island Sound (and perhaps from Georgia and South Carolina) to
Greenland and the Arctic Ocean ; and, in depth, from low-water mark to 50
fathoms or more. Shells of this species, as stated by Dall, are found
“burrowing, or nestling in gravel or broken shells, or perforating rocks,
- corallines, or dead shells, like pholads,” and often with them. When not
boring they are attached by a byssus, and in Casco Bay, in 10 to 15 fathoms,
Verrill says that he has found specimens “ perforating recent and sound
shells of Cyprina Islandica.”

The species is widely distributed throughout the whole of the region now
under consideration, except perhaps in the very deepest parts of the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, where the bottom does not seem to suit it, and northward to
the Atlantic coast of Labrador, Hudson Strait and Bay. In Hudson Strait,
living specimens have been dredged at Ashe Inlet by Bellin 1884; and
between King George Sound and the bottom of Ungava Bay by Low in
1897. On the west coast of Hudson Bay similar specimens have been
dredged twenty miles o% Fort Churchill, in 30 fathoms, by Commander
Wakeham in 1897 ; and on the east coast of Hudson Bay, by Mr. Low, near
the mouth of Povungnituk River in 1898; and in Richmond Gulf, in 1899.

* Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol I., sect. IV.

p. 53.

150

As a fossil, S. rugosa is exceedingly abundant in the Pleistocene deposits
of Maine, New Brunswick, and the valleys of the St. Lawrence and Ottawa
rivers. It has also been found in similar deposits at a few localities in
Ungava, northern Ontario, Keewatin, and on Vancouver Island. At Ungava,
it has been collected by Bell on the east coast of Hudson Bay, two or
three miles up Little Whale River, in 1877; and in northern Ontario, at
Mill Point, near Moose Factory, James Bay, in 1875. In Keewatin it has
been collected at the Limestone Rapids of the Fawn Branch of the Severn
River, by Mr. Low, in 1886; and at Gluttony Bay, Baker Lake, at the head
of Chesterfield Inlet, by Mr. D. T. Hanbury in 1900.

S. rugosa, also, is said to occur in the Miocene, Pliocene and Pleistocene
of Europe, and, according to Sir J. W. Dawson, it is “relatively much more
abundant in the drift deposits” of the provinces of Quebec and Ontario,

‘than in the Gulf of St. Lawrence at present.”

CyrTopDARIA SILIQUA, Daudin.

Mya siliqua, Chemnitz (1795).
Glycimeris siliqua, Lamarck (1819); and Gould (1870).

Fishing banks off Halifax, common (Willis); Halifax Harbour and Sable
Island beach, dead specimens (J. M. Jones); Bradelle Bank,—and in
stomach of cod caught on the Miscou Bank (near the mouth of the Baie des
Chaleurs) one fresh and perfect specimen with the animal (Whiteaves) ;
Gaspé Bay, in stomachs of cod (Sir J. W. Dawson); Rimouski and Marsouin
(Bell) ; and near Caribou Island, in from 15 to 50 fathoms, mostly cn hard
bottoms (Packard).

Panop#A (Panomya) Norvecica, Spengler.

Mya Norvegiea, Spengler (1793).
Glycimeris arctica, Lamarck (1819) ; and Gould (1841).
Panomya norvegica, Dall (1898). y

Grand Manan, “taken (dead) in forty fathoms on the Hake Ground ”
(Stimpson) ; “dredged by me in Bedford Basin, Halifax, but all dead speci-
mens” (Willis); Bradelle Bank,—and Gaspé Bay, in 50 fathoms mud, six
dead but fresh specimens (Whiteaves) ; Little Métis (Sir J. W. Dawson).
Living specimens of this mollusc are very rarely brought up in the dredge,
owing to the long siphons of the animal and consequent depth of its burrow.

In the Pleistocene of Canada it is said to be “ very rare, a few valves only
having been found at Riviere du Loup.”

151

Family Pholadide.

ZIRFHA CRISPATA, L.

Mya crispata, L. (1758). ,

Pholas crispata, Li. (1767).

Zirfea crispata, Gray (1851).

Zirphea crispata (Gray) Leach (1852); and of subsequent authors.

Widely distributed throughout the north Atlantic, but rare in the Gulf
of St. Lawrence and seas of the Maritime Provinces. So far as known, its
bathymetrical range, on the North American side of the Atlantic, is from
low-water mark to 70 fathoms, Stimpson says that it occurs very rarely at
Grand Manan, and Verrill that he has dredged it in the Bay of Fundy, in
8 to 70 fathoms, hard clay. Willis states that he has received large
specimens from Sable Island; the writer has dredged it on the Orphan
Bank ; and Bell records it as occurring at Bic, Rimouski, and near the Trent.

Dall says that “the Zirfwa from the north-west coast of America, referred
by Carpenter to Z. crispata, is a distinct though allied species, called Z.
Gabbi by Tryon, and found fossil in the Pleistocene of California, as well as
living, there and northward.” *

XYLOPHAGA DORSALIS, Turton.

In waterlogged wood, Gaspé Bay, dredged by Sir J. W. Dawson in 1869,
and identified with this species by the writer in 1872.

Family Zeredinide.
TEREDO NAVALIS, L.
Marine slip timbers at Pictou, N.S.; St. John, N.B., in part of a ship’s
hull (Whiteaves).
TEREDO DILATATA, Stimpson.

“Very large specimens have been received from Sable Island taken from
wreck timber” (Willis). The species is said to be very closely allied to 7
megotara, Hanley.

* Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science of Philadelphia, vol. 111., p. 818.

152

‘-SCAPHOPODA.
Family Dentalide.

DENTALIUM ENTALIS, L.
,

Dentalium entalis (.) Mighels (1848).
Entalis striolata, Stimpson (1851).
Dentalium entalis (.) Pilsbry (1897).

Grand Manan, “very common on muddy bottoms in the coralline zone”
(Stimpson). Passamaquoddy Bay and abundant almost everywhere on
muddy bottoms on the southern coast of New Brunswick (Ganong) ;
Annapolis Basin, two examples (Verkruzen). Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia,
45 fathoms gravelly and stony bottom,—and 60 fathoms, coarse gravel,
stones and sponges, abundant,—U. S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and
Harger).

“ PD. entalis is an abundant species on the coast of Maine ; and William
Stimpson, comparing with the European D. vulgare and finding differences,
distinguished the American shells as D. striolatum, under which name the
species is generally known in American collections. Had he compared with
D. entalis, the identity of the two would no doubt have been recognized.
There is no difference, not even varietal, between English and Maine
specimens. JD. striolatum, or Entalis striolata of Jeffreys, Sars and Watson,
is D. occidentale, Stimpson ” (Pilsbry).*

DENTALIUM AGILE, M. Sars.

Between Halifax and Le Have Bank, U. 8S. Fish Commission (Pilsbry).

DENTALIUM OCCIDENTALE, Stimpson.

Dentalium dentalis, Gould (1841).
Dentalium occidentale, Stimpson (1851).
Dentalium abyssorum, M. Sars (1858)
Dentalium dentale, Gould (1870).

Living specimens of this shell were dredged by the writer in 1871, 1872
and 1873 in the deep-sea mud (150-313 fathoms) at several localities in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, to the north and more especially to the south and
south-east of the Island of Anticosti. Writing in 1881, Prof. Verrill says
that it is “‘abundant on muddy bottoms, in 50 to 300 fathoms, all along the
coast of New England and Nova Scotia.”

* Manual of Conchology, vol. xvi1., pp. 43-44.

153

Family Siphonodentaliide.
SIPHONODENTALIUM LOBATUM (Sowerby).

Dentalium vitreum, M. Sars (1851); not D. vitreum, Gmelin.
Siphonodentalium vitreum, M. Sars (1859),
Dentalium lobatum, G. B. Sowerby, jun. (1860).

Dredged by the writer in 1871-73, in deep water at many localities in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence north of the Baie des Chaleurs, associated with the
preceding species. Sir. J. W. Dawson has found fossil specimens of it in the
Leda clay of Murray Bay.

SIPHONODENTALIUM AFFINE, M. Sars.

‘‘ A specimen smaller and more slender than the preceding species and
which I refer to S. affine, was dredged by” our party in the SS. Speedwell of
the U.S. Fish Commission ‘in 1877, in Bedford Basin, near Halifax, Nova
Scotia, in 35 fathoms, soft mud” (Verrill; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 111,
p. 395).

GASTEROPODA.
APLACOPHORA.
Family Chetodermatide.
CHETODERMA NITIDULUM, Loven.
Passamaquoddy Bay, 30 fathoms (1872) ; and common in 10-100 fathoms,
muddy bottom, off southern New England and Nova Scotia (Verrill).

POLYPLACOPHORA.

Family Lepidopleuride.

LEPIDOPLEURUS CANCELLATUS (Sowerby).

Chiton cancellatus, Sowerby (1839) ; et auct.
Leptochiton cancellatus, H. and A. Adams (1854) ; and Dall (1878).
Lepidopleurus cancellatus, G. O. Sars (1878).
Off Halifax, Nova Scotia, in 95 fathoms, U. 8. Fish Commission, 1877 ;
an immature specimen identified by Dall as probably of this species.

154

LEPIDOPLEURUS ALVEOLUS, M. Sars.

Chiton alveolus (M. Sars, M.S.) Loven (1846).
Lepidopleurus alveolus. G. O. Sars (1878).
Leptochiton alveolus, Dall (1878).
“ Gulf of St. Lawrence, in 220 fathoms, between Cap des Rosiers and the
S.W. point of Anticosti Island, Whiteaves ” (Dall). One specimen.

HIANLEYIA MENDICARIA (Mighels and Adams).

Chiton mendicarius, Mighels and Adams (1842).
Hanleyia mendicaria, Dall (1878)
Grand Manan, “35 fathoms in the Hake Bay, a few fine specimens of this
rare species” (Stimpson). Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia, 60 fathoms, coarse
gravel, sand and sponges, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger).

Family [schnochitonide.

TONICELLA MARMOREA (Fabricius).

Chiton marmoreus, O. Fabricius (1780).
Chiton fulminatus, Couthouy (1888).
Tonicella marmorea, Carpenter (1873); and Dall (1878).

Common in the Bay of Fundy, on the coast of Nova Scotia, and in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence northward to Greenland, living on stones, shells,
nullipores, &c., from low-water to fifty fathoms. In June, 1899, Mr. Low
collected a small specimen of this species in Richmond Gulf, Hudson Bay.

TRACHYDERMON ALBUS (L.).

Chiton albus, L. (1766); O. Fabricius (1780) ; et auct.
Trachudermon albus, Carpenter (1873); and Dall (1878).
Ischnochiton (Trachydermon) albus, Pilsbry (1892).
The geographical and bathymetrical distribution of this species is
essentially similar to that of the preceding. |

TRACHYDERMON RUBER (L.).

Chiton ruber, L. (1766); et auct.
Chiton cinereus, O. Fabricius (1780); non L., nec auct.
Trachydermon ruber, Carpenter (1873).
Ischnochiton ruber, Pilsbry (1892).
Grand Manan, “excessively abundant just below low-water mark, on
rocky bottoms, especially on the various species of Vullipora” (Stimpson).
«Very common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy from low-water mark to 40

155

fathoms” (Verrill). Pendleton’s Island, south-east side of Passamaquoddy
Bay, N.B. (Ganong). Halifax Harbour (J. M. Jones). Not yet reported
as occurring in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, though if Moller, Dall and other
writers are correct in assuming that the Chiton cinereus of O. Fabricius is
this species, it has been found also in Greenland.

Family Acanthochitide.

AMICULA VeEstTITA (Broderip and Sowerby).

Chiton vestitus, Broderip and Sowerby (1829) ; et auct.
Chiton Emersonii, Couthouy (1838).

Amicula vestita, Gray (1847); et auct.

Amicula Emersonii, Gray (1847) ; et auct.
Stimpsoniclla Emersonii, Carpenter (1873).

Widely distributed but apparently very local. Willis says that it is com-
mon at Bedford Basin, Halifax; and the writer found it to be both large
and abundant on the Orphan Bank. Sir J. W. Dawson has dredged it in
Gaspé Bay, at Little Métis, Riviere du Loup and Murray Bay; and Mr.
Low found one small specimen of it on the beach at Woody Point, between
Sandwich Bay and Hamilton Inlet, on the Atlantic coast of Labrador.

PROSOBRANCHIATA.
Docoarossa.
Family Lepetide.
Lepeta caca (O. F. Miiller).

Patella ceca, O. F. Miiller (1766).
Patella candida, Couthouy (1838).
Patella cerea, Moller (1842).

Lepeta ceca, Gray (1847) ; et auct.

“Not unfrequent at Grand Manan, in the coralline zone” (Stimpson) ;
fishing banks off Halifax, Willis; Marsouin, (Bell); Gaspé Bay, from
stomach of cod (Sir J W. Dawson) ; Gaspé Bay, off Grand Gréve, in 20 to
50 fathoms (Whiteaves) ; Greenland (Moller).

Shells of this little limpet have been found fossil in the Pleistocene of
Riviere du Loup, Quebec, Montreal, Labrador and Europe.

ACMA TESTUDINALIS (Miiller).

Patella testudinalis, Miiller (1776).
Lottia testudinalis, Gould (1841).
Acmea testudinalis, Forbes and Hanley.
Tectura testudinalis, Gould (1870),
Frequent almost everywhere at or near low-water mark, on stones, &c.

Packard has dredged young shells in 15 fathoms off Caribou Island. On the

156

north American coast the species has long been known to range from Long
Island Sound to Greenland. It is common in Norway and Scotland, and on
the coast of British Columbia passes imperceptibly into A. patina,
Hschscholtz.

Specimens of the var. alvews (a narrow variety, formed, as Dall says, by
the “residence of the individual on a narrow frond of sea weed or Zostera”)
have been found by the writer at low-water in Shediac Bay.

AcMMA RUBELLA (Fabricius).

Patella rubella, O. Fabricius (1780).
Pilidium rubellum, Packard (1866).
Tectura rubella, G. O. Sars (1878).
Acmaa rubella, Dall (1878).

Fishing banks off Halifax, very rare (Willis). Atlantic coast of Labrador,
off Square Island, in 55 fathoms on a hard bottom, also near Strawberry
Harbour, on the south side of Thomas Bay, in 20 fathoms (Packard); and
Temple Bay, one living specimen, on a rocky bottom, Stearns expedition
(Miss Bush). Greenland, (Fabricius, and Moller).

RHIPIDOGLOSSA.
Family Fisswrellide.
PuNncTURELLA Noacuina (L).

Patella Noachina, L. (1771); and O. Fabricius.

Puncturella Noachina, Lowe (1827).

Diadora Noachina, Stimpson (1851).

Cemoria Noachina, Gould (1841 and 1870).

Grand Manan. “ During a low spring tide in August ” (1852) “T obtained
a large number of this species from the under surface of large stones, near
low-water mark. It has been hitherto found, both here and in Europe,
only in deep water” (Stimpson). Willis records it as having been obtained
from the fishing banks off Nova Scotia, and as having been dredged in
Halifax Harbour in 10 fathoms. It has been dredged at many localities in
the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, at moderate depths, by Sir
J. W. Dawson, Bell, and the writer; also at the Strait of Belle Isle, in
10 to 50 fathoms, by Packard. On the Atlantic coast of Labrador it
has been taken off Square Island, in 30 fathoms, by Packard; and Miss
Bush records it as having been collected at Henley Harbour, and Dead
Island, near Square Is!and, ov tho Stearns expedition. If it be the same as
the P. cucullata, Gould, as a S-m2d by Pilsbry, it is found also on the coast
of British Columbia.
Sir J. W. Dawson says that P. Noachina has been found fossil at Riviere

du Loup, Quebec ; and on the Clyde, Scotland.

157

Family Scisswrellide.
SCISSURELLA CRISPATA, Fleming.

Off Caribou Island, P.Q., 1860 (Packard) ; detected (with Molleri« costu-
lata) by Sir J. W. Dawson in sand examined for foraminifera. The Scis-
surella is now known to range from New England to Greenland in from 4—
790 fathoms, but the writer has never seen a specimen of it from the western
side of the Atlantic.

Family T7'rochide.
MoLieria cosruLAta (Moller).

Margarita costulata, Méller (1842).
Adeorbis costulata, Stimpson (1851).
Molleria costulata, Jeffreys (1865).

Grand Manan, off Nantucket Island, 4 fathoms, coarse sand, dead
specimens, and in deep water off Cape Ann (Stimpson). Gaspé Bay (Whi-
teaves) ; Marsouin (Bell); Mingan (J. Richardson, jun.) ; near Caribou
Island (Packard).

“‘ Fossil— Montreal ; Clyde beds ; Uddevalla” (Sir J. W. Dawson.)

MARGARITA HELICINA (Fabricius).

Turbo helicinus, O. Fabricius (1780).

Margarita arctiea, Leach (1819) ; and Gould (1841).
Margarita helicina, Moller (1842) ; et auct.
Margarita campanulata, Morse (1866).

Grand Manan, “common on the marine plants which cover the rocks
above low-water mark. It is particularly abundant on the Long Island
shore” (Stimpson) ; Annapolis Basin, N.S., ‘moderately abundant ” (Ver-
kruzen). ‘‘ Halifax Harbour, common” (Willis). River and Gulf of St.
Lawrence, near low-water mark, at many localities, where it has been col-
lected by Sir J. W. Dawson, Bell, Verrill, the writer and others. In
Hudson Strait it has been collected at Ashe Inlet by J. W. Tyrrell in 1885 ;
off Nottingham Island (dredged clinging to kelp and of large size) by J.
McKenzie in 1886; and between King George Sound and the bottom of
Ungava Bay by A. P. Low, in the SS. Diana, in 1897.

“‘Fossil—Murray Bay ; Montreal” (Sir J. W. Dawson).

158

MARGARITA UMBILICALIS, Broderip and Sowerby.

A few fine living specimens of this arctic shell have been dredged at Ashe
Inlet and Port Burwell, by Dr. R. Bell in 1884 and J. W. Tyrrell in 1885; also
off Nottingham Island, Hudson Strait, by J. McKenzie in 1886. The specimens
from Port Burwell referred to on page 60pD of the Report of Progress of
this Survey for 1882-83-84, as very large individuals of MW. helicina, have
since been identified with this species by the writer.

Dall says that two specimens of M. wmbilicalis were taken from the
stomach of a codfish, caught in Nachvak Bay or Inlet (Ungava) by L. M.
Turner in 1883. ‘“ The locality is about 90 miles south of Hudson Strait.”
“This well distinguished species” (Dall adds) “‘is more northern in its southern
limits than WZ. helicona, and has been taken at Point Barrow, Cumberland
Inlet, Melville Peninsula, and East Greenland ; the latter locality from
specimens sent by the second German Polar expedition and catalogued in
their report as 7'rochus helicinus.”)*

MarGARITA OLIVACEA (Brown).

Turbo olivaceus, Brown (1827 and 1844).
Margarita argentata, Gould (1841 and 1870).
Margarita glauca, Moller (1842).

Grand Manan, “taken alive in four fathoms, coarse sand, off Duck Island
boat moorings” (Stimpson). A few living specimens were dredged by the
writer off Grande Greve, Gaspé Bay, in 20-50 fathoms, in 1869; on
the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Sawhill Point, in 30
fathoms sand, and off the St. John River, near the West Point of Anticos ti,
in 60 fathoms sand, in 1871. Little Métis, Riviere du Loup and Mur-
ray Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson).

“ Fossil— Montreal, rare” (Sir J. W. Dawson).

MARGARITA ACUMINATA (Sowerby ?) Mighels and Adams.

&

Margarita acuminata? Sowerby (1888).
Maryarita acuminata, Mighels and Adams (1842).

“Gulf of St. Lawrence, taken from the stomach of a codfish, by Mr. Foster,
in the summer of 1841. Only a single specimen was found, which is in the
cabinet of J. W. Mighels.” Grand Manan, “in 40 fathoms ona soft muddy
bottom off the Swallow’s Tail” (Stimpson). Not found of late years by any
collectors in the Bay of Fundy or Gulf of St. Lawrence. «‘‘ Arctic Ocean ”
(Pilsbry).

* Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, vol. 1x., (1886), p. 206.

159

MARGARITA UNDULATA, Sowerby.

Trochus Grenlandicus umbilicatus, &c., Chemnitz (1781); but not
binomial.

Trochus cinerarius, O. Fabricius (1780); non L. (1766).

Margarita striata, Leach (1819).

Margarita undulata, Sowerby (1838); et auct.

Turbo incarnatus, Couthouy (1838-39).

Margarita grenlandica, G. O. Sars (1878).

Grand Manan, ‘on weedy, rocky and nul ipore bottoms, in shallow water ”
(Stimpson); L’Etang Harbour and Passamaquoddy Bay (Ganong) ;
Annapolis Basin (Verkriizen). Fishing banks off Halifax (Willis); Le
Have Bank, Nova Scotia, in 45 fathoms, gravelly and stony bottom, U. 8.
Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger). Gulf of St. Lawrence, at Gaspé
Bay, in 30 to 50 fathoms, ard at several other localities (Whiteaves) ; St.
Anne and Ruisseau Vallée (Bell) ; near Caribou Island, ‘common in 15-20
fathoms, sand” (Packard). Atlantic coast of Labrador, between Sandwich
Bay and Hamilton Inlet, dead but perfect shells on the beach (A. P. Low,
1894).

The name of this species is not included in Sir J. W. Dawson’s list of
Pleistocene fossils in the “Canadian Ice Age.”

MARGARITA CINEREA (Couthouy) ; and var. GRANDIS.

Margarita striata, Broderip and Sowerby (1829) ; non Leach (1819),
which, however, is said to be the same as M. undulata, Sowerby.

Turbo cinereus, Couthouy (1838-39).

Margarita cinerea, Gould (1841); et auct.

Margarita cinerea, var. grandis (Mérch) G. O. Sars (1878).

Bay of Fundy (Stimpson, and Vervrill); Passamaquoddy Bay (Ganong) ;
Annapolis Basin (Verkruzen) ; Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia ( Willis,—and
Smith and Harger). Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence at many
localities, dredged by Sir J. W. Dawson, Bell, Packard, and the writer;
Atlantic coast of Labrador (Packard, and A. P. Low); Hudson Strait
(Bell) ; and Greenland (Moller); from low-water mark to 100 fathoms, but
apparently most abundant in from about 10 to 60 fathoms. Specimens
from the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Labrador ccast, average about 16 mm.
in their basal diameter, and 18 mm. in height.

Fossil at Portland, and Riviere du Loup (Sir J. W. Dawson’.

SOLARIELLA OBSCURA (Couthouy).

Turbo obscurus, Couthouy (1838-39).
Murgarita obscura, Gould (1841); et auct.
Macheoplax obscura, G. O. Sars (1878).
Solariella obscura, Pilsbry (1889).
With the preceding, but not yeb recorded as having been collected in
Greenland.

160
SoLARIELLA OBSCURA, Var. BELLA, Verkruzen.

Margarita bella, Verkruzen (1875); no description.
Macheroplaz bella, Friele (1876); and G. O. Sars (1878).
Macheroplax obsewra, var. bella, Verrill (1882).
Solariella obscura, var. bella, Pilsbry (1889).

Annapolis Basin (Verkruzen) ; off Cape Sable, Nova Scotia, in 90 fathoms,
U.S. Fish Commission, 1877 (Verrill). The ‘variety bella is the predo-
minant form at Kastport, Maine, and in the Bay of Fundy, where I dredged
it in 1864, 1865, 1868, 1870, in 10 to 40 fathoms.” “It differs from the
typical form chiefly in having the base covered with distinct, incised, spiral
lines” * (Verrill). The types of WV. bella are from Magero, an island in the
Arctic Ocean, to the extreme north of Norway.

SOLARIELLA VARICOSA (Mighels and Adams).

Margarita varicosa, Mighels and Adams (1842); et auct.
Macheroplax varicosa, G. O. Sars (1878).
Solariella varicosa, Pilsbry (1889).

Apparently more local than the two preceding species, but generally abun-
dant where found. According to Willis, this shell has been taken on the fishing
banks off Halifax ; and in 1872 Messrs. Smitt and Harger dredged it “ off
Chebucto Head, Halifax, in 20 fathoms soft mud and fine sand with decaying
seaweed.” The writer dredged it abundantly (in 1867 and 1869) off Grande
Gréve, Gaspé Bay, in 30--50 fathoms mud ; also (in 1871) on the north shore
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Sawhill Point, in 30 fathoms sand,—and off
St. John River (near the West Point of Anticosti), in 60 fathoms sand. In
the Strait of Belle Isle and on the Labrador coast it has been collected at
several localities, in from 1--50 fathoms, by Packard in 1864 and by the
Stearns expedition in 1882. G. O. Sars’ figures of the shell of this species
give a much better idea of its minute characters, than the corresponding
woodcut on page 285 of the second edition of Gould’s “ Invertebrata of Mas-
sachusetts.”

CALLIOSTOMA OCCIDENTALE (Mighels and Adams).

Trochus occidentalis, Mighels and Adams (1841).
Margarita alabastrum, Beck (1846).
Calliostoma occidentalis, Pilsbry (1889).

Grand Manan, in 25 to 40 fathoms in the Hake Bay. ‘The specimens
were very large and beautiful, especially when alive.” The animal has four
lateral cirrhi, thus differing from other Trochi, which have three; and from
Margarita, which has five” (Stimpson).

* 1882. Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. v., p. 531.

161

GYMNOGLOSSA.
Family Pyramidellide.
TURBONILLA NIVEA, Stimpson.

Chemnitzia nivea, Stimpson (1851).
Turbonilla nivea, Stimpson (1862).
Off Grand Manan Island, on a muddy and gravelly bottom, in 40 fathoms
(Stimpson).

TURBONILLA INTERRUPTA, Var. FULVOCINCTA.

Turritella thterrupta, Totten (1835).

Melania rufa, Philippi (1886) ; fide Dall.

Turbonilla interrupta, Stimpson (1862).

Odostomia rufa (Philippi) var. fulvocincta, Jeffreys (1884).
Turbonilla rufa, var. fulvocinecta, Dall (1889).

Shediac Bay, N.B., in 2 to 10 fathoms, frequent, alive, 1873 (Whiteaves).
More or less common on the oyster beds at Cocagne, N.B., and at Summer-
side, P.E.I.; (Rev. H. W. Winkley, 1887).

“This species is, as claimed by Jeffreys, identical with Philippi’s rufa.
‘““The specimens pass through the same series of varieties.” The form
reported under this name from Shediac by Whiteaves is remarkably distinct,
taken by itself, but I suspect a connecting series could be obtained” (Dall,

1889).*

ODosTOMIA TRIFIDA (Totten).

Acton trifidus, Totten (1834).
Odostomia trifida, Gould (1841); et auct. Am.
Pointe du Chéne, Shediac Bay, at low-water, one specimen, collected by
the writer in 1873 ; abundant at Cocagne and Bedeque (Rev. H. W. Winkley,
1887).

OpOsTOMIA SEMINUDA (Adams).

Jaminia seminuda, C. B. Adams (1839).
Odostomia seminuda, Gould (1841) ; et auct.
Chemnitzia seminuda, Stimpson (1851).
Turbonilla seminuda, H. and A. Adams (1858).

Abundant on the oyster beds at Summerside, P.E.I (Rev. H. W. Winkley,
1887).

* Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, vol. xvi. p. 336.

11

162

OpostomIA Fusca (Adams).

Pyramis fusca, C. B. Adams (1839).
Odostomia fusca, Gould (1841 and 1870); et auct.

Rare on the oyster beds at Bedeque (Rev. H. W. Winkley, 1887).

ODOSTOMIA BISUTURALIS (Say).

Turritella bisutwralis, Say (1822).

Jaminia exigua, Couthouy (1838).

Odostomia exigua, Gould (1841).

Chemnitzia bisuturalis, Stimpson (1851). ‘

From the mud of oyster barrels which came from the Gulf of St. Lawrence
(Ganong, 1891). In the “ Nautilus” for March, 1901, however, the Rev.
H,. W. Winkley expresses the opinion that O. trifida, O. bisuturalis and
O. impressa will probably have to be united under one name.

MENESTHO ALBULA (Fabricius).

Turbo albulus, O. Fabricius (1780).
Menestho albula, Moller (1842).

The young (probably of this species) were frequent in 2-15 fathoms, sand,
off Caribou Island (Packard). ‘One young, living, at L’Anse au Loup”
(Strait of Belle Isle) ‘10 fathoms, mud and kelp. This specimen does not
agree precisely with Greenland examples” (Miss Bush, in Catalogue of the
Mollusca, etc., obtained by the Stearns Labrador expedition in 1882).

Dr. Paul Fischer regards Menestho (Moller) and Liostomia (G. O. Sars)
as only subgenera of Hulimella (Forbes), and this view is adopted by Tryon
in the eighth volume of his Manual of Conchology. Verrill, however, thinks
that Liostomia is a synonym of Menestho.

MENESTHO sTRIATULA (Couthouy).

Pyramis striatula, Couthouy (1838).
Menestho albula, Gould (1870) ; non Moller.
Odostomia striatula, Verrill (1880).

Grand Manan Island, “in the laminarian and coralline zones” (Stimpson) ;
Bay of Fundy (Verrill); fishing banks off Halifax, rare (Willis) ; off Grande
Greve, Gaspé Bay, on stones, in about 20 fathoms, three living adult
specimens, dredged by the writer in 1867.

163

LiostoMIA EBURNEA (Stimpson),

Rissoa eburnea, Stimpson (1851).
Rissoella eburnea, Stimpson (1862).
Lnostomia eburnea, G. O. Sars (1878).

Grand Manan Island, in 25 fathoms, shelly bottom (Stimpson) ; north
shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Moisie village, in 70 fathoms, one
living adult specimen, dredged by the writer in 1871.

Family Hulimide.
EULIMA sTENostoMA, Jeffreys.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer in 1871 at Ellis Bay, Anti-
costi, bearing S.W., 21 miles distant, in 160 fathoms, mud, one living
specimen ; and in 1872, thirty miles N.E. of Cap des Rosiers, in 200 fathoms,
mud, one dead but perfect specimen.

PTENOGLOSSA.
Family Scalariade.

ScALARIA GR@NLANDICA, Perry.

Scalaria Grenlandica, Perry (1811) ; teste Morch.
Scalarta subulata, Couthouy (1838).

Grand Manan Island, “on pebbly and shelly bottoms in 10 to 60 fathoms”
(Stimpson); “common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, from 10-109
fathoms” (Verrill); Annapolis Basin (Verkruzen). Fishing banks off
Halifax, scarce (Willis); Le Have Bank, N.S., 45 fathoms, gravelly and
stony bottom, abundant (Smith and Harger). Gulf and mouth of the River
St. Lawrence, at St. George’s Cove, Gaspé Bay, rare (Whiteaves) ; at
Riviere du Loup and Kamouraska (Sir J. W. Dawson) ; and near Caribou
Island, “only a fragment of a specimen ” (Packard).

Fossil at Saco, Maine, at Riviére du Loup and Quebec, also in the
English Red Crag and Scottish Pleistocene.

ScALARIA (AciRSA) CosTULATA (Mighels).

Turritella costulata, Mighels (1841).
Scalaria borealis, Beck (1839); ‘‘ probably, not described.”
Scalaria Eschrichtii, (Holbéll) Méller (1842).
Scalaria undulata, Sowerby (1847).
Off Grand Manan Island, “in deep water, rare” (Stimpson); Bay of
Fundy (Verrill). Little Métis and Murray Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson).
Fossil at Riviere du Loup, Beauport and Montreal, but most abundant at
Rivitre du Loup (Sir J. W. Dawson).
113

164

Family Lanthinide.
TANTHINA FRAGILIS, Lamarck.

“Only a fragment found at Sable Island to identify by ; probably a drift
shell” (Willis). According to Verrill, 7. fragilis has been “found cast
ashore at Nantucket, but probably does not occur living so far north. It
inhabits the Gulf Stream farther south.” *

TENIOGLOSSA.
Family Naticide.

AMAURA CANDIDA, Moller.

1842. Index Molluscorum Greenlandie, p. 7.

One living specimen of this shell was dredged by the writer in 1869, off
Grande Gréve, Gaspé Bay, in from about 20 or 30 to 50 fathoms.

Amauropsis IstAnpica (Gmelin).

Nerita Islandica, Gmelin (1792).
Natica helicoides, Johnston (1835).
Natica canaliculata, Gould (1840).
Natica cornea, Moller (1842).
Amanuropsis helicoides, Stimpson (1862).
Amauropsis Islandica (Gmelin) G. O. Sars (1878).

Sable Island, fishing banks (Willis); Marsouin (Dr. R. Bell). Very rare
in good condition.
Specimens from the Pleistocene deposits at Montreal that were at first

identified with this species, are the types of the since described Choristes
elegans, Carpenter.

AcrYBIA FLAVA (Gould).

Natica flava,{Gould (1840).
Natica Smithii, Brown (1844).
Bulbus flavus, Stimpson (1862).

Grand Manan, “taken in 50 fathoms, mud, some miles off the Swallow’s
Tail” (Stimpson) ;*Sable Island and fishing banks off Halifax (Willis).
Rimouski, Les'Islets and Claude (Bell). Also rare, in good condition.

* U.S. Fish Commission, Report for 1871-72 (1873), p. 660.

165

LUNATIA IMMACULATA (Totten).

Natica immaculata, Totten (1835).
Lunatia immaculata, H. and A. Adams (1858).
Mamma (?) immaculata, Stimpson (1862),

Grand Manan, ‘rather common on the sands of Fisher’s Cove at low-
water, and more rarely occurring at various depths, to 25 fathoms ”
(Stimpson). Bay of Fundy, 5 to 80 fathoms, common,—and often found at
low-water mark in the Bay of Fundy (Verrill). Passamaquoddy Bay, and
L’Etang Harbour, N.B.(Ganong); Annapolis Basin (Verkruzen) ; Sable Island
and fishing banks off Halifax (Willis). Dredged by the writer between
Cape Bear and Pictou Island, and on the Orphan Bank, in 1873; and off
Grande Greve, Gaspé Bay, in 1869.

LunatiA Gramnianpica (Beck) Miller.

Natica Grenlandica (Beck) Moller (1842).
Lunatia Greniandica, Stimpson (1862).

Throughout the entire region, at depths of from 3 to 50 or 60 fathoms,
and extending northward to Labrador, Hudson Strait and Greenland. Bell
dredged it at Ashe Inlet in 1884, and Low found dead specimens of it on
the beach between Hamilton Inlet and Sandwich Bay, Labrador, in 1896.

As a Pleistocene fossil the species has been found in Maine, at Anticosti,
Riviere du Loup, Quebec, and Montreal, as well asin England, Scotland and

Norway.
LunatiA NANA (Moller).

Natica nana, Moller (1842).
Lunatia nana, G. O. Sars (1878).
Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia, in 45 fathoms, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872
(Smith and Harger) ; Gaspé Bay, 1869 (Whiteaves).

LuNATIA HEROS (Say).

Natica heros, Say (1822) ; and (sould (1841).
Lunatia heros, H. and A. Adams (1858) ; and Gould (1870),

Grand Manan, “in sheltered muddy bays, about low-water mark ; rarely
found. The specimens were all of the northern, short-spired type, and of
a very thin structure, with well-developed epidermis” (Stimpson). Bay of
Fundy, common, from low-water to 40 fathoms (Verrill). “ Passamaquoddy
Bay, L’Etang and Bliss harbours, St. Croix River, and in fact abundant
almost everywhere on the Charlotte County coast where there is sand ”
(Ganong). St. Mary’s Bay and Annapolis Basin, N.S. (Verkruzen). Sable

166

Island, and Nova Scotia sand beaches (Willis). Found also on sandy
beaches in Northumberland Strait and at many localities in the River and
Gulf of St. Lawrence. The most northerly locality from which this species
has been recorded is Salmon Bay, on the north shore of the Gulf, just inside of
the Strait of Belle Isle, where two young dead shells were collected at high-
water mark by Packard in 1861.

Rare and of small size in the Pleistocene of New Brunswick, and at
Beauport, P.Q.

LUNATIA HEROS, var. TRISERIATA (Say).

Natica triseriata, Say (1822).
Lunatia triseriata, Gould (1870).

The distribution and bathymetrical range of the var. triseriata are very
similar to those of the typical LZ. heros, but the former has not yet been
found on the north shore of the River and Gulf of St. Lawrence, nor in the
Pleistocene of Canada.

Natica cLausa, Broderip and Sowerby.

Natica clausa, Broderip and Sowerby (1829).
Natica consolidata, Couthouy (1838).

Throughout the entire region, and northward, usually at depths of less
than fifty fathoms. Verrill, however, has dredged this circumpolar species
in as deep water as 109 fathoms, in the Bay of Fundy ; and the writer
dredged a living specimen off Cap des Rosiers lighthouse in 110 fathoms,
coarse sand, with stones, in 1872.

Tt has been found fossil at Portland, Maine; at St. John and other
localities in New Brunswick ; at Anticosti, Riviere du Loup, Quebec and
Montreal ; also at Vancouver Island, and at many localities in Europe.

Family Lamellariide.
VELUTINA LHVIGATA (Pennant).

Bulla velutina, Muller (1776).

Helix laevigata, Pennant (1777).

Helix haliotoides, O. Fabricius (1780).
Velutina haliotoides, Moller (1842).
Velutina levigata, G. O. Sars (1878).

Grand Manan, Stimpson, who says that very large specimens of this and
the next species are “taken in the laminarian zone,” V. zonata “inhabiting,
however, deeper water than” V. levigata, “ which occasionally occurs at low-
water.” Annapolis Basin, “seldom” (Verkruzen). Fishing banks off

167

Halifax, rare (Willis) ; Gaspé Bay (Whiteaves); St. Anne (Bell) ; Henley
Harbour, Strait of Belle Isle, in 3 to 8 fathoms, and Dead Island, near
Square Island, in 1-4 fathoms, Stearns expedition (Miss Bush) ; Greenland
(Fabricius, and Moller).

VeLutina (Limnerta) uNDATA (Brown).

Galericulum undatum, Brown (1827 and 1844).
Velutina zonata, Gould (1841).

LTimneria undata, H. and A. Adams (1853).
Morvillia undata, Gray (1857).

Grand Manan (Stimpson) ; fishing banks off Halifax (Willis) ; Halifax
Harbour (J. M. Jones) ; Gaspé Bay (Whiteaves) ; Little Métis and Kamou-
raska (Sir J. W. Dawson).

“¢ Fossil, —Beauport and Montreal” (Sir J. W. Dawson) ; Ottawa (Dr. H.
M. Ami, 1900).

VELUTELLA CRYPTOSPIRA, Middendorf.

“ A good living example of this shell was taken by us on the Speedwell,”
of the U.S. Fish Commission, “in 1877, off Halifax, Nova Scotia, in 57
fathoms.” It had previously been obtained in northern Norway (Sars) and
in the north Pacific and Bering’s Straits * (Verrill).

MARSENINA GLABRA (Couthouy).

Oxynoe glabra, Couthouy (1888).

Sigaretus haliotoideus, Gould (1841).

Siyaretus ? Grenlandicus, Moller (1842).

Lamellaria perspicua, Stimpson (1851); non Loven.
Marsenina Grenlardica, Stimpson (1862).

Grand Manan. “ Inhabits rocks in the coralline zone. It is rarely taken
by the dredge, however, from its preferring the crevices of the ledges to
their upper surfaces” (Stimpson). Fishing banks off Halifax, very rare
(Willis) ; south shore of the St. Lawrence at Ruisseau Vallée (Bell); and
off Caribou Island, P.Q., in 15 fathoms, sand and mud (Packard).

Marsenina prodita, Loven, is a Greenland shell which may be expected
to occur on the coast of the Maritime Provinces or in the Gulf of St. Law-
rence, as it has been dredged at Rastport, Maine.

* 1882. Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. v., p. 519

168
Family Capulide.
CapuLAcmMma RADIATA, M. Sars.

Capulus radiatus, M. Sars (1849).
Pilidiwm radiatum, M. Sars (1850).
Pilidium commoduia, Middendorf (1851).
Capulacmea radiata, M. Sars.
Piliscus probus, Loven (1859).
Piliscus commodus, Verrill (1885).
Capulus (Capulacmea) radiata, Tryon (1886).
Off Nova Scotia, in 150 fathoms, U.S. Fish Commission, SS. Albatross
dredgings of 1883 (Verrill).
Rare in the Leda clay at Pointe Lévis and Montreal.

OREPIDULA FoRNICATA (L.)

Patella fornicata, L. (1767).
Crepidula fornicata, Lamarck (1799) ; et auct.

Abundant on oysters throughout the whole oyster region northward to
Caraquette Bay, also, on other shells, etc., in Northumberland Strait.
Verrill says that it has not been found in the Bay of Fundy, but G. T.
Kennedy has dredged it alive in Minas Basin. Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia,
common (Willis). Dead shells of this species were collected by Professor
Macoun iu 1899 on the beach at Sable Island.

A small specimen of it was found fossi] in the Saxiecava sand at the Mile
End, Montreal, by Baron de Geer in 1891 (Sir J. W. Dawson).

Crepidula glauca, Say, which was included by Willis in his latest list of
Nova Scotian shells, was regarded by Dr. Stimpson as a synonym of C.

fornicata.
CREPIDULA PLANA, Say.

Crepidula unguiformis ? Lamarck (1822).
Crepidula plana, Say (1822); et auct. Am.
Crepidula unguiformis, Stimpson (1851).

Found also throughout the oyster region ; off Sable Island, and in North-
umberland Strait, Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia, in 45 fathoms, gravelly
and sandy bottom, one alive; U. S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and
Harger). Frequently it occurs with C. fornicata, on the outside of shells,
Limuli, &c.” (Verrill).

A difference of opinion exists as to whether the C. plana of Say is or is
not identical with C. wngwiformis of Lamarck. In the U.S. Fish Commis-
sion Report for 1871-72, p. 650, Verrill says that the Mediterranean shell
C. unguiformis, Lamarck, is a distinct species. On the other hand, Stimp-
son, in 1851, identified New England shells with Lamarck’s species. Tryon,

169

also, in the eighth volume of his Manual of Conchology, published in 1886
(page 130), writes as follows:—‘“‘Some authors have contended that the
European C. wnguiformis is a different species from our C. plana; the com-
parison of large suites of both will demonstrate their identity to any one.”

CREPIDULA CONVEXA, Say.

Crepidula convexa, Say (1822); et auct.

Sable Island (Willis). The form of this shell is said to be “due to its
attachment on the crustacean Hupagurus longicarpus and the gastropod
Ilyanassa obsoleta” (Tryon).

CRUCIBULUM STRIATUM (Say).

Calyptrea (Dispotea) striata, Say (1836).
Crucibulum { Dispotea) striatum, H. and A. Adams (1858).
Grand Manan (Stimpson) ; Bay of Fundy, common, low-water mark to 30
fathoms (Verrill) ; L’Etang Harbour, Charlotte Co., N.B., in 7 to 10 fathoms,

very abundant (Ganong); Annapolis Basin, N.S., “not abundant” (Ver-
kruzen).

Family Rissoide.
CinGULA minuTA (Totten).

Turbo minutus, Totten (1834).
Cingula minuta, Gould (1841).
Littorinella minuta, Stimpson (1865).
Rissoa minuta, Gould (1870).
Hydrobia minuta, G. O. Sars (1878).

At or a little below low-water mark, or under stones between tides,
throughout the entire region. The species is known to range southward to
New Jersey, and northward to Fox Harbour, Lewis Sound, Labrador, where,
according to Miss Bush, one dead shell was dredged by the Stearns expedi-

tion in 1882.

CINGULA GLoBULUS (Moller).

Rissoa globulus, Moller (1842).
Cingula globulus, Verrill (1879).
One dead specimen of this shell was dredged by the writer in 1872, five
miles and a quarter to the E.S.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 60 fathoms,
tough, sandy mud.

170

CINGULA CARINATA, Mighels and Adams.

Cingula semicostata, Mighels and Adams (1842); but not Turbo
semicostatus, Montagu (1803).

Cingula carinata, Mighels and Adams (1842).

Rissoa pelagica, Stimpson (1851).

Rissoa carinata, Stimpson (1862); and Gould (1870).

Grand Manan Island, “rather common in the coralline zone” (Stimpson).
Gaspé Bay ; in 200 fathoms, mud, to the south and south-east of the Island
of Anticosti; and on the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, half way
between Pointe des Monts and the west end of Trinity Bay, in 96 fathoms,
small stones and coarse sand, abundant and living (Whiteaves).

CINGULA ARENARIA, Mighels and Adams.

Cingula arenaria, Mighels and Adams (1842).
Rissoa Mighelsi, Stimpson (1851).
Rissoa exarata, Stimpson (1851).

Near Grand Manan Island, “in 25 fathoms off the northern point of
Duck Island” (Stimpson); Bay of Fundy, 4 to 20 fathoms (Verrill).

Tryon says that Stimpson changed the name of this shell “to A. Mighelsi
on account of Turbo arenarius (Mtg. ?) Maton, Turton, &c., which, however,
is Odostomia decussata. R. exarata, Stimpson, is a synonym.”* The
“ Odostomia decussata” of this passage should read Rissoina decussata, as is
obvious from the list of synonyms of the latter species given by Tryon in
another page (p. 385) of the same volume.

Fossil at Montreal (Sir J. W. Dawson).

CINGULA MULTILINEATA (Stimpson).
Rissoa multilineata, Stimpson (1851).
Cingula multilineata, Verrill (1879).

Halifax, Willis (teste Gould).

CineuLa (ALVANIA) AREOLATA (Stimpson).

Turritella areolata, Stimpson (1851).
Cingula areolata, Verrill (1879).
North shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, half way between Pointe des
Monts and the west end of Trinity Bay, in 96 fathoms, small stones and
coarse sand (Whiteaves, 1871, as identified by Verrill).

* Manual of Conchology, vel. Ix., p. 347.

171

CINGULA (ALVANIA) CASTANEA (Moller).

Rissoa castanea, Moller (1842).
Cingula castanea, G. O. Sars (1878).

Gaspé Bay (Whiteaves) ; Mingan (J. Richardson); near Caribou Island,
in 15 fathoms sand (Packard) ; Dead Island, near Square Island, Labrador,
1 to 4 fathoms, hard bottom, Stearns expedition (Miss Bush).

Fossil in the Leda clay of Montreal (Sir J. W. Dawson).

CincuLa (AtvantA) JAN Meyent (Friele).

Rissoa Jan-Mayeni, Friele (1877).
Cingula Jan-Meyeni, Verrill (1879).

Some small but adult specimens of this shell were dredged by the writer
in 1869 off Grande Gréve, in Gaspé Bay, in from 20-50 fathoms ; and a few
larger ones, in 1871-73, to the north, south-east and south of the Island of
Anticosti, in 200 fathoms mud. These were identified with Friele’s 2. Jan-
Mayeni by Verrill in 1879, and before that year they had been referred to
Rissoa scrobiculata, Moller, on the authority of Jeffreys.

A few specimens of this species have been found fossil in the Leda clay of
Montreal, by Sir J. W. Dawson.

CincuLa (ONOBA) ACULEUS, Gould.
Cingula aculeus, Gould (1841).
Rissoa aculeus, Stimpson (1851).

Grand Manan Island, “in the littoral zone, rare” (Stimpson) ; shores of
the Bay of Fundy, common (Verrill).

Family Skeneiide.
SKENEIA PLANORBIS (Fabricius).

Turbo planorbis, O. Fabricius (1780).
Skenea planorbis, Fleming (1828) ; et auct.
Skenea serpuloides, Gould (1841).

Nova Scotia (Willis) ; very common on all rocky shores in Massachusetts
Bay, Casco Bay and the Bay of Fundy (Verrill) ; Greenland (Fabricius).

172
Family Litorinida.
Lirorina RupISs (Maton).

Turbo rudis, Maton (1797) teste Jeffreys ; and Donovan (1800).
Turbo tenebrosus, Montagu (1803). Variety.

Turbo obligatus, Say (1822).

Turbo vestitus, Say (1822). The var. tenebrosa.

Littorina rudis, Gould (1841 and 1870).

Littorina tenebrosa, Gould (1841 and 1870).

Littorina Grenlandica, Moller (1842).

Abundant almost everywhere on rocks, sea weeds, etc., often above reach
of the highest tides, but sometimes washed downward into very deep water.
Thus, in 1871, the writer dredged a single living specimen of this shell in
160 fathoms, mud, twenty-one miles S.W. of Ellis Bay, Anticosti. The
species has long been known to occur on the coasts of Labrador and Green-
land. Mr. Low collected living specimens of it on the shore between King
George Sound and the bottom of Ungava Bay, on the south side of Hudson
Strait, in 1897 ; and on the shore of Richmond Gulf, on the east coast of
Hudson Bay, in 1899.

As a fossil, Z. rudis has been collected in the Pleistocene deposits at
Riviere du Loup, by Sir J. W. Dawson ; also in the Clyde beds and at
Uddevalla, in Sweden.

LiroRINA PALLIATA (Say).

Turbo littoralis, O. Fabricius (1780).
Turbo palliatus, Say (1822).

Littorina palliata, Gould (1841 and 1870).
Littorina arctica, Moller (1842).
Littorina littoralis, Stimpson (1851).

Throughout the entire region, in similar situations to the preceding species,
but alittle more local and not quitesocommon. Jeffreys says that L. palliata
is a synonym of ZL. littoralis, L., which is not European, the LZ. littoralis of
Forbes and Hanley being LZ. obtusata, L. In the second edition of Gould’s
Invertebrata of Massachusetts, 2. palliata is said to occur fossil at Beauport,
on the authority of Sir J. W. Dawson, but the name of that species is not
included in the list of Pleistocene fossils in the Canadian Ice Age.

Lirorina LiTorEA (L.).

Turbo littoreus, L. (1767).
Littorwna littorea, Johnston ; et auct.
Whole coast of Nova Scotia (Willis) but this probably means only the
Atlantic coast. According to Ganong* this species was discovered at Hali-

* American Naturalist for November, 1886.

173

fax, by Willis, in 1857 ; but Sir J. W. Dawson, writing in 1871, says, “it
occurs abundantly and of large size off different parts of the coast” of Prince
Edward Island ‘as it does also on the opposite shore of Nova Scotia, where
I have collected the species more than forty years ago.”* Abundant in the
waters of the Charlotte County coast, N.B. (Ganong). Souris and Charlotte-
town, P.E.I., (Whiteaves). Miss Bush includes the name of this species in
her list of the Labrador mollusca obtained by the Stearn’s expedition in
1882,”+ and adds that it is ‘“ very rare at so northern a latitude.”

It is still doubtful whether this is an indigenous species or one introduced
from Europe, but the balance of evidence would seem to be in favour of the
latter hypothesis.

LACUNA NERITOIDEA, Gould.

Grand Manan Island (Verrill) ; Greenland (Moller, as Lacuna pallidula).
If this shell is the same as the Nerita pallidula of Da Costa (1778), as
stated by Moller, G. O. Sars, and Tryon, it should be called Lacuna pallidula
(DaCosta).

Lacuna vincra (Montagu).

Trochus divaricatus, O. Fabricius (1780) ; non Linne.
Turbo vinctus, Montagu (1808).

Lacuna vineta, Turton (1827); et auct.

Lacuna divaricata, Loven (1846) ; et auct.

Grand Manan Island. ‘The variety common here is strong, broad, pale
brown, with one white band under the suture” (Stimpson). Very abundant
in the Bay of Fundy (Verrill); Annapolis Basin (Verkruzen). Fishing
banks off Halifax, common (Willis); whole coast of Nova Scotia (J. M.
Jones). Gaspé Bay, very common on fronds of Laminaria (Sir J. W. Daw-
son) and on sea weeds in shallow water (Whiteaves) ; Anticosti (Verrill,
Whiteaves, and Macoun); whole coast below Rimouski (Bell); Caribou
Island, where the “plain and banded varieties were common” (Packard).
Square Island, Atlantic coast of Labrador, in 30 fathoms (Packard); com-
mon on the north shore of the strait of Belle Isle, at Forteau Bay, 20 fathoms,
and at L’Anse au Loup in 8-15 fathoms; also on the Atlantic coast of
Labrador, at Fox Harbour, St. Lewis Sound, in 1 to 4 fathoms, and at Dead
Island, near Square Island, in 1 to 4 fathoms, Stearns expedition (Miss
Bush) ; Atlantic coast of Labrador, between Sandwich Bay and Hamilton
Tnlet, 1894, and Davis Inlet, 1896 (Low).

* Report of the Geological Structure and Mineral Resources of Prince Edward
Island, p. 50.
+ Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, vol. vi. (1883), p. 240.

174

Lacuna GLaciALis, Moller.

One adult living specimen of this Greenland shell was dredged by the
writer in 1871 on the north shore_of the Gulf or mouth of the River St.
Lawrence, half way between Pointe des Monts and the west end of Trinity
Bay, in 96 fathoms, small stones and coarse sand.

Family Turritellide.
TURRITELLA EROSA, Couthouy.

Turritella erosa, Couthouy (18388).
Turritella polaris (Beck) Moller (1842).

Throughout the whole region, at depths of from 10 to 60 fathoms. North-
ward the species has long been known to occur on the coast of Labrador and
Greenland. More recently it has been dredged in Hudson Strait, at Port
Burwell and Ashe Inlet, by Bell ; and between King George Sound and the
bottom of Ungava Bay, by Low.

As a Pleistocene fossil this shell has been found at Riviere du Loup,
Labrador, and perhaps Montreal (Sir J. W. Dawson).

TURRITELLA RETICULATA, Mighels and Adams.

Purritella reticulata, Mighels and Adams (1842).
Lurritella lactea, Moller (1842).
Mesalia lacteola, Carpenter (1864).

With the preceding species, on the Atlantic coast of North America, but
on the Stearns J.abrador exploring expedition, Miss Bush says it was dredged
in as shallow water as from 2 to 4, and from 3 toi5 fathoms. It is common
also on the coast of British Columbia. The types of 7’. reticulata, are said
by its describers to be from the ‘‘ Bay Chaleur, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence ;
taken from the stomachs of codfishes by Mr. Foster, fisherman, in the sum-
mer of 1841, to whom we are indebted for specimens.”

In a fossil state 7’. reticulata has been found in the Pleistocene of the
Labrador coast, by Packard.

TURRITELLOPSIS ACICULA (Stimpson).

Turritella acicula, Stimpson (1851).
Turritellopsis acicula, G. O. Sars (1878).

Grand Manan Island, ‘dredged in 4 fathoms sand off Point Franklin,
and also found alive at low-water mark under stones” (Stimpson). Annapolis
Basin, one dead specimen (Verkruzen). Halifax Harbour, N.S. (J. M.
Jones) ; Murray Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson); off Caribou Island, in 50 fathoms

175

hard bottom, one individual (Packard). Dead Island, near Square Island,
Labrador, 1 to 4 fathoms, mud, “a few good though dead specimens,”
Stearns expedition (Miss Bush).

Fossil in the Pleistocene of Rivitre du Loup and Labrador (Sir J. W.
Dawson).

Family Trichotropide.
TRICHOTROPIS BOREALIS, Broderip and Sowerby.

Grand Manan, “rarely taken alive though dead shells are not uncommon
in the coralline zone” (Stimpson). Fishing banks off Halifax (Willis) ;
Halifax Harbour (J. M. Jones); Le Have Bank, N.S., in 45 fathoms,
abundant, U. 8. Fish Commnecon 1872 (Smith and Harger). Gulf and
mouth of the River St. Lawrence, off Grande Gréve, Gaspé Bay, in 30 to 40
fathoms, and elsewhere (Whiteaves) ; Little Métis and Murray Bay (Sir
J. W. Dawson) ; St. Anne and near Cap Chatte (Bell) ; off Caribou Island,
frequent in 10 to 50 fathoms (Packard. Atlantic coast of Labrador, at Long
Island, 15 fathoms, and Hopedale, in 10 fathoms (Packard), Strait of Belle
Isle, at L’Anse au Loup, 10 fathoms ; Atlantic coast of Labrador, at Henley
Harbour, 3 to Us ye ene rs Temple Bay, 10 fathoms; Dead Island, near
Square Island, 2-4 fathoms; Stearns’ expedition (Miss Bush); Greenland
(Moller, as 7’. Weenies Beck) ; Ashe Inlet and Port Burwell, Hudson
Strait (Bell).

Fossil at Riviere du Loup, Chaudiére Station, Montreal, Labrador, etc.
Very abundant at Montreal (Sir J. W. Dawson).

TRICHOTROPIS ConIca, (Beck) Moller.
1842. Index Molluscorum Greenlandic, p, 12.

“A single dead but large and characteristic specimen of this very distinct
species was taken in the Gulf of Maine, off Cape Sable, Nova Scotia, by the
U.S. Fish Commission party on the Speedwell in 1877 ” *(Verrill).

Family Cerithide.
Birrium nicrum (Totten).

Pasithea nigra, Totten (1834).
Cerithium reticulatum, Totten (1835) ; non Da Costa.
Cerithium Sayti, Menke (1841).
Bittium nigrum, Stimpson (1860).
Halifax (Willis) ; whole Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia (J. M. Jones) ; on
eel grass, Pictou, and south shore of Prince Edward Island (Sir J. W.

* Transactions of the Gonucetiont Academy of Arts and Sciences, aie Vy De 519,

176

Dawson) ; low-water at Pointe du Chéne, Shediac Bay, N.B. (Whiteaves) ;
Bedeque, P.E.I., common (Rev. H. W. Winkley). Not found on the coast
of Maine, nor in the Bay of Fundy (Verrill). In the Bulletin of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Mass., for April, 1899, vol. xvitt., p.
257, Dr. Dall says that this shell is identical with the Z'urritella alternata
of Say.

CERITHIOPSIS COSTULATA (Moller).

Turritella? costulata, Moller (1842.)
Cerithium arcticum, Morch (1857).
Cerithiopsis costulata, G. O. Sars (1878).

‘A good living example of this arctic species was dredged by me, in the
Bay of Fundy, in 1870. It may be easily distinguished by the elevated
spire, having the whorls crossed by regular and strong, rounded ribs, nearly
as in Scalaria, with a basal carina, in line with the outer lip, and with
revolving lines crossing the furrows between the ribs. The canal is short,
but deeply cut and slightly recurved” * (Verrill). The two specimens from
the deep sea mud in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, that were identified with this
species by the writer in 1873, are the types of Verrill’s Lovenella Whiteavesii,
described in 1880, the name of which has since been changed to Cerithiella
Whiteavesii.

CERITHIOPSIS GREENII (Adams).

Cerithium Greenii, C. B. Adams (1838).
Bittium Greenii, H. and A. Adams (1858S).
Cerithiopsis Greenii, Verrill (1873).
According to the Rev. H. W. Winkley, 7 this species is not infrequent on
the oyster beds at Summerside, P.E.I., and it occurs also at Bedeque.

CERITHIELLA WHITEAVESII, Verrill.

Cerithiopsis costulatus, Whiteaves (1873) ; noa Turritella costulata,
Moller.
Lovenella Whiteavesii, Verrill (1&8).
Cerithiella Whiteavesit, Verrill (1882).
Two living examples of this shell were dredged by the writer in 1873,
in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, between the Island of Anticosti and the

Gaspé peninsula, one in 110 and the other in 200 fathoms.

* Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. v., p. 522.
+ Bulletin of the Natural History Society of New Brunswick, No. vit. (1888) p. 70.

aTy

Family Aporrhaide.
APORRHAIS8 OCCIDENTALIS, Beck.

Rostellaria (Aporrhais) occidentalis, Beck (1836).
Rostellaria occidentalis, Gould (1841),

Aporrhais occidentalis, Sowerby (1847) ; et auct.
Arrhoges occidentalis, Gabb (1868).

Bay of Fundy, Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, Gulf and mouth of the
River St. Lawrence, at many localities, northward to Hopedale, on the
Atlantic coast of Labrador, abundant, living, in from 10 to 60 fathoms. In
1871 a living and adult example of a thin, inflated variety of this shell was
dredged by the writer, N.E. of the Island of Anticosti, in 120 fathoms,
mud.

On sandy or muddy bottoms the shells of this species are beautifully perfect
and their sculpture is well preserved. But, upon rocky bottoms, or bottoms
of loose stones, the shells, even of living specimens, are much broken, and
their surface markings almost or quite obliterated.

Packard has found A. occidentalis fossil at Tertiary Bay, Labrador.

RHACHIGLOSSA.
Family Muricide.
UROSALPINX CINEREA (Say).

Fusus cinereus, Say (1822 and 1831).
Urosalpins cinerea, Stimpson (1865).
Prince Edward Island (Sir J. W. Dawson, 1871); Charlottetown Har-
bour, P.E.I. (F. Bain, 1875).

TROPHON TRUNCATUS (Strém).

Tritonium clathratum, O. Fabricius (1780) ; but non L., teste G. O, Sars.
Buceinum truncatum, Strém ; fide Jeffreys and G. O. Sars.

Fusus Bamfius (Donovan) Gould (1841),

Tritonium clathratum, Stimpson (1853).

Trophon clathratus, Stimpson (1860) ; and Gould (1870).

Trophon truncatus (Strom) G. O. Sars (1878).

Grand Manan, “on a patch of shelly bottom, about two miles north of
Duck Island” (Stimpson); Annapolis Basin (Verkruzen). Fishing banks
off Halifax (Willis) ; Halifax Harbour (J. M. Jones). Gulf of St. Lawrence,
Gaspé Bay, in about 30 fathoms (Whiteaves) ; Ruisseau de la Grand Vallée,
(Bell). Probably a small and finely ribbed form of the next species.

12

178

TROPHON CLATHRATUS (L.).

Murex clathratus, L. (1767).

Fusus scalariformis, Gould (1838 and 1841).

Trophon scalariformis, Stimpson (1860); and Gould (1870).
Trophon clathratus, G. O. Sars (1878).

Fishing banks off Halifax (Willis); Halifax Harbour (J. M. Jones).
Between Cape Gaspé and Cap des Rosiers, in 75-80 fathoms, stones ; and
north shore of the St. Lawrence, off St. John River and near the west point
of Anticosti, in 60 fathoms, sand (Whiteaves) ; Little Métis, Riviere du
Loup and Murray Bay, (Sir J. W. Dawson); Peter River, St. Anne and
Marsouin (Bell); bank off Caribou Island (Packard). Chateau Bay,
Labrador, 50 fathoms ; and Henley Harbour, 20 fathoms (Packard).

Tt is not quite clear to the writer whether the “ 7risoniwm clathratum,
Miill.,” of Stimpson’s Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan ;
or the Trophon clathratum, (Linné) Méller,” of Miss Bush’s list of the mollusca
dredged on the coast of Labrador by the Stearns expedition, should be
referred to this or to the preceding species.

In a fossil state, 7. clathratus, as here defined, has been found in Pleisto-
cene deposits at Riviére du Loup, Murray Bay, Montreal, and Labrador.

TROPHON CLATHRATUS, var GUNNERI.

Tritonium Gunneri, Lovén (1846).

Murex (Trophon) Gunneri, Mérch (1867).

Trophon Gunneri, H. and A. Adams (1858).
Trophon clathratus, var Gunnert, G. O. Sars (1878).

Bay of Fundy, off Grand Manan (Verrill); Le Have Bank, in 45 and 60
fathoms, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger); off Cape Sable,
N.S., 59 fathoms,—and mouth of Halifax Harbour, 16 and 18 fathoms, 1877,
U.S. Fish Commission SS. Speedwell (Verrill). Gaspé Bay, living, in about
30 fathoms (Whiteaves) ; Métis (Sir J. W. Dawson).

Gould’s 7’. scalartforme was based upon specimens in which the thin
laminar varices of the shell are almost obliterated. So far as the writer’s
experience goes, this obliteration of the varices is due to the fact that such
specimens are usually found on rough bottoms of loose stones or rock at
some distance from land. In 7. Gunneri, which is generally found on
muddy or sandy bottoms, in sheltered bays, the varices are well developed
and beautifully preserved.

179

TropHon Fasricit (Beck) Moller.

Tritoniwm craticulatum, O. Fabricius (1780); non L.
Trophon Fabricti (Beck) Moller (1842).
Trophon craticulatus, G. O. Sars (1878).

Fishing banks off Halifax (Willis). Orphan Bank; off Cap Bon Ami,
P.Q.; between Cape Gaspé and Cap des Rosiers, in 38 fathoms, stones ; and
north shore of the St. Lawrence, off the St. John River, and near the West
Point of the Island of Anticosti, in 50 fathoms, sand (Whiteaves) ; Mingan
(J. Richardson, Jun). Ashe Inlet, Hudson Strait (Bell); Greenland
(Fabricius).

Family Purpuride.
PURPURA LAPILLUS (L.)

Buccinum lapillus, L. (1767).
Purpura lapillus, Lamarck (1822); et auct.

This species is said to be common at low-water in the Bay of Fundy and
Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, but its exact range in the River and Gulf of
St. Lawrence has yet to be ascertained. In the latter region it has long
been known to occur on the Gaspé coast, from Gaspé Bay to Métis, and all
round the Island of Anticosti, but there are no records of its having been
taken on the north shore. Although recorded as a Greenland shell by
Fabricius and Moiler, Packard failed to find it on the north shore of the
Gulf, near the Strait of Belle Isle, or on the Labrador coast. Its name is
not included in Miss Bush’s list of the Mollusca dredged on the Labrador
coast by the Stearns expedition, and there are no specimens of it in the
collections made of late years in Hudson Bay and Strait.

In a fossil state P. /apillus is common in the English Pliocene. It is
found also in the Pleistocene of Scandinavia and Maine, but its name does
not occur in Sir J. W. Dawson’s latest list of Canadian Pleistocene fossils.

Family Columbellide.

ASTYRIS ROSACEA (Gould).

Buccinum rosaceum, Gould (1840).
Columbella rosacea, Stimpson (1851).
Astyris rosacea, H. and A. Adams (1858).
Sparingly distributed throughout the entire region, in depths of from 8
to 60 fathoms. Miss Bush says that a few good specimens were taken at
123

180

L’Anse au Loup, in 18 fathoms, and at Henley Harbour, in 3 to 8 fathoms,
by the Stearns Labrador expedition in 1882. The species has been collected
in the Pleistocene beds of Riviére du Loup, and in glacial deposits in Scotland.

Living examples of this shell, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, have been
referred to Astyris Holbollii (—Fusus Holbollii, Beck, in Moller) on the
authority of Jeffreys, but Verrill thinks that A. rosacea is probably distinct
from A. Holbollii, and even if the two shells should prove to be identical,
the former is much the older name.

ASTYRIS LUNATA (Say).

Nassa lunata, Say (1826).
Buccinum lunatum, C. B. Adams (1838).
Columbella lunata, Gould (1870).
Astyris lunata, Dall (1870).
Shediac Bay (Whiteaves, 1873); Summerside, P.E.I. (Rev. H. W.
Winkley, 1888).

ASTYRIS ZONALIS (Linsley).

Buccinum zonalis, Linsley (1845); no description; and Gould (1848).
Columbella disstmilis, Stimpson (1851).
Astyris zonalis, Verrill (1872).

‘This species occurred only once, but then in great numbers, at a haul of
the dredge on a sandy spot in 8 fathoms, about two miles north-east of
Cheney’s Head,” Grand Manan Island (Stimpson). Dall, however, says that
Stimpson’s C., dissimilis is a ‘rude purplish brown rather large northern
form of A. /wnata,” and that Linsley’s Buccinum zonalis is “ a form in which
the brown coloration of the original /wnata coalesces to form two or more
dark bands with lighter interspaces.”*

ANACHIS HALIETI (Jeffreys).

Columbella Halieti, Jeffreys (1867).

Anachis Haliceti, Verrill (1874).

Pyrene costulata, G. O. Sars (1878); but not Fusus costulatus,
Cantraine, fide Dall, and Norman.

Anachis costulata, Verrill (1880).

Anachis halieti, Dall (1889); and Norman (1899).

“South of Halifax, N.S., 95 fathoms, 1877, and off Cape Cod, 67 to 96
fathoms, 1879, U.S. Fish Commission SS. Speedwell” (Verrill).

* Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology (1889) vol. xv1II., pp. 189 and 190.

181

Family Vasside.
Nassa (ILYANASSA) OBSOLETA, Say.

Nassa obsoleta, Say (1822) ; et auct.
Ilyanassa obsoleta, Stimpson (1865).

St. Mary’s Bay, N.S. (Verkruzen) ; Annapolis Basin (J. M. Jones) ; Minas
Basin (Ganong) ; North-west Arm, Halifax Harbour, —Pictou, &c. (Willis).
Beach at Pointe du Chéne, N.B. (Whiteaves) ; Summerside, P.E.I. (Rev. H.
W. Winkley) ; vicinity of Cape Gaspé (Bell). Veerrill says that this species
has not been found in the Bay of Fundy, and it has not been found in the
Canadian Pleistocene.

Nassa (Tritra) TRIVITTATA, Say.

Nassa trivittata, Say (1822).
Tritia trivittata, H. and A. Adams (1858).

Bay of Fundy and Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, from low-water mark
to a depth of 60 fathoms. In the Gulf of St. Lawrence the species has
been taken at several localities on both sides of Northumberland Strait, in
the Baie des Chaleurs as far up as Dalhousie, northward to Gaspé Bay,
where Sir J. W. Dawson dredged specimens of it in 4 fathoms sand, near
the shore, in 1858. The writer has collected similar specimens a little above
the village of Gaspé Basin, where the water is brackish.

Family Buccinide.
Buccinum unpatuM, L.

Buccinum undatum, L. (1761) ; et auct.
Buccinwm undulatum, Moller (1842).
Buceinum Labradorense, Reeve (1846).

Living specimens of a shell that is practically indistinguishable from the
B. undatum of the British Islands and northern Europe, are not uncommon
locally throughout the entire region, at low-water mark, and at depths down
to 170 fathoms or more. Some of these shells, too, attain to as large a size
as the largest British or Norwegian specimens.

Similar specimens have been dredged as far to the southward as the coast
of New Jersey, and on the Labrador coast Packard finds B. wndatwm “ most
abundant just below low-water mark, where fine specimens, 34 inches long,
are frequent.” Miss Bush, in her list of the Mollusca and Echinodermata
obtained by the Stearns expedition, says that it occurs abundantly along the
coast of Labrador in 1 to 15 fathoms ; and Dall, that several living specimens
were collected at Davis Inlet, Labrador, by L. M. Turner in 1882.

182

Sir J. W. Dawson, who has made a special study of the recent and fossil
Buccinums of eastern Canada, says that B. wndatwm is found fossil in the
Saxicava sand and Leda clay of Maine ; Duck Cove, St. John, N.B; Anti-
costi, Riviére du Loup ; and Labrador. In regard to the Canadian specimens
that he refers to B. wndatum, he adds the following remarks. ‘I cannot
satisfy myself that there is any good specific distinction between this shell
and B. wndatum of the European seas and glacial beds. ‘It varies very
much in size, in slenderness, in the fineness of the spiral striation, in the
development of the ribs, in the extension of the mouth, and in the thickness
of the shell. The coarser forms are B. Labradoricum, which passes into the
ordinary wndatum. Medium varieties are B. wndulatwm, and smooth
varieties pass into B. cyaneum and B. Totteni, which last is the ciliatum of

Gould.”*

Buccinum Torrent, Stimpson.

Buccinum ciliatwm (pars) Gould (1841); but not Zritonium
ciliatum of O. Fabricius.

Buccinum ciliatum, Dawson (1857); non Fabricius ; fide Verrill.

Buccinum Tottenii, Stimpson (1865) ; et auct. Am.

Little Métis, Tadoussac, and Murray Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson). Henley
Harbour, Chateau Bay,—and Temple Bay, Labrador, in 8 to 15 fathoms,
‘“ three shells corresponding to the Canadian form from off Métis,”—Stearns
expedition (Miss Bush).

Fossil in the Saxicava sand and Leda clay at Riviere du Loup (Sir J. W.
Dawson).

In the remarks that follow the original description, Dr. Stimpson says of
B. Tottenii that it is “allied to 5. Humphreysianum, but differs in its
plicated and more convex whorls, deeper transverse sculpture and want of
colour. It might be taken for a thin and delicate form of B. wndulatum,
but is easily distinguished by the number and straightness of the longitudi-
nal plications of the spire-whorls, the more numerous and sharply cut trans-
verse ridges, and the wider mouth. From B. ciiatwm it differs very much,
both in shape and in the want of a tooth-like fold on the columella.”
Verrill, however, thinks that the b. Humphreystianuwm of Stimpson is not
B. Humphreysianum, Bennett, and calls the former B. Gould. Sir J. W.
Dawson says that B. Tottenii “is remarkable for its very regular spiral
lines, absence of folds, and convex whorls.”

——

* The Canadian Ice Age, page 255.
Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, New Series, vol. 11., pp. 385 and 386,

183

Buccinum cyaNneum, Bruguiére.

Tritonium undatum, O. Fabricius (1780) ; non L.

Buccinum cyaneum, Bruguiére (1792).

Buccinum boreale, Leach (1819).

Buccinum Humphreysianum, Moller (1842); non Bennett.

Buecinum hydrophanum, Hancock (1846).

Bueccinum sericatum, Hancock (1846).

Buccinum tenebrosum, Hancock (1846) ; non Moller.

Buccinum undulatwm, Hancock (1846) ; non Moller.

Tritonium Grenlandicum, Mérch (1857).

Buccinum cyaneum, Stimpson (1865) ; on whose authority the previous
synonyms are given.

Buccinum Grenlandicum, G. O. Sars (1878) ; non Stimpson.

Specimens of this species are recorded as having been dredged on the Le
Have Bank, N.S., in 45 fathoms, on the U.S. Fish Commission SS. Bache
in 1872, by Professor S. I. Smith and Mr. O. Harger. Other records for B.
cyanewm on the coast of Nova Scotia are as follows : ‘‘ Off Cape Sable, N.S.,
in 82 to 91 fathoms, fine compact sand, where it was common, and off
Halifax, in 100 fathoms” ; dredged by the SS. Speedwell, of the U.S. Fish
Commission, in the summer of 1877. “It has often been brought in from
the banks off Nova Scotia” (Verrill, 1882 ; in Catalogue of Marine Mol-
lusca added to the Fauna of New England, ete.,—in Trans. Conn. Acad.
Arts and Sc., vol. v, pp. 492 and 493).

Sir J. W. Dawson records the occurrence of recent specimens, that he
identifies with this species, at Little Métis, Tadoussac, and Murray Bay ;
and Dall says that a living specimen of B. cyaneum was found on Labrador’s
Reef, near Fort Chimo, Ungava Bay, by L. M. Turner in 1883.

Sir J. W. Dawson says that B. cyanewm is abundant fossil in the Pleisto-
cene deposits at Riviére du Loup.

In reference to the specific name of this shell, Professor Verrill makes the
following remarks. ‘ Morch, in adopting Gren/andicum for this species,
simply took up a part of the polynomial name used by Chemnitz, which has
no claims to priority under the ordinary rules of binomial nomenclature.
‘«‘Stimpson, therefore, very properly rejected that name, as applied to this
species, and adopted the first distinctive binomial name given to it.
Jeffreys has followed Morch in using B. Grenlandicum, and various other
European writers have followed the same _ usage, apparently without
sufficient reason. This has given rise to much confusion, because Gran-
landicum has been extensively used for a very different species by Hancock,
Reeve, Stimpson, and other writers” (Verrilll, 1882; op. cit. p. 494).

184

BuccinuM CYANEUM, var. Perpix (or FINMARCHIANUM).

Tritonium grenlandicum, var. perdix (Beck) Morch (1869).

Tritonium grenlandicum, var. glabrum, Mérch (1869).

Buccinwm finmarchianum (Verkruzen) Friele (1877) ; and G. O. Sars (1878).

Buccinuwm grenlandicum, var. finmarchianum, Jeffreys (1880).

Buccinum cyaneum, variety, Perdix or Finmarchianuwm, Verrill (1882).

Professor Verrill (op. cit., pp. 492 and 493) says that specimens of B.

cyaneum were dredged by the U. S. Fish Commission, on the Le Have Bank,
in 1872, off Cape Sable, and off Halifax, N.S., in 1877. “Some of our speci-
mens,” he adds, ‘‘belong to the dark variety tenebrosum, Han.; others are near
the variety Finmarchianum, Verkruzen. The variety perdix or glabra,
Mérch (Catal. Moll. Spitzberg., p. 14, 1869) is probably the same thing as
the latter.”

BuccinuM CYANEUM, var. PATULUM.

Buccinum grenlandicum, var. patulum, G. O. Sars (1878).
Buceinum cyaneum, var. patulwm, Verrill (1882).

“From Murray Bay, mouth of the St. Lawrence River, Principal Dawson
has sent me specimens of a peculiar rather small form, belonging apparently
to this species. The aperture is unusually broad, with the lip expanded and
patulous anteriorly, projecting decidedly beyond the columella. The surface
is eroded, but was nearly smooth, without ribs, and with fine wavy, unequal
spiral lines, mostly indistinct ; one specimen has several larger, distant,
raised spiral lines. The colour is dark brownish ; inside of aperture purplish
or livid brown.” “ Fossil in the Post-pliocene of Canada” (Verrill ; op cit.,
p. 494.)

BuccINUM TENUE, Gray.

Buccinum tenue, Gray (1839) ; teste Stimpson.
Buccinum scalariforme (Beck) Moller (1842).

“Dredged alive, in considerable numbers, in 1877, by the U.S. Fish
Commission SS. Speedwell, off Cape Sable, N.S., in 88 to 91 fathoms, on a
bottom of fine compact sand, associated with B. cyanewm and Sipho pubescens.
Also off Cape Sable, 22 miles, 59 fathoms; mouth of Halifax Harbour, 21
fathoms, 9 living young; off Halifax, 9 to 12 miles, 42 to 92 fathoms. It
had not been found so far south previously. These specimens all belong to
a small race of the species” (Verriil ; op. cit., p. 495).

The typical form had previously been dredged at many localities in the
Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, by the writer, and Sir J. W.
Dawson, and just inside of the Strait of Belle Isle by Packard. In the
writer’s experience, B. tenwe is the commonest species of Buccinwm in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, at depths of from about 10 to 60 fathoms. It occurs

185

in each of the collections made at Port Burwell and Ashe Inlet, Hudson
Strait, by Dr. Bell in 1884.

Sir J. W. Dawson says that it is “much more plentiful in the Pleistocene
beds” of eastern Canada, than as a living shell, and that in a fossil state it
has been found at St. John, etc., N.B.; at Riviére du Loup, Labrador and
Greenland,

Buccinum criatum (Fabricius).

Tritonium ciliatum, O. Fabricius (1780) ; teste Stimpson and Verrill.
Buccinum ciliatum, Moller (1842).
Buecinum ciliatum, Gould (1841 and 1870) ; in part only, not

the figures ( Verrill).

“Dr. Stimpson mentions a specimen from Nova Scotia received from Mr.
J. R. Willis, but the collection of Mr. Willis was largely derived from the
bank fisheries, and his specimen may have come from the Grand Bank”
(Verrill ; op. cit., pp. 498 and 499). Jeffreys has identified with this species
a specimen dredged by the writer in 1871, north of the Island of Anticosti,
in 112 fathoms; and Sir J. W. Dawson says that he has collected recent
specimens of B. ciliatwm off Little Métis, at Rivigre du Loup and Murray
Bay. Miss Bush also includes the name of this species in her “Catalogue of
the Mollusca and Echinodermata dredged on the coast of Labrador by the
Stearns expedition,” and says that ‘this species was found in 3 to 8 fathoms
at Henley Harbour.”

Sir J. W. Dawson records B. ciliatwm as having been found fossil in the Post-
Pliocene deposits at Riviére du Loup and Montreal.

According to Stimpson “the appressed form of the shell, narrow, some-
what canaliculated aperture, and the tooth on the columella, are its prominent
characters.” *

Buccinum Goutpu, Verrill. .

Buccinum ciliatum (pars) Gould, 1841, fig. 209; and 1870, fig. 635?
Buccinum Humphreysianum, Stimpson (1865); non Bennett.
Buccinum Gouldii, Verrill (1882).

“This name is proposed, provisionally, for the shell figured by Gould
(ed. 1), and described as B. Humphreysianum by Dr. Stimpson. It differs
from the European species, of that name, as already mentioned by Jeffreys
and others, in having a ciliated epidermis and in other characters.

“This shell is remarkable for its swollen, rounded whorls, the deep
excavation of the columella-lip, the anterior expansion of the rounded outer
lip, and the thinness and nearly smooth surface of the shell.

“This shell may, perhaps, prove to be only a variety of some previously
known species. In that case Gowldii may still be used as a variety name,

* Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, New Series, vol. 1., p. 374.

186

to designate the form. It does not appear to correspond with any of the
forms described by European writers.

“A specimen that I suppose to be the young of this species is a small,
very thin, translucent, pale yellow, smooth shell, with an acute spire, a very
small, regularly spiral nucleus, five convex whorls, impressed suture, and
€xcavated columella-lip. The whorls are evenly rounded and with faint
traces of shallow spiral lines, no undulations. This was dredged by Messrs.
Smith and Harger, on Le Have Bank, 60 fathoms, in 1872. This may

possibly be the young of B. hydrophanum.” (Verrill; op. cit., pp. 497 and
498).

BuccinuM GLACIALE, L.

Buceinum glaciale, Lu. (1758); et auct.
Buccinwm carinatum, Phipps (1774).
Tritonium glaciale, O. Fabricius (1780).

Off Little Métis, and Murray Bay, Sir J. W. Dawson; Bonaventure
Island, off Percé, at low-water, one specimen collected by T. Curry, in 1872;
Ashe Inlet, Hudson Strait, one specimen of the double-keeled variety,
dredged by Dr. R. Bell in 1884 ; Greenland, Fabricius; Alaska, Dall.

In a fossil state B. glaciale has been found in the Pleistocene deposits
at Black Point, N.B.; at Anticosti, Riviére du Loup, and Montreal, P.Q.;
and at Labrador.

According to Sir J. W. Dawson, B. glaciale “has the aperture somewhat
like that of B. ciliatum, and a very peculiar sculpture of spiral strie with
intervening bands marked with finer strie. It has also a carina angulating
the body whorl and sometimes more than one. In the lattér case it passes
into B, Grenlandicum, Hancock (not Chemnitz) or B. Hancocki, Mérch.”
“The ordinary variety is most common in the modern Gulf (of St. Lawrence),
the latter in the Arcticseas and in the Pleistocene. This shell, usually
much decorticated, is the most common Buccinum in the Pleistocene of
Montreal.*

In his latest list of Canadian Pleistocene fossils, and immediately after
the four lines last quoted, Sir J. W. Dawson cites Buccinum plectrum,
Stimpson, as occurring recent at Portland, Maine, and Murray Bay ; and
fossil at Riviere du Loup. The types of B. plectrwm are from the Arctic
Ocean north of Behring’s Sea, and Dall has since found specimens of it on the
coast of Alaska. It appears to be the only true Buccinwm that has yet been
found in the seas of British Columbia, and its occurrence on the Atlantic
coast of North America would seem to require confirmation. In the Museum
of the Survey there are three recent and fresh specimens from Métis labelled
B. plectrum on Sir J. W. Dawson’s authority, but it is difficult to see how
these can be distinguished from the Labrador specimen of B. Totten,

* The Canadian Ice Age, Montreal, 1893, page 257.

——————————

' 187

Stimpson, that Miss Bush figures on Plate 1x. of the sixth volume of
Proceedings of the U. 8. National Museum. Under the heading of B.
plectrum, too, Sir J. W. Dawson expressed the opinion that only five of
the Buccinums found living in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, on the coast of
the Maritime Provinces, or in the Pleistocene deposits of eastern Canada,
viz., B. undatum (undulatum), B. cyaneum (Grenlandicum, auct.), B. tenue,
B. ciliatum, and B. glaciale, are probably entitled to rank as “distinct specific

types.”
Buccinum Donovanl, Gray.

Buccinum glaciale, Donovan (1799) ; Gray (1824) ; and Brown (1827) ;
but not B. glaciale, L. (1758).

Buccinum Donovani Gray (1839) ; et auct.

Buccinum tubulosum, Reeve (1847).

Tritonium Donovani, Morch (1857).

Off Little Métis (Sir J. W. Dawson) ; Banks of Newfoundland (Stimp-
son) ; Henley Harbour, Chateau Bay, Labrador, at low-water and 15 fathoms,
Stearns expedition (Miss Bush) ; Greenland (Mérch).

“The B. Donovani is a species of very recent origin and has not, I believe,
been found anywhere in a fossil state. It differs from B. glaciale in its
elongated form, more convex whorls, more concave columellar lip, and more
convex spiral ridges. The uncarinated variety may be distinguished from
B. undatum by the character of the spiral grooving, the distinction between
the primary and secondary grooves being far more strongly marked than in
that species. The Buccinwm Donovuni in Mr. Bell’s list of the shells of the
Gulf of St. Lawrence is the Fusus Kroyeri of Méeller” * (Stimpson, 1865).

NEPTUNEA DESPECTA, var. TORNATA, Gould.

Fusus tornatus, Gould (1839, 1841 and 1870).
Neptunea despecta (L.) forma typica, G. O. Sars (1878).
Neptunea despecta, var. tornata, Verrill (1882).

Gulf of St. Lawrence north of the Baie des Chaleurs, and mouth of the
River St. Lawrence, in from 10 to 60 fathoms. The writer has dredged this
species sparingly on the Orphan Bank and in Gaspé Bay ; Bell has obtained it
near St. Anne and at Rimouski Village ; Sir J. W. Dawson has dredged many
large specimens off Little Métis; Verrill, a ‘‘large dead shell,” at the
Mingan Islands; and Packard, ‘‘a large specimen tenanted by a hermit
crab,” on the north shore of the Gulf, off Caribou Island, just inside of the
Strait of Belle Isle.

This variety of V. despecta has been found fossil in Pleistocene deposits
at New Richmond, River Charles, &e., N.B.; at Riviére du Loup, Murray
Bay, Quebec, and Montreal, P.Q. ; and at Labrador.

* Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, New Series, vol. m, p. 370.

188

NEPTUNEA DECEMCOSTATA (Say).

Fusus decemcostatus, Say (1826); et auct.

Tritonium decemcostatum, Stimpson (1851); but perhaps not of
Middendorf.

Neptunea decemcostata, H. and A. Adams (1858).

Bay of Fundy and Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, from low-water to 45
fathoms, but not certainly known to occur so far northward as the Gulf of
St. Lawrence. The ‘Chrysodomus dec2mcostatus” of the writer’s list of
mollusca dredged off Grande Greve in 1867 is certainly not that species but
LV. despecta, var. tornata, and it is most probable that the specimens collected
by Logan near Cape Gaspé in 1844 and referred by Bell to Fusus decemcos-
tatus, are also WV. tornata. Verkruzen says that he found varieties of JV.
decemcostata, with nine, eleven and twelve ribs, at Annapolis Basin, N.S.,
but that these are very rare.

Voxutopsis Norvecica (Chemnitz).

Fusus (Volutopsius) norvegicus, Mérch (1857).
Volutopsis norvegica, G. O. Sars (1878) ; et auct.

One living but immature specimen of this very rare shell was dredged
by the writer on the Bradelle Bank in 1873; and an adult, but very much
water worn example was taken off Bonaventure Island in 1872.

In the Proceedings of the U. 8S. National Museum for 1886 (page 303)
Dall claims that the generic name Strombella, Gray, should be preferred to
that of Volutopsiws, Moérch, (since changed to Volwtopsis), but Verrill says
that Strombella “had been preoccupied.”

Srpxo Srimpsoni (Moérch).

Fusus corneus, Say (1831); non Linné, Pennant, &c.
Fusus Islandicus, Gould (1841); non L.

Tritonium Islandicum (Loven) Stimpson (1853).
Fusus Stimpsoni, Morch (1867).

Fusus curtus, Jeffreys (1867).

Neptunea curta, Verrill (1873).

Sipho Stimpsoni, Verrill (1881).

Bay of Fundy, from low-water to 80 fathoms, Atlantic coast of Nova
Scotia, and Sable Island. In the Gulf of St. Lawrence, a small living
specimen (about 34 mm. in length) dredged by the writer in 1871 off
Charleton Point, Anticosti, in 112 fathoms, is apparently referable to this
species, though one of the specimens formerly referred by the writer to JS.
curtus clearly belongs to the species since described by Verrill as S. pubescens.

189

SipHo Ossiant (Friele).

Neptunea Ossiani, Friele (1879); by typ. error Ossiania.
Stipho Ossvani, Verrill (1882). ,
A specimen, which Professor Verrill has identified with this species, was

dredged at Murray Bay by Sir J. W. Dawson, and is now in the Redpath
Museum at Montreal. The only other specimen of this shell that has been
recorded from American waters, “was obtained near the Grand Bank in 180
fathoms and presented to the U. 8. Fish Commission by Capt. McCormick
and crew, schooner Wachusett of the Gloucester fishing fleet” (Verrill).

SIPHO PUBESCENS, Verrill.

Neptunea propinqua, Verrill (1878); non Alder.
Neptunea (Sipho) propinqua, Verrill (1880).
Sipho pubescens, Verrill (1882).

“Off Cape Sable, N.S., in 88 to 91 fathoms, fine compact sand, where it
occurs in considerable numbers, living ; and off Halifax, 42 fathoms, dead”;
U.S. Fish Commission 8.8. Speedwell, 1877 (Verrill). North shore of the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Egg Island (between Pointe des Monts and Seven
Island Bay) in 70--80 fathoms, sandy mud, one adult living specimen, dredged
by the writer in 1871.

SipHo pyemmus (Gould).

Fusus Islandicus, var. pygmeus, Gould (1841).
Tritonium pygmeum, Stimpson (1851).

Neptunea (Sipho) pygmea, H. and A. Adams (1858),
Fusus pygmeus, Gould (1870).

Neptunea (Neptunella) pygmea, Verrill (1873).
Sipho pygmeceus, Verrill (1882).

Bay of Fundy, Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, and Gulf of St. Lawrence
as far to the northward at least as Gaspé Bay, where the writer has dredged
it, living, in about 30 fathoms. The species is common on the New England
coast, and according to Verrill, its bathymetrical range is from low-water to
430 fathoms.

SipHo SpirzBERGENSIS (Reeve).

Fusus Spitzbergensis, Reeve (1855).
Neptunea (Sipho) terebralis, Gould (1860).
Sipho lividus’(Mérch) Verrill (1883).
Chrysodomus Spitzbergensis, Dall (1886).

A few living specimens of this shell were dredged by the writer in Gaspé
Bay in 1871; in 60 fathoms off Bonaventure Island, in 1872; and on the

190

Orphan bank in 1873. Sir J. W. Dawson has dredged fine living examples
of the same shell at Murray Bay and Métis. Miss Bush says that ‘two
good though dead, specimens were found at Henley Harbour in 8 fathoms,
and Dead Island, near Square Island, in 1 to 4 fathoms” by the Stearns
Labrador expedition in 1882. Dall, also, states that “ one imperfect speci-
men ” was found by L. M. Turner in 1883 “on the upland near Fort Chimo,
Ungava Bay,” where it had doubtless been carried by the ravens as is their
wont.”

Sir J. W. Dawson states that a single small specimen of this shell has
been found in the Pleistocene deposits at Montreal.

SIPHO VENTRICOSUS (Gray),

Fusus ventricosus, Gray (1839) ; and Gould (1841 and 1870).
Neptunea ventricosa. Verrill (1879).
Sipho ventricosus, Tryon (1881) ; and Verrill (1882).

Bay of Fundy, one specimen (Verkruzen) ; Sable Island, Willis (Gould,
1870).

TriTonorusus Kroyer (Moller).

Fusus Kroyeri, Moller (1842) ; teste Stimpson (1865).

Fusus (Tritonofusus) Kroyeri, Mérch (1857).

Buccinum eretacewm (Reeve) Packard (1863).

Buccinofusus Kroyeri, Whiteaves (1869).

Tritonofusus Kroyeri, Whiteaves (1872) ; also Verrill (1879 and 1882).

Northern portion of the Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, at
depths of from about 10 to 50 or 60 fathoms ; also coast of Labrador
in from 3 to 10 fathoms. In the former region it has been dredged on
the Orphan Bank and in Gaspé Bay by the writer; in Salmon Bay
(on the north shore of the Gulf, just inside of the Strait of Belle Isle)
by Packard ; off Little Métis, by Sir J. W. Dawson; and Dr. Bell (who
referred his specimens to Buccinum Donovani) says that the species
occurs at ‘several localities” (on the Gaspé coast) “below St. Flavie.”
On the Labrador coast, Miss Bush says that specimens were dredged in
Henley Harbour and Temple Bay, in 3 to 10 fathoms, by the Stearns expedi
tion ; and two immature and dead examples of this shell were collected on
the beach between Hamilton Inlet and Sandwich Bay, by Mr. Low in
1894.
Tn a fossil state the species has been recorded by Sir J, W. Dawson as

occurring in the Pleistocene deposits of New Richmond and River Charles
N.B.; of Riviere du Loup, P.Q.; and Labrador.

19}

TRITONOFUSUS LATERICEUS (Moller).

Fusus latericeus, Moller (1842).

Fusus (Tritonofusus) latericeus, Moérch (1857).
Tritonofusus latericeus, Whiteaves (1873).
Sipho latericeus, Verrill (1882).

Bradelle Bank, Gulf of St. Lawrence, one adult living specimen, dredged
by the writer in 1873; Greenland, Méller ; northern coast of Norway and
Finmark (20 to 30 fathoms) ; and Spitzbergen (146 to 357 fathoms).

TRITONOFUSUS SYRTENSIS (Packard).

Fusus syrtensis, Packard (1867). Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1,
p. 288.

Tritonofusus syrtensis, Verrill (1882). Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc.,
vol. v, p. 511.

This species, which is based upon a single specimen “ dredged on a shelly
bottom in thirty fathoms, Square Island Harbour,” Labrador, by Dr.
Packard in 1864, may yet be discovered in the Gulf of St. Lawrence.)

Family Fuside.

PrycHaTractus Licatus (Mighels).

Fasciolaria ligata, Mighels and Adams (1842) ; and Gould (1870).
Ptychatractus ligatus, Stimpson (1865) ; et auct.

“Mingan, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, taken from the stomachs of codfish,
by Mr. Foster, fisherman, in summer of 1841” (Mighels and Adams).

The species has since been taken at the following Canadian localities :
fishing banks off Halifax, “very rare” (Willis); Bay of Fundy, 15 to 60
fathoms (Verrill) ; Gaspé Bay, in 30 fathoms stones, one living adult speci-
men, dredged by the writer in 1871 ; Mingan, Foote (Verrill) ; and Murray
Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson).

Sir J..W. Dawson, also, has obtained a “single mutilated specimen in
the Pleistocene deposits at Montreal.

ToxoOGLossa.
Family Cancellaride.
ApmeEtE Coutnovuy! (Jay).

Cancellaria buccinoides, Couthouy (1838) ; non C. buccinordes,
Sowerby (1832).

Admete Couthouyi, Jay (1839) ; and Gould (1841),

Admete crispa, Moller (1842).

Admete viridula, Stimpson (1853) ; non Tritoniwm viridulum,
O. Fabricius (1780).

Throughout the entire region, at depths of from 10 to 60 fathoms. Speci-
mens dredged by Sir J. W. Dawson at Métis are a little more than 21 milli-

192

métres in length. The species has been collected at four localities on the
Labrador coast (where it occurs in a little shallower water) by the Stearns
expedition in 1882 ; at Ashe Inlet, Hudson Strait, by Dr. R. Bell in 1884 ;
and it had previously been recorded as a Greenland shell by Fabricius and
Moller. It has also been collected in the Pleistocene deposits at the
Chaudiere Station, near Quebec, and at Montreal.

According to Morch & Dall, the original type of Tritoniwm viridulum, O.
Fabricius, as well as the Defrancia viridula of Moller, both of which are
founded on the same specimen in the Museum at Copenhagen, is a Bela like
B. exarata, and not an Admete.

Family Turride.
Genus Bela, Leach.

The nomenclature of the Belas of this region has long been in a state of
confusion, owing to the imperfect original descriptions and very inadequate
illustrations of the New England and Greenland species, with which most of
the Gulf of St. Lawrence forms are identical. In 1878, however, the Norwegian
species were accurately figured by G. O. Sars, and more recently Professor
Verrill and Miss Bush have made a special study of the North American
Belas, and have kindly examined and determined all the Canadian species
that the writer was able to send specimens of. In this list, therefore, the
names of nearly all the species are given on their authority.

BELA NoBILIs (Moller).

Defrancia nobilis, Moller (1842).
Bela nobilis, Packard (1867).

A large living specimen dredged by the writer in 1871 on the north shore
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Egg Island, in 70-80 fathoms, has recently
been identified with this species by Professor Verrill. The specimen is very
nearly an inch in length. Packard, in 1867, had previously recorded the
occurrence of B, nobilis on the Labrador coast, but states that it ‘ differs
from B. Americana and B. turricula (of which we would scarcely consider
it a variety) in its fewer and larger rugs, with less distinct revolving lines.”
The specimens from off Grande Greve, Gaspé Bay, that the writer referred
to B. nobilis in 1869, Professor Verrill and Miss Bush think represent an at
present undescribed species.

A considerable difference of opinion still exists among naturalists as to
the distinctness or otherwise of certain real or nominal species of the B.
turricula group. In his account of the Valorous Mollusca Jeffreys writes
as follows, in regard to B. turricula :—-‘‘ The sculpture is extremely variable.

193

Having before me a large number of specimens from various parts of the
North Atlantic, and after a careful examination and comparison of types of
several so-called species, both recent and fossil, [am convinced that the fol-
lowing must be considered synonyms of the present species: Defrancia
nobilis, scalaris and Woodiana of Moller, Tritoniwm rosewm of M. Sars, Bela.
Americana of Packard, and Plewrotoma Dowsoni and robusta of 8. V. Wood.
P. harpularia of Couthouy may be distinct, but it is questionable.*

Influenced no doubt by Jeffreys’ opinion, Sir J. W. Dawson says that
he includes under the name B. turricula—“ B. nobilis of Moller; B.
Americana, Packard; B. scalaris, Moller; B. ewarata, Moller, Morch ; and
B. angulata, Reeve.” +

And, lastly, in his “ Revision of British Mollusca,” the Rev. Canon
Norman quite recently quotes Jeffreys’ views on this point, and adds the
following comments on them. “Iam myself inclined to regard B. scalaris
and B. nobilis as forms of turricula ; and, judging from Searles Wood’s figures,
P. Dowsoni and robusta are also referable to it. I would, moreover, include
B. exarata, but hesitate as to B. rosea, and I doubt if the shell so called by
Sars has been found in our seas, though Jeffreys records it from Oban.” {

Beta scauaris (Moller).

Fusus turriwcula, Gould (1841); non Montagu, sp.
Defrancia scalaris, Moller (1842).

Bela Americana, Packard (1867); fide Verrill.
Bela turricula, Gould (1870).

Bela scalaris, G. O. Sars (1878).

“Not uncommon at Eastport, Me., and in the Bay of Fundy, where I
dredged it in 1864, 1865, 1868, 1870, 1872, at various localities, in 10 to
90 fathoms. Halifax Harbour, 25 fathoms, and off Halifax, 59 to 100
fathoms, 1877. Labrador specimens were sent to me by Dr. A. 8S. Packard,
jr., as B. turricula and B. Americana. This is our largest species of Bela.
Its range is from off Cape Cod to Labrador, Greenland and northern
Europe” (Verrill, 1882; Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Se., vol. v., p. 472).
The specimens from off Grande Gréve, Gaspé Bay, that have been referred
to this species by the writer, are now regarded as small individuals of B.
harpularia.

* Annals and Magazine of Natural History for April, 1877, Ser. Iv., vol. x1x., pp. 331
and 332.

+ The Canadian Ice Age, p. 250.

38 is a and Magazine of Natural History for August, 1899, Ser. vu, vol. Iv., p. 132.

194

Beta EXARATA (Moller).

Defrancia exarata, Moller (1842).
Bela exarata, H. and A. Adams (1858); G. O. Sars (1878) ; et auct.

“Seal Cove, Grand Manan Island, 5 to 8 fathoms (8 specimens) H. E.
Webster, 1872. Halifax Harbour, stations 72, 73, in 18 fathoms, 1877.
U. S. Fish Commission” (Verrill, 1882; op. cit. p. 468.

Off Grande Greve, Gaspé Bay, dredged by the writer in 1867. “Common
along the whole coast ” of Labrador (Packard). ‘Three were dredged at
L’Anse au Loup” (on the north side of the Strait of Belle Isle) “with sand
and kelp” by the Stearns’ expedition, according to Miss Bush.

BELA CONCINNULA, Verrill.

Bela exarata, Verrill (pars) ; 1880.
Bela concinnula, Verrill (1882).

“Halifax Harbour, 16 to 21 fathoms ; and off Halifax, 42 fathoms, 1877.
The specimens from Labrador were sent as B. exarata by Dr. A.S. Packard,
jr. This shell is closely allied to Bela exarata, and may ultimately prove to
be only a variety of the latter, as I formerly supposed, but it differs much
in appearance from the form that I have described as the true B. exarata.
The spire is much longer ; the whorls are flatter and more regularly turreted,
with more regular nodules on the shoulder; the ribs are smaller, more
regular and more numerous; the spiral cinguli are more numerous, and so
nearly equal to the ribs as to produce a very regular cancellation ; the
aperture is larger and longer, with a narrower and decidedly longer canal.”

“The shell figured by G. O. Sars as B. exarata strongly resembles this
species in general form and sculpture, and in the uncini, but it has a shorter
aperture and a wide, open canal, very unJike that of our shell. Whether
Sars’ shell is identical with the true B. exarata is doubtful, for that was
described as having a short spire, while his shell has a long spire” (Verrill,
1882 ; op. cit., pp. 469 and 470).

The Rev. Canon Norman, in the fourth part of his recent ‘“ Revision of
British Mollusca,” * places 5. concinnula among the synonyms of J.
exarata.

BELA MITRULA (Loven).

Tritonium mitrula Loven (1846).
Bela mitrula, G. O. Sars (1878).
Bela concinnula, var. acuta, Verrill (1882).
‘“‘ Several specimens, agreeing closely with those of Europe, sent by Dr.
Friele, were found at Forteau Bay, 20 fathoms, and L’Anse au Loup, 10 to

* Annals and Magazine of Natural History for August, 1899, Ser. vil, vol. Iv., p. 182.

195

15 fathoms ”—on the north side of the Strait of Belle Isle, by the Stearns
expedition (Miss Bush). But B. mitrula is also included among the
synonyms of B. exarata by the Rev. Canon Norman.

Beta Woop1ana (Moller).

Defrancia Woodiana, Moller (1842).
Bela Woodiana, Packard (1867).

Coast of Nova Scotia (Verrill); Salmon Bay, Caribou Island, in 15
fathoms (Packard).

“ Defrancia Woodiana, Moller, from Greenland, has been considered as
identical with Bela harpularia (Couthouy) by several authors. Méller’s
description is of no value. I have seen no Greenland examples of B.
harpularia, and as it becomes decidedly rarer to the northward, on our coast,
its occurrence at Greenland seems to me doubtful. It becomes comparatively
rare in the Bay of Fundy and off Nova Scotia, where it is mostly replaced
by B. cancellata, B. scalaris, and other more arctic forms. A somewhat
similar shell, which I have identified as B. Woodiana, occurs on the coast of
Greenland, from whence I have specimens, and on the coast of Nova Scotia ;
this is probably the Greenland shell that has been taken for B. harpularia
by various writers.” The shells described and figured by Prof. G. O. Sars
as B. harpularia and its variety, rosea, do not appear to me to be identical
with the true B. harpularia. ‘His shell has a different aperture, the
whorls are more decidedly and squarely shouldered, and the ribs fewer and
more distant. It is possibly the shell mentioned above as probably JB.
Woodiana” (Verrill, 1882; op. cit., pp. 474 & 475.)

BELA HARPULARIA (Couthouy.

Fusus harpularius, Couthouy (1838) ; and Gould (1841).
Bela harpularia, H. and A. Adams (1858); and Gould (1870); non
G. O. Sars.

According to Professor Verrill “ this species ranges from Long Island
Sound to Nova Scotia, but is less common northward. It becomes compara-
tively rare in the Bay of Fundy and off Nova Scotia, where it is mostly
replaced by B. cancellata, B. scalaris and other more arctic forms.” Pro-
fessor Verrill also says that it has been taken by the U.S. Fish Commission
at Eastport, Me., and in the Bay of Fundy, in from 10 to 50 fathoms in
1870 and 1872; at Halifax harbour, N.S., in 20 fathoms, and off Halifax,
190 fathoms, in 1877 ; and by Smith and Harger, on the Bache in 1872, on
the Le Have Bank, N.S. As already stated, the specimens dredged off
Grande Gréve and formerly referred to B, scalaris by the writer, have been

134

196

identified with B. harpularia by Professor Verrill. In the writer’s judg-
ment, also, most if not all of the specimens referred to B. harpularia by Sir
J. W. Dawson, in his list of Pleistocene fossils in the ‘‘ Canadian Ice Age,”
are the shell now called B. cvncellata, var. Canadensis, by Professor Verrill
and Miss Bush.

BELA ROSEA, Sars.

Bela harpularia, var. rosea, G. O. Sars (1878).
Bela rosea, Verrill (1882). ‘

“ Halifax Harbour, 15 to 20 fathoms ; off Halifax, nine miles, 57 fathoms ;
U.S. Fish Commission, 1877” (Verrill, who, however, regards it, with B.
elegans and B. angulosa, as species that are “still doubtful”). Forteau Bay,
20 fathoms ; L’Anse au Loup, 10 fathoms; Henley Harbour, 10 to 15
fathoms ; Temple Bay, 10 fathoms ; and Dead Island, near Square Island,
Labrador, 2 to 4 fathoms ; Stearns expedition (Miss Bush).

BELA ANGULOSA, Sars.

“From Principal J. W. Dawson I have received a shell dredged by him
off Métis, mouth of the St. Lawrence River, which agrees very closely with
Sars’ description and figure of this species ” (Verrill, 1882 ; op. cit., p. 486).

Beta Goutpu, Verrill.

? Bela rugulata, G. O. Sars (1878); non Reeve.
Bela rugulata, Verrill (1880).
Bela Gouldii, Verrill (1882).

“Taken by the U.S. Fish Commission at Halifax Harbour and Bedford
Basin, in 16 to 41 fathoms, 1877. ‘I have seen no specimen from further
north” (Verrill, 1882; op. cit., p. 466). Quite recently, however, Pro-
fessor Verrill has recognized a single specimen of a variety of 6. Gouldii,
among specimens dredged by the writer off Grande Greve, Gaspé Bay, in
1867.

Bexa Pincexit (Moller).

Defrancia Pingelii, Moller (1842).
Bela Pingelii, H. and A. Adams (1858); G. O. Sars 1878 ; et auct.

““One specimen was dredged by Messrs. 8. I. Smith and O. Harger, of
the United States Fish Commission, in 1872, on Le Have Bank, off Nova
Scotia, in 45 fathoms.” ‘‘It appears to be a very rare species, however, and
none of my specimens have the animals preserved” (Verrill, 1882; op.
cit., p. 465). The occurrence of this species in Canadian waters, on the
authority of Jeffreys, had previously been recorded in the Canadian

LOT

Naturalist and Geologist for March, 1870. The specimen sent to Dr.
Jeffreys was dredged by the writer off Grande Gréve, Gaspé Bay, in
1867 or 1869.

BELA CANCELLATA (Mighels).

Fusus cancellatus, Mighels (1841).
Bela cancellata, Stimpson (1860); and Gould (1870) ; but not of G. O. Sars.

Grand Manan, dredged alive in 25 fathoms, shelly bottom, off Duck
Island (Stimpson). Bay of Fundy; off Nova Scotia; and Square Island,
Labrador,—sent by Dr. A. S. Packard, jr., as B. Vahlii, B. cancellata, and
B. pyramidalis (Verrill, 1882 ; op. cit., p. 476).

BRLA CANCELLATA, var CANADENSIS, Verrill and Bush, M.S.

Specimens that Professor Verrill and Miss Bush have recently identified
with this variety of L. cancellata, were dredged by the writer between Pictou
Island and Cape Bear, and by Sir J. W. Dawson at Little Métis and Murray
Bay. Some of these specimens are fully an inch in length. Similar speci-
mens appear to have been referred to B. harpularia by Sir J. W. Dawson in
his list of Pleistocene fossils in the Canadian Ice Age. Under that name
this shell is cited as occurring also (recent) at Rivicre du Loup and Kamou-
raska ; and (fossil) at River Charles, &c., N.B.; Riviere du Loup, Murray
Bay, Quebec, Montreal ; and Labrador.

Professor Verrill states that 8. scalaris is the largest species of Bela on
the coast of New England, but in the Gulf and mouth of the River St.
Lawrence B. cancellata, var. Canadensis, and B. nobilis (as recently identified
by Verrill and Miss Bush) are by far the largest species known to the
writer.

Bewa Sarsu, Verrill.

Bela cancellata, G. O. Sars, (1878) ; non Mighels.
Bela Sarsii, Verrill (1880).

‘Several specimens dredged at Forteau Bay, 20 fathoms, L’ Anse au Loup,
10 to 15 fathoms, have been directly compared with shells from Tromso sent
by Dr. Friele from the museum at Bergen. This is a rare species on the
American coast, having been rarely found before, except at Murray Bay,
Canada,” by Sir J. W. Dawson (Miss Bush, in list of the mollusca, etc., of the
Stearns exploring expedition).

198

Bea DEcussATA (Couthouy).

Plewrotoma decussata, Couthouy (1839).
Bela decussata, Gould (1870); et auct.

Grand Manan (Stimpson). ‘Martha’s Vineyard to Labrador. In the
Bay of Fundy, where it is not rare, I have taken it in 20 to 100 fathoms,
in 1868, 1870 and 1872. It has been dredged by the U.S. Fish Commission
parties in Halifax harbour and off Nova Scotia, 15 to 59 fathoms, 1887”
(Verrill, 1882; op. cit., p. 488). Probably common in the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
though the Gaspé Bay specimens that were referred to B. decussata many years
ago, by the writer, are the since described 5. incisula. North shore of the
Strait of Belle Isle at “‘Forteau Bay, 20 fathoms; L’Anse au Loup, 10 fathoms.
One unusually large dead specimen at Henley Harbour,” Labrador, “10 to 15
fathoms,” Stearns’ expedition (Miss Bush).

BELA INcIsuLA, Verrill.

1882. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Se., vol. v., p. 461.

Apparently the commonest of the smaller Belas in the Gulf of St. Law-
rence. It had previously been identified by Packard and the writer with
B. decussata, on account of its close correspondence with Gould’s description
and figure (185) of Plewrotoma decussata in the first edition of the ‘‘Inverte-
brata of Massachusetts.” Tryon, toc, in his monograph of the Pleuroto-
mide, published in 1884, in the sixth volume of his Manual of Conchology,
says that B. incisula appears to him to be “no more than a stunted’ shoul-
dered variety ” (of B. decussata) ‘‘ with straight ribs, approaching B. Kobelt:.”

Verrill says that he has dredged B. incisula at Eastport Harbour and
the Bay of Fundy, at many localities, in 5 to 110 fathoms, in 1864-72; at
Halifax Harbour, in 16 to 21 fathoms, and off Nova Scotia, in 42 fathoms,
in 1877. The writer has dredged it in Northumberland Strait, off Shediac,
N.B., in 1873; off Grande Greve, Gaspé Bay, in 1867 and 1869; and else-
where in the Gulf of St. Lawrence in 1871-73. Verrill states that it was
sent to him, as from Labrador, mixed with Bb. exarata (=B. concinnula) by
Packard ; and Miss Bush records it as having been taken at four localities
on the Labrador coast by the Stearns expedition in 1882.

It may be that the shells referred to B. Trevelyana by Sir J. W. Dawson,
on page 250 of the “Canadian Ice Age,” are all B. zncisula, in which case
the latter has also been found (living) at Little Métis, Rivicre du Loup,
and Murray Bay; and (fossil) in the Leda clay of Riviere du Loup and
Labrador.

199
BELA ImprEssa, Beck.

A specimen which has been identified with this species by Jeffreys in
1870, and by Verrill and Miss Bush in 1898 or 1899, was dredged by the
writer off Grande Gréve, Gaspé Bay, in 1867 or 1869.

BeLA PLEUROTOMARIA (Couthouy).

Fusus pleurotomarius, Couthouy (1838).

Fusus rufus, Gould (1841); non Montagu.

Mangelia pyramidatis, Stimpson (1851).

Bela pleurotomaria, H. and A. Adams (1858). ;

Bay of Fundy, in 15 to 80 fathoms; and Halifax Harbour, in 20 to 25
fathoms (Verrill, who says that the species is found off Martha’s Vineyard
to Labrador). Fishing banks off Sable Island (Willis). Between Cape
Bear, P.E.J., and Pictou Island, N.S. (Whiteaves), Gulf and mouth of the
River St. Lawrence, at Gaspé Bay, Riviere du Loup, Murray Bay, and
Kamouraska (Sir J. W. Dawson) ; and at Salmon Bay, near Caribou Island
(Packard). Labrador coast, at Square Island, in 30 fathoms, and Sandwich
Bay, in 4 fathoms (Packard); at L’Anse au Loup, in 10 to 15 fathoms;
Henley Harbour, in 10 to 15 fathoms; Temple Bay, in 10 fathoms; and
Dead Island, near Square Island, in 1 to 4 fathoms; Stearns expedition,
(Miss Bush).

Fossil in the Leda clay at Montreal (Sir J. W. Dawson).

Beva BIcARINATA (Couthouy).

Pleurotomaria bicarinata, Couthouy (1839).
Bela bicarinata, G. O. Sars (1878).

Variety vioLacea (Mighels and Adams).

Pleurotona violacca, Mighels and Adams (1841).
Bela violacea, H. and A. Adams (1858).

Throughout the whole region, but apparently rather sparingly distributed.
Verrill says that this species ranges from Cape Cod to Labrador, from low-
water mark to 100 fathoms, and that he dredged both forms in Eastport
harbour and the Bay of Fundy, in 10 to 50 fathoms, in 1864, 1868 and 1870.
Willis records the occurrence of the var. violacea on the fishing banks off
Sable Island ; and Smith and Harger dredged the same variety on the Le
Have Bank, in 45 fathoms, on the U.S. Fish Commission SS. Bache, in
1872. Both forms were taken by the U.S. Fish Commission parties in
1877, in Halifax Harbour, in 16 to 33 fathoms; and the Gloucester fisher-
men have brought it in from the banks off Nova Scotia (Verrill). In the
Gulf and mouth of the River St. Lawrence, both forms have been dredged

200

in Northumberland Strait, off Grande Gréve, Gaspé Bay, and off Cap Bon
Ami (P.Q.), by the writer; at Ruisseau de la Grande Vallée, by Bell; at
Little Métis, Riviére du Loup, and Murray Bay, by Sir J W. Dawson ; and
at Salmon Bay, near Caribou Island (in 15 tachoms) by Packard. It is said to
be found along the whole coast of Labrador, and to have been dredged at
Square Island in 30 fathoms, on a shelly bottom, by Packard. The typical
form was dredged by the Stearns expedition at Forteau Bay, 20 fathoms ;
L’ Anse au Loup, 10 to 15 fathoms; and Henley Harbour, 10 to 15 fathoms;
while the var. violacea is said to be common at all of the localities examined
by the expedition, in from | to 20 fathoms (Miss Bush).

Fossil in the Leda clay at Montreal (Sir J. W. Dawson).

Verkruzen (in 1878) records “ Bela turricula, Mont., var. nobilis, Moller ;”
Bela harpularia, Couthouy; Bela pyramidale, Strom (B. plewrotomaria,
Stimpson); Bela Beckii, Moller; and Bela Trevelyana, Turton ;—as oceurr-
ing at Annapolis Basin, N.S.; and describes, from that locality, three new
species, which he calls B. Gilpini, B. multicostata, and B. wndata,*

OPISTHOBRANCHIATA.

TECTIBRANCHIATA.
Family Philinide.
PHILINE LIMA (Brown).

Utriculus lima, Brown (1827).

Bulla lineolata, Couthouy (1839) ; and Gould (1841).
Philine lineolata, Stimpson (1860) ; and Gould (1870).
Philine lima, G. O. Sars (1878); and Pilsbry (1895).

Grand Manan, ‘‘common in the shallows among the lower islands”
(Stimpson). Fishing banks off Halifax, rare (Willis). Gulf of St. Lawrence,
at Gaspé Bay (Sir J. W. Dawson) ; and near Caribou Island, just inside of
the Strait of Belle Isle, in 10 to 15 fathoms, sand (Packard).

Rare in the Leda clay of Montreal (Sir J. W. Dawson),

PHILINE QUADRATA, Searles Wood.
Philine quadrata, S. Wood (1839) ; aud Stimpson (1860).
Philine formosa, Stimpson (1850).

Fishing banks off Halifax, rare (Willis). In the Gulf of St. Lawrence a
few specimens were dredged by the writer in 1871 and 1873, in deep water
(180 to 220 fathoms), to the north, south, and south-east of the Island of
Anticosti.

* Jahrbucher der Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft, vol. V

201

PuintinE Finmarcuica, M. Sars.

Philine Finmarchica (M. Sars) G. O, Sars (1878) ; teste Verrill (1882).

Dredged by the U. S. Fish Commission in 1877, off Cape Sable, Nova
Scotia, in 90 fathoms, fine sand (Verrill).

PHILINE FRAGILIS, G. O. Sars.

Philine fragilis, G. O. Sars (1878) ; and Verrill (1882).

With the preceding.

PHILINE CINGULATA, G. O. Sars.
Philine cingulata, G. O. Sars (1878) ; and Verrill (1882).

Taken by the U.S. Fish Commission in 1877, with the two preceding
species (Verrill).

Family Akeride.
HAMINEA SOLITARIA (Say).

Bulla solitaria, Say (1822); et auct.
Bulla insculpta, Totten (1835).
Haminea solitaria, Whiteaves (1874) ; et auct.
Beach at Pointe du Chéne, Shediac Bay, N.B., collected by the writer in

1873.
According to Sir J. W. Dawson, it is rather common in the Leda clay

at Montreal.

Family Scaphandride.
ScAPHANDER PUNCTOSTRIATUS (Mighels).

Bulla puncto-striata, Mighels and Adams (1841 and 1842).
Scaphander librarius, Loven (1846).

Scaphander puncto-striata, Stimpson (1860).

Scaphander puncto-striatus, Gould (1870).

Fishing banks off Halifax (Willis). Gulf of St. Lawrence, about half way
between Cap des Rosiers and the S8.W. Point of Anticosti, in 200 fathoms
mud, one living specimen, an inch and an eighth long, dredged by the writer
in 1872. .

202

DIAPHANA DEBILIS (Gould).

Bulla hyalina, Turton (1834), teste Jeffreys ; non Gmelin (1792).
Bulla debilis, Gould (1840).

Akera subangulata, Moller (1842) ; teste Pilsbry,

Bulla pellucida, Brown (1844).

Amphisphyra pellueida, Loven (1846).

Diaphana debilis, Stimpson (1860); and Gould (1870).
Amphisphyra debilis, Verrill (1882).

Grand Manan, “taken alive in 6 fathoms, coarse sand, off Duck Island
moorings” (Stimpson). ‘ Not uncommon in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy,
and northward, in 6 to 50 fathoms ” (Verrill). Fishing banks off Halifax
(Willis). Gaspé Bay (but specimens very smail and identification doubtful);
and north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, at Trinity Bay, in 25 fathoms,
sand (Whiteaves).

Fossil in the Leda clay at Montreal (Sir J. W. Dawson),

DIAPHANA HIEMALIS (Couthouy).

Bulla hiemalis, Couthouy (1839).
Diaphana hiemalis, Stimpson (1860).
Amphisphyra hiematis, Verrill (1879).

Grand Manan, “in forty fathoms mud, off Long Island ” (Stimpson).

CYLICHNA ALBA (Brown).

Volvaria alba, Brown (1827).

Bulla triticea, Couthouy (1838); and Gould (1845).
Bulla corticata (Beck) Moller (1842).

Cylichna alba, Loven (1846) ; et auct. subseq.
Bulla nucleola, Reeve (1855).

Cylichna alba, var. corticata, G. O. Sars (1878).

Throughout the whole region, and northward, at depths of from 2 to 60
fathoms. Stimpson says that this shell is common at Grand Manan, Verrill
has taken it in the Bay of Fundy, Ganong in Passamaquoddy Bay, Ver-
kruzen in Annapolis Basin, and Willis on the Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia.
The writer has dredged specimens of the var. corficata at many localities in
the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and Packard at Caribou Island. On the Labrador
coast the ordinary form of the species has been dredged by Packard in
Chateau Bay and Sloop Harbour, and, according to Miss Bush, by the
Stearns expedition, at Dead Island, near Square Island.

It has long been known to occur on the coast of Greenland and Norway.

As a fossil, C. alba has been found in the Leda clay at Riviere du Loup,
Montreal, and in the Pleistocene deposits of the Clyde, Scotland (Sir J. W.
Dawson).

203

(CyLicHNna occuLta (Mighels and Adams).

Bulla occulta, Mighels and Adams (1841 and 1842); and Gould (1870).
Bulla Reinhardi (Holbéll) Moller (1842).
Cylichna occulta, H. and A. Adams (1858) ; and Verrill (1879).
Cylichna Reinhardi, Leche (1878).
Coast of Labrador (Packard). ‘ Norway, Spitzbergen and Greenland,
south to Maine” (Pilsbry), though it has not yet been found inside of the
limits embraced within the scope of this paper.)

Family Vornatinide.
RETUSA PERTENUIS (Mighels).

Bulla pertenwis, Mighels (1848).

Utriculus pertenuis, Stimpson (1860); Gould (1870); et auct.
Diaphana pertenuis, Verrill (1872

Retusa pertenwis, Pilsbry (1893).

Grand Manan, “in 10 fathoms sand, off Cheney’s Head” (Stimpson).
Fishing banks off Halifax, rare (Willis). Northumberland Strait, and Gaspé
Bay (Whiteaves). Vicinity of Belles Amour, P.Q., just inside of the Strait
of Belle Isle, in 8 fathoms muddy bottom (Packard).

Fossil in the Leda clay of Montreal (Sir J. W. Dawson).

RETUSA NITIDULA (Loven).

Cylichna nitidula, Loven (1846) ; et auct.
Utriculus nitidulus, G. O. Sars (1878).
Diaphana nitidula, Verrill (1880 and 1882).
Retusa nitidula, Pilsbry (1893).

A few living specimens of a shell that Professor Verrill has identified
with this species, were dredged by the writer in 1872 and 1873, in the Gulf
of St. Lawrence about half-way between the south shore of the Island of
Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 200 fathoms, mud. They had pre-
viously and provisionally been referred to the very similar Cylichna umbilicata
(Montagu) of which C. sirigella, Loven, is a synonym.

Retusa Goutpit (Couthouy).

Bulla Gouldii, Coathouy (1839) ; and Gould (1841).
Utriculus Gouldii, Stimpson (1860) ; and Gould (1870).
Cylichna Gould’, Verrill (1880).

Utriculus (Retusa) Gouldii, Dall (1889).

Retusa Gouldii, Pilsbry (1898).

Annapolis Basin, N.S., seldom (Verkruzen).

204

TORNATINA CANALICULATA (Say).

Volvaria canaliculata, Say (1822).

Bullina canaliculata, Say (18382).

Bulla obstricta, Gould (1840).

Bulla canaliculata, Gould (1841).

Tornatina canaliculata, A. Adams (1850); Verrill (1879) ; et auct.
Utriculus canaliculatus, Stimpson (1860); and Gould (1870).

South coast of Prince Edward Island (F. Bain) ; occasionally at Summer-
side, P.E.I.; and Cocagne, N.B., one specimen (Rev. W. H. Winkley).

NUDIBRANCHIATA.
Family Hermeide.
ALDERIA HaRVARDIENSIS (Agassiz),

Canthopsis Harvardiensis, Agassiz (1850); and Stimpson (1853) ;
but in each case with no description.
Alderia Harvardiensis, Gould (1870); with description and figures.

Grand Manan Island, “ very common in sheltered muddy bays in this
region, feeding on filamentous chlorosperms about low-water mark ” (Stimp-
son).

Family Dotoide.
Doro coronata (Gmelin).

Doris eoronata, Gmelin (1792).
Doto coronata, Loven (1846) ; et auct.

Near Duck Island, Grand Manan, on rocks in 15 fathoms (Stimpson).

Doro Formosa, Verrill.

1875. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. x., p. 41.
“‘T took this species at Eastport, Maine, and on the coast of Nova Scotia
in 1861” (Verrill, 1882).
Family olide.
AHOLIS PAPILLOSA (L),

Limax papillosus, L. (1767).

Doris papillosa, O. EF. Miiller (1776) ; and O. Fabricius (1780).
Ajolidia Bodoensis, Moller (1842).

Aiolis farinacea, (Gould M. 8.) Stimpson (1853); and Gould (1870).

Grand Manan, “very numerous, spawning on the rocks above low-water
mark in August” (Stimpson). Very common in the Bay of Fundy from

205

above low-water mark to 20 fathoms (Verrill). As the species is known to

occur on the coast of Greenland it is probably also a native of the Gulf of
St. Lawrence.

/HOLIS STELLATA, Stimpson.

ELolis stellata, Stimpson (1853).
Aolis stellata, Stimpson (1860) ; and Gould (1870).
Grand Manan, “found under stones at low-water mark, and when
disturbed rolls itself up so that its branchiz project in all directions like the
rays of a star” (Stimpson).

AMOLIS PURPUREA, Stimpson.

Eolis purpurea, Stimpson (1853).
Ajilis purpurea, Gould (1870).
Grand Manan, ‘found at Duck Island, under stones, at low-water”
(Stimpson).

CoRYPHELLA DIVERSA (Couthouy).

Eolis diversa, Couthouy (1888).
Molis diversa, Stimpson (1860); and Gould (1870).
Coryphella diversa (Couthouy) Verrill (1879).
Grand Manan, “in four fathoms on Laminaria” (Stimpson); L’Anse au
Loup, two specimens, Stearns expedition (Miss Bush).

CorYPHELLA MANANENSIS (Stimpson).

Eolis Mananensis, Stimpson (1858).
Aolis Mananensis, Stimpson (1860).
Coryphella Mananensis, Verrill (1880).

Grand Manan, in 35 fathoms, on a gravelly bottom in the Hake Bay
(Stimpson). ‘This species sometimes occurs at low-water mark at Eastport,
Me., and Grand Manan, but it is usually an inhabitant cf rather deep water,
on rocky bottoms. We have dredged it at many localities from off Fisher’s
Island and Black Island to Halifax, N.S., in 20 to 90 fathoms, among
hydroids. It is the most common species at such depths ” (Verrill, 1882 ;
Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts. and Sc., vol., v., pp. 552 and 553).

CorYPHELLA Stimpson, Verrill.
Cuthona Stimpsoni, Verrill (1879).

Coruphella Stimpsoni, Verrill (1880).

“This species occurs from Massachusetts Bay and Salem Harbour, Mass.,
to Halifax, Nova Scotia ; and from low-water at Eastport, Me., to 51 fathoms
at Jeffreys’ Ledge” (Verrill, 1882; op. cit., p. 552).

206

Family Dendronotide.

DENDRONOTUS ARBORESCENS (Miiller).

Doris arborescens, O. F. Miiller (1776) ; and O. Fabricius (1780).
Tritonia arborescens, Cuvier ; and Gould (1845).

Tritonia Reynoldsti, Couthouy (1838).

Dendronotus arborescens (Alder and Hancock, 1850); Gould (1870).
Dendronotus Reynoldsii, Stimpson (1860).

Grand Manan. ‘Fine large specimens are taken at low water, and in all
parts of the laminarian zone, on rocky bottoms.” ‘The most common
variety is white or colourless.” ‘The ova were deposited in August”
(Stimpson). Le Have Bank, N.S., in 45 fathoms, U.S. Fish Commission,
1872 (Smith and Harger); Halifax Harbour, 1877 (J. M. Jones). Strait
of Belle Isle, 30 to 40 fathoms, (Dr. J. W. Deeks); Henley Harbour,
Chateau Bay, Labrador, in 4 fathoms, 1864 (Packard).

DENDRONOTUS ROBUSTUS, Verrill.

Dendronotus robustus, Verrill (1870 ; also 1879 and 1888).
Dendronotus velifer, G. O. Sars (1878) ; fide Verrill.

The type of D. robustus is a single specimen found at ‘“‘ Whale Cove,
Grand Manan, on sea weeds in a pool near low-water mark,” by Mr. Oscar
Harger in 1870, and Professor Verrill says that the species is now known
to occur from “ Vineyard Sound to Nova Scotia” from low-water mark to
98 fathoms. J. M. Jones, in his List of the Mollusca of Nova Scotia, cites
the species as having been taken thirty miles south-east from Chebucto
Head, N.S., in 110 fathoms.

Family Polyceride.
Potycera Lesson, Orbigny.

Polycera Lessonii, Orbigny (1837); and Gould (1870).
Doris illuminata, Gould (1841).
Polycera illuminata, Stimpson (1860).

Common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, from low-water mark to 20
fathoms (Verrill).

Issa LACERA (Miller).

Triopa lacer, Miiller (non L.) teste Loven (1846); et auct.
Issa lacera, Bergh (1880); and Verrill (1882).

“ Off Halifax, Nova Scotia, 90 to 92 fathoms,” U. 8. Fish Commission,
1877 (Verrill).

207
ANCULA SULPHUREA, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 26.

Grand Manan, “very common under stones at low-water and in the
Jaminarian zone ” (Stimpson).

Family Doride.
Doris PLANULATA, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 26.

Grand Manan (Stimpson) ; and “on stones at low-water, Passamaquoddy

Bay, in July” (Gould). Stimpson says that it “differs but slightly from
D. repanda, A. and H.”

OncHIpoRIS MURICATA (Miller).

Lamellidoris muricata (Miller) G. O. Sars (1878).
Onchidoris muricata, Verrill (1882).
According to Verrill, ‘specimens dredged at many localities, in 3 to 21

fathoms, from Block Island to Halifax, Nova Scotia, appear to belong to
this species.”

ONCHIDORIS PALLIDA (Stimpson).

Doris pallida (Agassiz M. 8.) ; Stimpson (1853) ; and Gould (1870).
Onchidoris pallida, Verrill (1870).

Grand Manan, “off the northern point of Duck Island, in 25 fathoms
gravel ” (Stimpson) ; common in the Bay of Fundy (Verrill).

‘This species, if distinct from Doris fusca, Fabricius, and D. diaphana,
Alder and Hancock, was first properly described, as well as figured, by
Gould in 1870. All that Stimpson had previously said about it was that it
is remarkable for the large size of the tubercles of the cloak” (Verrill).
G. O. Sars, however, distinctly states that Stimpson’s Doris pallida is a
synonym of 0, mwricata, which he calls Lamellidoris muricata.

PULMONATA.
Family Auriculide.
MELAMPUS BIDENTATUS, Say.

Melampus bidentatus, Say (1822).
Auricula bidentata, Gould (1841).
Melampus corneus, Stimpson (1851).

Marsh on West or Elliot River, near Charlottetown, P.E.I.; (F. Bain,
11885).

208

ALEXIA Myosotis (Draparnaud).

Auricula myosotis, Draparnaud.
Auricula denticulata, Gould (1841) ; not Montfort.
Alexia myosotis, Pfeiffer (1856).
Recorded by Willis, with a query, as common in Halifax Harbour.
‘“‘ Probably an imported species, as Stimpson remarks (Shells of New England)
being found only in the Atlantic seaports ” (Gould, second edition).

PTEROPODA,
THECOSOMATA.
Family Limacinide.
Limacina Gouxpir (Stimpson).

Spirialis Gouldiz, Stimpson (1851).

Heterofusus balea and H. retroversus, Binney* (1870); but, according
to Verrill, not of European writers.

Limacina Gouldii, Verrill (1879).

Two or three dead shells of this minute pteropod were dredged by the
writer in 1872, in the deepest spot in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, about half-
way between East Cape, Island of Anticosti, and the Bird Rocks, in 313
fathoms, black mud, with a few angular and rounded stones. Stimpson says
that S. Gould occurs on the “ whole coast of New England,north of Cape
Cod.”

Verrill, in 1873, says that the “identity of this species with the Zimacina
balea, Moller, of Greenland, is very questionable.” ‘The description of the
latter is brief, and no mention is made of the spiral sculpture, which is an
important character of S. Gouldi.” +

On the other hand, Binney, in 1870, makes S. Gouldii, Stimpson, and
Limacina balea, Moller, = Heterofusus balea, Morch, and regards the latter
as distinct from HZ. retroversus (Fleming) ; and G. O. Sars, in 1878, comes
to the same conclusion.{ Dr. Paul Pelseneer, in 1888,§ includes both Spiri-
alis Gouldi and Limacina balea among the synonyms of Heterofusus retro-
versus, which he calls Limacina retroversa.

(Limacina helicina (Phipps) is recorded as having been taken abundantly
off the Labrador coast by Packard in 1864 and by L. M. Turner in 1882,
also in Hudson Strait ; but it has not yet been found so far south as the
Gulf of St. Lawrence.

*Tn the Second Edition of Gould’s Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, p. 505.
+ U.S. Fish Commission, Report for 1871-72, p. 669.

+ Mollusca Regionis Arcticee Norvegice (Christiania), pp. 329 and 330.

§ H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vel. xx1i1, p. 27 and 28.

209

The types of Psyche globulosa, Rang, of the family Cymbulide, also, are
from St. Pierre and Miquelon, off the south coast of Newfoundland, just
outside of the area embraced by this paper.)

GYMNOSOMATA.
Family Clionide.
CLIONE LimactNa (Phipps).

Cho limacina, Phipps (1774).

Clione papilionacca, Pallas (1774).

Clio retusa, O. F. Miiller (1776); and O. Fabricius (1780).
Clio borealis, Bruguiére (1792) ; et auct.

Clione limacina, Stinapson (1860) ; and G. O. Sars (1878).
Clione Miquelonensis, Rang (1825).

Near Caribou Island, P.Q., just inside of the Strait of Belle Isle, Packard,
1860 ; “seen frequently floating near the surface in calm weather.” Strait
of Belle Isle, surface, forming a large part of the food of herrings (Dr. J. W.
Deeks). Taken by L. M. Turner “on the voyage to Ungava Pay in north
latitude 56°, and west longitude 60°, off the Labrador coas*, July 13, 1882,
swimming at the surface” (Dall). The species has alse been collected or
observed from New York to Newfoundland, Hudson Strait, Davis Strait,
Baftin Bay and Greenland.

CEPHALOPUDA.
DIBRANCHIATA.
DECAPODA.

Family Zaonotewthe.
Histiorgeutnis Conuinsi, Verrill.

1879. -Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series , vol. xvu., p. 241.
1880. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. v., p. 234.
1881. Idem, pp. 300, 404 and 431.

“Taken from the stomach of Alepidosaurus ferox, lat. 42° 49, long. 62° 57,
off” (B3anquereau), ‘“ Nova Scotia, by Capt. J. W. Collins and crew, of the
schooner Marion, 1879. Western bank, off Nova Scotia,” another specimen,
‘“‘represented by the jaws alone” (Verrill ; Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc.,
vol. v., pp. 238 & 300).

14

210

CHIROTEUTHIS LACERTOSA, Verrill.

1881. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Se., vol. v., p. 408.

“ Brown’s Bank, off Nova Scotia, taken from the stomach of a cod (lot
956). Presented to the U. 8. Fish Commission by Capt. Wm. Dempsey and
crew, of the schooner Clara F. Friend” (Verrill, op. cit., p. 411).

Family Onychai.
FoNATUS Fapricit (Lichtenstein).

Sepia loligo, O. Fabricius (1780).

Onychoteuthis Fabricii, Lichtenstein (1818) ; and Moller (1842).
Gonatus Fabricti, Steenstrup (1889).

Lestoteuthis Fabricti, Verrill (1881).

«A young specimen of this species, in nearly perfect preservation, was
recently presented to the U. S. Fish Coaimission by Capt. William Dempsey
and crew, of the schooner Clara ¥. Friend. It was taken from the stomach
of a cod off Seal Island, Nova Scotia” (Verrill ; op. cit., p. 292).

Family Ommastrephide.

(Architeuthis Harveyi (Kent) has been found at Logie Bay and Portugal
Cove, near St. Johns, Newfoundland, and on the Grand Banks; and 4.
princeps, Verrill, at Catalina, Trinity Bay, Newfoundland, also on the Grand
Banks; but as yet there is no satisfactory evidence of the occurrence of
either off the coast of eastern Canada).

ILLEX ILLECEBROSUS (Lesueur).

Loligo illecebrosa, Lesueur (1821).
Ommastrephes illecebrosa, Verrill (1872).
Illex illeccbrosus, Steenstrup (1880).

The “common squid” of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Maritime
Provinces, though, owing to its active mode of life, as a free swimmer, it is
rarely (if ever) taken in the dredge. Living or fresh specimens, however,
are pot infrequently thrown on the beach by storms. Squids school in
summer, like mackerel and herring, and are caught by the Gaspé fishermen
’ and used as bait for cod. Kumlien says that this species
occurs in Cumberland Gulf (Baffin Land); and Verrill (op. cit., p. 281) that
“it extends as far south as Newport, R.I.,” and that it is “very abundant
in Massachusetts Bay, the Bay of Fundy and northward to Newfoundland.”

by ‘jigging,’

211

OMMASTREPHES MEGAPTERUS (Verrill).

Architeuthis megaptera, Verrill (1878).
Sthenoteuthis megaptera, Verrill (1880).
Ommastrephes meyapterus, Steenstrup (1880).

The specimen upon which this species is based was ‘cast ashore, during
a severe gale, near Cape Sable, Nova Scotia, and was secured for the Pro-
vincial Museum at Halifax by J. Matthew Jones, Esq. It is preserved entire,
in alcohol, and is still in good condition.”

“T refer, doubtfully, to this species, an entire beak, with the odontophore,
presented by Capt. Geo. A. Johnson and crew, of the schooner A. H.
Johnson, It was taken at Sable Island Bank, Nova Scotia, in 280-300
fathoms, Sept., 1878” (Verrill ; op. cit., p. 227).

The ‘“‘terminal part of a tentacular arm” of a specimen which Professor
Verrill (op. cit., p. 193) thinks may also be referable to this species, was
taken “from the stomach of a large and voracious fish (Alepidosaurus ferox)”
caught on a halibut line off Banquereau, N.S., in 1879.

Family Sepiolini.
Rossta Hyarri, Verrill.

1878. Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xvm., p. 208.
1880. Idem., Third Series, vol. x1x., p. 291.
1881. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sce., vol. v., p. 351.

“Of Cape Sable, N.S., 82--92 fathoms ; off Halifax, N.S., 57--100 fathoms,
on a fine compact sand and mud bottom.” ‘It has also been received
¢hrough the Gloucester halibut fishermen, from the banks of Nova Scotia”
(Verrill ; op. cit., p. 353).

RossiA SUBLEVIS, Verrill.

1878. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol., xvi, p. 209.
1881. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. v., p. 354.

Taken by the dredging parties of the U. S. Fish Commission, in 1877, in
the trawl-net off Halifax, N.S., in 42 and 101 fathoms, fine sand. It has
also been brought in by Capt. J. W. Collins and crew, of the schooner
Marion, from the banks off Nova Scotia (Verrill ; op. cit., p. 356).

Rey. Canon Norman, however, in the first part of his recent ‘‘ Revision of
British Mollusca,” (published in the Annals and Magazine of Natural
History for June, 1890) thinks that R. sublevis is not distinct from R.
glaucopis, Loven (1846).

14}

Rossra (?) TENERA (Verrill).

Heteroteuthis tenera, Verrill (1880).
Rossia (?) tenera, Hoyle (1886).
H. M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873), south of Halifax, Nova.
Scotia, 85 fathoms, gravel and stones ; one specimen.
(Rossia megaptera, Verrill, has been taken off the southern coast of New-
foundland, in 150 fathoms; but not yet, so far as the writer can learn, in
the seas of eastern Canada.)

OCTOPODA.
Family Octopodide.
Ocropus arcticus, Prosch.

Octopus arcticus, Prosch (1849); fide Norman (1890).
Octopus Bairdii, Verrill (1873).

Taken by the U.S. Fish Commission, in 1872, off Grand Manan Island,
in 97--100 fathoms, and at three localities in the Bay of Fundy, in 60--80:
fathoms ; also in 1887, thirty miles off Cape Sable, N.S, in 91 fathoms, and
twenty-three miles off Halifax, in 10i fathoms. ‘The Gloucester fishermen
have brought in several specimens from the banks of Nova Scotia and New-
foundland ” (Verrill ; Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. v., pp. 370 and
371).

Octopus PISCATORUM, Verrill.

1879. Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xv1i., p. 470.

1881. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Se., vol. v., p. 378. .

‘Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia, in 120 fathoms, taken by Captain John:
McInnis and crew, of the schooner M. H. Perkins, October, 1879,” and
presented to the U.S. Fish Commission (Verrill; op. cit., p. 378). One
female.

Octopus oOBESUS, Verrill.

1880. Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xrx., p.. 137.
1881. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. v., p. 379.

“Taken from the stomach of a halibut, 36 miles east from the N.E. Light
of Sable Island, in 160 to 300 fathoms, by Charles Ruckley, of the schooner
H. A. Duncan, and presented by him to the U. 8. Fish Commission, 1879.
“A smaller, mutilated specimen was also taken from the stomach of a hali-
but, from Banquereau, off N.S., in 150 fathoms, (lot 678) and presented to
the U.S. Fish Comiission, by Captain Charles Markuson and crew, of the-

213

schooner Notice, April, 1880. ‘The latter specimen was, however, in too
poor condition to afford any additional characters, and may, perhaps, belong
to O. lentus” (Verrill ; op. cit., p. 380).

Octopus LENTUS, Verrill.

1880. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xrx., p. 138.
1881. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. v., p. 375.

The first specimen of this species was taken off Nova Scotia, near Le
Have Bank, in 120 fathoms, by Captain Samuel Peeples and crew of the
schooner M. H. Perkins, and presented to the U.S. Fish Commission. ‘‘ A
few others have since been brought in by the Gloucester fishermen, from the
Bank Fisheries. Mr. A. Agassiz dredged it on the ‘ Blake’, in 1880, as far
south as N. lat. 33° 42’ 15”. It ranges in depth from 120 to 602 fathoms ”
(Verrill ; op. cit., p. 377).

Family Pterot.
STAUROTEUTHIS SyRTENSIS, Verrill.

1879. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xv11I., p. 468.
1881. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. v., p. 382,

“The only known example of this remarkable species was taken by Capt.
Melvin Gilpatrick and crew, schooner ‘ Polar Wave’, in N. lat. £3° 54°; W.
long. 58° 44’, on Banquereau, about 3 miles E. of Sable Island, N.S., in 250
fathoms. Presented to the U.S. Fish Commission, Sept., 1879 (lot 472)”
Verrill ; op. cit., p. 384.

ARTHROPODA.
CRUSTACEA.

Series A. ENTOMOSTRACA,
CIRRHIPEDIA.
(RHIZOCEPHALA).
PELTOGASTER PAGURI, Rathke.

Henley Harbour, Chateau Bay, Labrador, one specimen on HLupagurus
pubescens from shallow water, Stearns expedition (S. I. Smith, who says
that “Packard recorded the species from Maine, not Labrador” ).

214
(THORACICA.)
Family Lepadide.
LEPAS FASCICULARIS, Ellis and Solander.

“Frequently taken in the Bay of Fundy in August” (Verrill, 1873).

In his 1863 “List of Nova Scotian Shells,” Willis says that ‘ Anatifa
vitrea, Lam. (?)” has been found “about Sable Island;” and that 4. /evis
is “common.” Sir J. W. Dawson, also, in his Hand Book of Zoology,
published in 1870, quotes Lepas dentata, Gould, as “common on the Atlantic

coast.” But, Anatifa levis is said to be a synonym of Lepas anatiera, L.;
and Lepas dentata, of L. pectinata, Spengler.

ScaLPELLUM Srramit, M. Sars.

H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873), south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia, dredged in 85 fathoms, gravel and stones.

Family Balanide.
BaALANUS IMPROVISUS, Darwin.

Nova Scotia (Darwin, 1841).

BALANUS BALANOIDES (L.)

Lepas balanoides, L. (1767); teste Darwin.

Balanus ovularis, Gould (1841).

Balanus elongatus, Gould (1841).

Balanus balanoides, Stimpson (1853).

Grand Manan, “found abundantly, and generally of large size, on the

rocks in the littoral zone. Several fine specimens were found attached to
living examples of Litéorina littoralis” (Stimpson). ‘ Extremely abundant
between tides. It inhabits the whole North Atlantic” (Verrill).

Near
Caribou Island (Packard).

BALANUS CRENATUS, Bruguicre.

Balanus crenatus, Bruguiére (1798) ; teste Darwin.
Balanus rugosus, Gould (1841).

Gaspé Bay, ‘common on stones near the shore” (Sir J. W. Dawson, 1858).
“The common beach ‘acorn shell,’ which appears abundantly on all rocky
coasts” (Sir J. W. Dawson, Hand Book of Zoology, 1870). “A common
species, found along the whole coast” on the north side of the Strait of

215

Belle Isle, and of Labrador (Packard). Dr. Bell dredged specimens, that
appear to be referable to this species, at Ashe Inlet, Hudson Strait, in 1884.

Sir J. W. Dawson (who says that “it seems to be Lepas balenaris of
Fabricius”) states that B. crenatus has been found fossil in the Pleistocene
of Portland, Maine; of St. John, N.B.; of Anticosti, Riviere du Loup,
Quebec and Montreal ; of Labrador and Vancouver Island.

BaLaNnus porcatus, Da Costa.

Gaspé Bay, ‘on stones in 10 fathoms” (Sir J. W. Dawson, 1858). Near
Caribou Island ; and whole coast of Labrador, ‘‘found only in deep water”
(Packard).

Fossil at Beauport, but much more rare in the Pleistocene of Canada than
B. Hameri. B. porcatus is “no doubt Lepas balanus of Fabricius from
Greenland ” * (Sir J. W. Dawson),

Batanus Hamer, Ascanius.

“Coast of Nova Scotia. I have obtained specimens from Mr. Downes, of
Halifax, but have not elsewhere seen the species recent. It is B. Uddevallensis
of lists of Scandinavian fossils and B. tulipa of Moller. It is a widely
diffused Arctic and North Atlantic species.”

‘“ Fossil—Montreal ; St. Nicholas; Quebec; Anticosti; Riviére du Loup;
also, Uddevalla ; Russia (Murchison) ; Greenland (Spengler).”

“This Acorn-shell is very abundant at Riviere du Loup, and fine speci-
mens are found entire, attached to stones and boulders in the boulder clay.”

“‘ Very fine specimens are also obtained at River Beaudette, about 34 miles
west of Montreal. This locality is noteworthy as being further west than
the others mentioned. The specimens are also interesting from their remar-
kable perfection and the large masses which they form, some of which contain
as many as a dozen individuals attached to each other. They were collected
by Mr. A. W. MceNown, of Riviere Beaudette, and by Mr. Stanton, C.E., of
Lancaster ” (Sir J, W. Dawson).f

The names of Balanws miser, Lamarck, and Bb. geniculatus, Stimpson, are
also included by Willis, in 1863, in his List of Nova Scotian Shells.

CoRONULA DIADEMA, L.

Gaspé Bay, on skin of whales (Sir J. W. Dawson, 1858). “Sable Island,
whale’s back ” (Willis, 1863). Near Caribou Island, on the grampus ; and
“taken quite frequently from the skin of whales caught in the Gulf of St.
Lawrence ” (Packard).

*"The Canadian Ice Age, &e., p. 263.
+Idem, pp. 262 and 263.

216
CoRONULA REGINA, Darwin.

“On shreds of the skin of the humpback whale in one of the whale houses ”
(in Gaspé Bay) “ we found a specimen which corresponds exactly with
Darwin’s description of this species, hitherto obtained only from the Pacific.
It is full grown, being nearly two inches in diameter, and was imbedded
nearly to the summit in the skin. It may be easily distinguished from the
common whale barnacle, C. diadema, by its flattened form, its low and
smooth ribs delicately marked with radiations and transverse ribs with
minute tubercles at the intersections, and by the thinness of its radial plates.
It would be interesting to know if this Coronula is peculiar to the hump-
back, which is very probably an Arctic species visiting both the Pacific and
Atlantic” (Sir J. W. Dawson, in the Canadian Naturalist and Geologist for
October, 1858).

COPEPODA.

LERNZA BRANCHIALIs, L.

Lernea branchialis, L. ; et auct.
Lernea branchialis, var. sigmoidea (Steenstrup and Lutken)
S. I. Smith (1883).

A few specimens that Stimpson referred to this species, with a query, were
“ found fixed in the flesh of the neck in young cod-fishes” at Grand Manan ;
and Verrill says that LZ. branchialis is ‘found attached to the gills of the
cod, in the Bay of Fundy.”

Professor 8. I. Smith says that one specimen of the var. sigmoidea, without
special locality, is among the specimens obtained by the Stearns expedition.
Packard, he adds, gives no special locality for his specimens, and says that
they were “attached to the skin of the codfish, which makes it almost certain
that he observed some entirely different parasite.”

Caxiaus curtus, Miller.

Caligus curtus, Miller (1785); et auct.
Caligus Americanus, Pickering and Dana (1888).

“ Abundant upon the codfish of our coast and of Europe. It is probably
the Caligus piscinus of Gould and other American writers,” which Stimpson
says is ‘found in great abundance on the surface of the halibut” at Grand
Manan ; 8. I. Smith (Verrill, 1873; Rep. U.S. Fish Comm. for 1871--1872,
p. 575).

Arcutus. (Species undetermined.)

On Gasterosteus and other small fishes taken in a towing net off Pictou
Island, N.S&., by the writer in 1873.

217

TrREN&ZUS PatErsoni, Templeton.

Several specimens of a small copepod, taken by the writer in a towing net
in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, in 1873, were identified with this species by
Professor 8. I. Smith.

Other specimens of a copepod, taken by the writer in a towing net, near
the Magdalen Islands and at other localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
have been supposed to be referable to the Calanus Pinmarchicus of Gunner,
of which the Cetocheilus septentrionalis, Baird, is a synonym.

OSTRACODA.

The following species, dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence by Sir J. W.
Dawson, the writer, and others, up to 1869, were identified by Mr. G. 8.
Brady, and recorded by him in the Annals and Magazine of Natural
History for December, 1870, and in the fifth volume of the Second Series of
the “ Canadian Naturalist.”

Argilloecia, sp. Cytheridea punctillata, Brady.
Cythere leioderma, Norman. " Sorbyana, Jones.
" lutea, Miiller. " (?) elongata, Brady.
" pellucida, Baird. - Eucythere Argus, Sars, sp.
" emarginata, Sars, sp. Loxoconcha, sp.
» concinna, Jones, Xestoleberis depressa, Sars.
u _ tuberculata, Sars Cytherura undata, Sars (var.).
" Canadensis, nov. sp. " pumila, C., B., and R. (M.S.).
villosa, Sars. " (?)concentrica, C., B.,& R. (M.S.).
» Dunelmensis, Norman, sp. Cytheropteron nodosum, Brady.
» Dawsoni, nov. sp. Bythocythere turgida, Sars.
abyssicola, Sars, sp. Cytherideis foveolata, nov. sp.
1 ? Whitei, Baird, sp. Philomedes interpuncta, Baird, sp.
" costata, Brady. Bradycinetus, sp.

Cytheridea papillosa, Bosquet.
The writer’s subsequent dredgings in 1871-72-73 added many more

specimens of the foregoing, and the following additional species, as identified

subsequently by Mr. Brady and Mr. David Robertson.

Cythere limicola, Norman. | Cytheropteron arcuatum, Br. and Rob.

1 badia ? Norman. " angulatum, Br. and Rob.
Krithe (Ilyobates) Bartonensis, Jones. | " vespertilio? Reuss.
Cytherura Sarsii? Brady. | Sclerochilus contortus, Norman.

" cristata, Brady and Crosskey.

Of these, Cythere Dawsoni, Cytheridea papulosa, UC. punctillata, C. Sorby-
ana, and Hucythere Argus, have also been found fossil in the Leda clay of
Montreal.

The types of the recent Cypridina excisa, Stimpson, are from Grand
Manan, among nullipores in 4 or 5 fathoms, and specimens that are supposed
to be referable to this species have been dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence
by the writer, and on the Labrador coast by Packard.

218

Series B. MALACOSTRACA.
LEPTOSTRACA (or PHYLLOCARIDA).

NEBALIA BIPES (Fabricius).

Cancer bipes, O. Fabricius (1780).
Nebalia bipes, Packard (1867).

Specimens that have been identified with this species by Professor S. I.
Smith, were dredged by the writer on the Bradelle Bank, and about half
way between Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 220 fathoms, in 1873.
Packard had previously dredged 1. bipes at Henley Harbour, Strait of Belle
Isle, “at a depth of 4 to 8 fathoms.”

ARTHROSTRACA.
AMPHIPODA.

Thirty-three species of Amphipoda are enumerated or described in Stimp-
son’s ‘‘ Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan,” published in
the sixth volume of the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. The
nomenclature of these species has since been reviewed at some length and
revised, by the Rev. Thomas R. R. Stebbing, on pages 276-79 of the first
half of the text of his Report (Zoology, vol. xxix.) on the Amphipoda
obtained by H.M.S. Challenger. Twenty-five species of Amphipoda are
recorded or described by Packard, in his “ View of the Recent Invertebrate
Fauna of Labrador,” published in 1867,* but eight of these are also in
Stimpson’s list. The nomenclature of the species collected by Packard near
Caribou Island in 1860, and on the coast of Labrador in 1864, has been
revised (in 1883) by Professor S. I. Smith,+ who, also, has determined all
the species dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence by the writer in 1871,
1872 and 1873, and those obtained on the Labrador coast by the Stearns
expedition in 1882.

Family Hyperide.

HyYPEROCHE MEDUSARUM (Kroyer).

Metaecus medusarum, Kroyer (1838).
Hyperia medusarum, Packard (1867).
Hyperoche medusarum, Bovallius (1887).
Taken at or near the surface, in the towing net, between Anticosti and
the Gaspé peninsula, by the writer in 1873. 4. medusarwm had previously

* Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. 1., pp. 269-303.
+ Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, vol. vI., pp. 226-230.

219

been recorded as having been “found, with numerous young, in the stomach-
cavity of Cyanea arctica, at Domino Harbour, Labrador, in 1864, by

Packard.

PARATHEMISTO OBLIVIA (Kroyer).

Hyperia oblivia, Kroyer (1838).
Parathemisto oblivia, Sars (1890).

Found in the bag of the dredge, by the writer, while dredging in 30
fathoms, six miles E.N.E. of Cape Gaspé, in 1872; and in 210 fathoms,
about half way between Cap des Rosiers and South-west Point, Anti-
costi ; but in both cases probably taken near the surface, or at some distance

from the bottom.

EUTHEMISTO LIBELLULA (Mandt).

Bradelle Bank, dredged by the writer in 1873; young specimens, perhaps
also caught at or near the surface. The species has since been taken at
Davis Strait and Greenland, by H.M.S. Valorous, in 1875.

(EUTHEMISTO BISPINOSA (Boeck).

Taken by H.M.S. Challenger in 1873, at Stations 46 and 50, south of
Halifax, Nova Scotia, but at so great a distance from the coast as to be
practically outside of the area embraced within the limits of this paper.
The species, however, has been collected off Martha’s Vineyard, Mass., by
the U.S. Fish Commission, and in Davis Strait by[H.M.S. Valorous, so that
it may be expected to occur in the Gulf of St. Lawrence).

Family Caprellide.
CAPRELLA LINEARIS (L.).

Squilla lobata, O. Fabricius (1780).
Caprella lobata (Kroyer) Stimpson (1853).
Caprella septentrionalis (Kroyer) Packard (1867).
Caprella linearis (L.); fide Stebbing (1888).
Grand Manan, “among nullipores in 4—6 fathoms” (Stimpson). Abundant
along the whole coast of Labrador in from 4 to 30 fathoms, among weeds
(Packard).

CAPRELLA SANGUINEA, Gould.
Grand Manan, a very common species in the higher levels of the lami-

narian zone. ‘‘1t may be distinguished from the others by its very slender
antennz and proportionately large hands” (Stimpson).

220

CAPRELLA LONGIMANUS, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 44.

Grand Manan (Stimpson). But, according to Stebbing (in the twenty-
ninth volume of the Zoological Reports of the Challenger Expedition, page
276) in Mayer’s opinion, both this species and the preceding are “too briefly
described for recognition, though the latter may be C. acanthifera, Leach.”

CaPRELLA STIMPSONII, Spence Bate.
Caprella Stimpsont, Spence Bate (1862).
Caprella robusta, Stimpson (1853) ; non Dana (1852).
Grand Manan, ‘dredged on a rocky bottom, in 12 fathoms, back of Duck
Island ledge” (Stimpson).

ZHGINA SPINOSISSIMA (Stimpson),

“This beautiful species was dredged in great numbers adhering to
Gemellaria dumosa in 10 fathoms off Cheney’s Head,” Grand Manan
(Stimpson).

In the original description, the back and sides of this species are said to
be covered everywhere with “sharp broad-based spines, some of which are
very long.” But, Miers says that the largest specimen collected by the
naturalists of the Arctic Expedition in 1875-76 has “but few very small
spines and many indistinct very small tubercles.” Hence it may be that an
amphipod from the Bradelle Bank, dredged by the writer in 1873, and
referred to in an official report of that year, as a large, tuberculated species
of Caprella, may be referable to J. spinosissima.

Family Dulichide.
DULICHIA PORRECTA, Spence Bate.

Dulichia porrecta, Packard (fide Boeck).
A “rarely found species ” on the Labrador coast (Packard).

Family Corophide.
UNCI@LA IRRORATA, Say.

Grand Manan. “It inhabits invariably sandy bottoms, usually in the
laminarian zone, but is occasionally found at low-water mark ” (Stimpson),
Bay of Fundy (S. I. Smith). H. M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20,
1873) south of Halifax, Nova Scotia, in 85 fathoms, gravel and stones.

Egmont Bank, N.E. of Shediac Bay, in 44 fathoms, dredged by the writer
in 1873. Caribou Island (Packard).

221
ErIcTHONIUS DIFFORMIS, Milne Edwards.

Erichthonius difformis, M. Edwards (1830).
Cerapus rubricornis, (Stimpson (1853)
Cerapus rubiformis, Packard (1867); fide S. I. Smith.

“ This species was dredged abundantly on stems of Boltenie in 20 fathoms,
rocks, off Moose Inlet” (Grand Manan), “towards the Seal Islands. It
afterwards occurred sparingly in 10 fathoms, off Cheney’s Head, and in 25
fathoms, off Duck Island. Specimens occurred on the tenth of August, with
eggs, which were hatched on the 25th of the same month.”

“The Cerapus rubricornis inhabits flexible tubes, of sizes corresponding
to that of the individuals, composed of fine mud and some animal cement by
which it is agglutinated. These tubes are generally adherent for about
one-half their length, and closed below. They are usually found in large
groups, attached to submarine objects, and to each other. The animals are
very active, protruding and retracting the anterior portion of their bodies,
while their antenne are in continual motion, lashing about in search of
some object which might serve for food. It is very amusing to watch a
colony of these animals, with their comical gestures in their disputes with
each other, and their awkward celerity in regaining their respective tubes
after having left them on temporary excursions” (Stimpson). “ Inhabits
flexible tubes in Halecium halecinum. Eight fathoms, sand, Caribou Island,
Strait of Belle Isle. The young had just been hatched on June 20th”
(Packard).

Family Podoceride.
PODOCERUS NITIDUS, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 45.
Grand Manan, ‘‘dredged in 30 fathoms on a shelly bottom in the Hake
Bay ” (Stimpson).

PopOcERUS FUCICOLA (Stimpson).
Cerapus fucicola, Stimpson (1853).
Podocerus fucicola, S. I. Smith (1878).
Grand Manan, inhabiting ‘slender tubes, which are found in considerable

numbers on large algze in the laminarian zone” ‘/Stimpson). Common in
the Bay of Fundy (Smith).

AMPHITHOE PUNCTATA, Say.
Amphithoe punctata, Say (1818) ; fide Spence Bate.
Amphithoe virescens, Stimpson (1853).
Grand Manan, “dredged in 4 fathoms on a nullipore bottom, off Duck
Island boat-moorings ” (Stimpson).

222
AMPHITHOE PODOCEROIDES, Rathke.

Amphithoe podoceroides, Rathke (1843).
Amphithoe maculata, Stimpson (1853); and Packard (1867).

Grand Manan, “on rocky bottoms in the coralline zone, and occasionally
at low-water” (Stimpson). Henley Harbour, Strait of Belle Isle, in 8
fathoms (Packard). In his report on the Challenger Amphipoda, however,
the Rev.T.R.R.Stebbing doubts whether Stimpson’s 4. maculata is sufficiently

distinct from A. punctata.

Family Ampeliscide.
AMPELISCA TYPICA, Spence Bate.

Egmont Bank, Northumberland Strait, also between the Egmont Bank
and Shediac Bay, dredged by the writer in 1873.

Ampexisca Escuricutu, Kroyer.

Specimens of this species were dredged by the writer in 1872, seven miles
W. by N. of Cap des Rosiers, in 110 fathoms ; six miles E.N.E. of Cape Gaspé
n 30 fathoms, and eleven miles from Percé in 60 fathoms ; also in 1873, in
Gaspé Bay, 30 fathoms, and on the Orphan and Bradelle banks. The species
had previously been taken by Packard in 1860 at Caribou Island, in 14
fathoms, and specimens from this locality are stated to have been identified
by Dr. Stimpson, and Mr. A. Boeck.

AMPELISCA MACROCEPHALA, Lilljeborg.

Ampelisca macrocephala, Lilljeborg (1852).
Pseudophthalnus pelagicus, Stimpson (1858).
Ampelisca pelagica, Packard (1863 and 1867); fide S. I. Smith.

‘Taken on a soft muddy bottom in 35-50 fathoms off Long Island, Grand
Manan, and in 30 fathoms sand in the Hake Bay” (Stimpson). Dredged
by the writer in 1873, between Cape Bear, P.E.I., and Pictou Island ; also
in Northumberland Strait, between Richibucto and Miramichi. Caribou
Tsland, P.Q., in 8 fathoms sand; Chateau Bay, (opposite Belle Isle) in 30
fathoms ; Stag Bay (Labrador), in 10 fathoms ; Long Island, in 15 fathoms ;

ud near Strawberry Harbour, in 14 fathoms (Packard).

Haptoops tusicota, Lilljeborg.

Bay of Fundy (S. I. Smith). Gaspé Bay, 30 fathoms (Whiteaves). Cateau
Harbor, Long Island, ten miles above Domino Harbour, Labrador, in 15

fathoms (Packard).

223
Haptoors serosa, Boeck.

‘“‘T have received specimens under this name from Prof. 8. I. Smith, which
were taken in the Bay of Fundy, N.E. America. I am inclined, however,
to think that they should be referred to Haploops robusta, G. O. Sars ”
(Rev. Canon Norman).*

Similar specimens were dredged by the writer in 1872 and 1873, off Cape
George, N.S.; Port Hood, C.B.; and the east point of Prince Edward
Island ; on the Bradelle Bank ; in Gaspé Bay; off Cape Gaspé and Cap
des Rosiers ; in from 30 to 110 fathoms.

Bysuiis Garmarpi (Kroyer).

Ampelisca Gaimardi, Packard (1867).
Byblis Gaimardii (Kroyer) S. I. Smith (1883).

Casco Bay and the Bay of Fundy, on muddy bottoms, in 10 to 60 fathoms
(S. I. Smith, 1872). In the same year the writer dredged specimens of it in
the Gulf of St. Lawrence five miles and a quarter to the E.S.E. of Bonaven-
ture Island ; and in 1873, on the Bradelle Bank ; and between it and Miscou
Island, in 45 fathoms ; also between Cap d’Espoir (Despair) and Grand
Pabou, in 50 and 70 fathoms. Packard says that it was not uncommon in
Chateau Bay, Labrador, in 30 fathoms, and at Cateau Harbour, Long
Island, in 15 fathoms, sand.

Family Gammaride.

Gammarus Locusta (L.?) J. C. Fabricius.

Gammarus locusta, J. C. Fabricius (1775).
Oniscus pulex, O. Fabricius (1780).

Gammarus ornatus, Milne Edwards (1830).
Gammarus pulex, Stimpson (1853).

Gammarus mutatus (Lilljeborg) Packard (1867).

The common “ beach flea” or ‘‘sandhopper” of the Gulf of St. Lawrence.
Abundant at or near low-water mark, on sandy shores, throughout the whole
district. Common also on the Labrador coast (Packard); Greenland (O.
Fabricius) ; and more recently, taken by Bell at Port Burwell, Cape Chud-
leigh, Hudson Strait.

GAMMARACANTHUS MACROPHTHALMUS (Stimpson).

Gammarus macrophthalmus, Stimpson (1853).
Gammaracanthus macrophthalmus, Spence Bate (1862).
Grand Manan, “dredged on sandy bottoms in the laminarian zone, and
occasionally taken at low-water mark ” (Stimpson),

* Annals and Magazine of Natura] History for April, 1900. p. 346.

224

AmATHILLA Homart (J. C. Fabricius)

Astacus Homari, J. C. Fabricius (1779); fide Stebbing.
Oniseus arenarius, O. Fabricius (1780) ; fide Hansen.
Gammarus Sabini, Leach (1819); an | Stimpson (1853).
Amathilla Homari, Stebbing (1883).

Grand Manan (Stimpson) ; Greenland (O. Fabricius).

Mmra Danm (Stimpson).

Leptothoe Dane, Stimpson (1853).
Mera Dane, Spence Bate (1862).

Grand Manan. ‘This species inhabits the laminarian zone, and seems to-
prefer for its residence patches of sandy bottom, on which there are numerous
weedy rocks. I have frequently taken what appeared to be the young, in
the coralline zone. It is more sluggish in its motions than is usual with

amphipods ” (Stimpson).

Mara. (Species undetermined.)

Off Cape George l'ghthouse, N.S., in from 22 to 30 fathoms, dredged by

the writer in 1873.

MELITA DENTATA (Kroyer).

Gammarus dentatus, Kroyer (1842) ; and Packard (1867).
Gammarus purpuratus, Stimpson (1853).
Melita dentata, Boeck (1870).

Grand Manan, “taken on a sandy bottom, in 12 fathoms, off Cheney’s
Head ” (Stimpson). Common in the Bay of Fundy (S. I. Smith). Dredged
by the writer in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Bonaventure Island, in 50
fathoms, in 1872 ; and between the Bradelle Bank and Miscou Island, in
45 fathoms ; also in Gaspé Bay, in 30 fathoms, in 1873. Strait of Belle Isle,
15 fathoms, mud; Chateau Bay, 20 to 30 fathoms ; and Square Island,
Labrador, in 15 to 30 fathoms (Packard).

Meuira Gorsi, Hansen.

Dredged by the writer, in 1873, between Port Hood, C.B., and the east
point of Prince Edward Island ; off Cape George, N.S.; and between Cap
d@’Espoir and Grand Pabou, in 70 fathoms. Figured by Goes as a form of
Melita dentata (S. I. Smith).

225
Metpuipippa. (Species undetermined.)

About half way between Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 220
fathoms ; also (a fragment) off Richibucto, N.B., in 14 fathoms ; dredged
by the writer in 1873.

LEPTOCHEIRUS PINGUIS (Stimpson).

Ptilocheirus pinguis, Stimpson (1853).
Leptocheirus pinguis, Stebbing (1888).

“ This species is abundant on the whole coast of New England, as well as
at Grand Manan. It is most abundant on sandy bottoms in the laminarian
zone ; although sometimes occurring at low-water mark, asat Fisher’s Cove ;
or in the coralline zone, as in 25 fathoms, off Duck Island” (Stimpson).
“Common on the whole coast of New England upon muddy bottoms and
north to Labrador. In depth it extends down to 150 fathoms, and probably
much farther” (S. I. Smith). In the Gulf of St. Lawrence, it has been
dredged by the writer on the Bradelle Bank, and between it and Miscou
Island ; also between Cape Bear, P.E.I., and Pictou Island, N.S.; and at
two localities in Northumberland Strait.

Family Pardaliscide.
PARDALISCA CUSPIDATA, Kréyer.

Off Cape Bon Ami, Gaspé, in 30 fathoms, dredged by the writer in 1873.

Family Husiride.
Evusrrus cuspipatus, Kroyer.

One large specimen was dredged by the writer on the Orphan Bank, in
1873, and others, in the northern part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, in 1871.

RHACOTROPIS ACULEATUS (Lepechin).

Oniscus aculeatus, Lepechin (1780).
Amphitonotus Edwardsii, Packard (1867).
Tritropis aculeata, Boeck (1870).
Rhacotropis aculeata, Smith (1883).

Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia, in 45 and 60 fathoms, U.S. Fish Comniission,
1872 (Smith and Harger) ; and H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20,
1873) south of Halifax, Nova Scotia, in 85 fathoms. Gulf of St. Lawrence,
on the Orphan and Bradelle banks ; in 56 fathoms, 8 miles 8.E. of Bona-
venture Island ; and in 30 fathoms, off Cape Bon Ami, Gaspé,—dredged by

15

226

the writer. Square Island, Labrador, at a depth of 30 fathoms (Packard).
Henley Harbour, 10-15 fathoms ; and Temple Bay, Labrador, in 10 fathoms,
Stearns expedition (8. I. Smith).

Family Atylide.
HALIRAGES FULVocINCTUS (M. Sars).

Amphithoe fulvocincta, M. Sars (1859).
Halirages fulvocinctus, Boeck (1870).

Off Chebucto Head, Halifax Harbour, N.S., in 20 fathoms, soft mud and
fine sand, with decaying sea-weed, U. 8. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and
Harger); and H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49, (May 20, 1873) south of Hali-
fax, in 85 fathoms. Gulf of St. Lawrence, at Gaspé Bay, in 30 fathoms ;
and between Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 220 fathoms,—dredged
by the writer. Henley Harbour, Strait of Belle Isle, 10 to 20 fathoms,
hard, weedy bottom (Packard).

HALIRAGES BISPINOsUS (Spence Bate).

857).

Dexamine bispinosa, Spence Bate (1857
Paramphithoe clegans, Bruzelius (1859).
Atylus bispinosus, Spence Bate (1862).
Halirages bispinosus, Boeck (1870).

Henley Harbour, north side of the Strait of Belle Isle (Packard).

PONTOGENEIA INERMIS (Kroyer).

Amphithoe inermis and crenulata, Kroyer (1888).
Iphimedia vulgaris, Stimpson (1853).
Pontogencia inermis, Boeck (1860).

Atylus vulgaris, Packard (1867).

Grand Manan. Specimens of this species ‘‘may always be found in the
greatest abundance in the little pools left by the tide among the rocks near
low-water mark. They are very active, swimming about in all directions,
and seldom resting long in one place” (Stimpson). The species ‘is abundant
in company with Calliopius leviusculus, about the Bay of Fundy in pools
left by the tide, and ranges north to Labrador and Greenland ” (8. I. Smith).
Packard says that he has collected specimens of it at Henley Harbour, in 4
fathoms ; Square Island, Labrador, in 15 fathoms ; and Stag Bay, Labrador,

n “15 fathoms, on a hard, weedy bottom.”

227

CALLIOPIUS L&vIUscULUS (Kroyer).

Amphithoc leviuscula, Kroyer (1838).
Calliope leviuscula, Spence Bate (1862).
Calliopius leviuseulus, Boeck (1870).

Vineyard Sound and northward to Greenland, northern Europe and
Spitzbergen. In the Bay of Fundy specimens of this species have been
taken, with the preceding species, by the U.S. Fish Commission. In the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, similar specimens were collected by the Anticosti
expedition of 1861, at the Magdalen Islands (where they are said to be
‘abundant at the surface of the water in the caverns under eroded cliffs)”;
also by the writer in 1872, by a towing net, at the surface. At Henley
Harbour, and Stag Bay, Labrador, specimens of it were dredged by Packard
in 1864, associated with Pontogeneia inermis.

Family Iphimedide.

LAFYSTUS STURIONIS, Kroyer.

A specimen which Professor 8. [. Smith thinks is probably referable to
this species, was taken by the U.S. Fish Commission in 1871, “from the
back of a skate (Raia levis) in the Bay of Fundy.”

“ Parasitic on Cottws, Halifax, May, 1873” (H.M.S. Challenger Reports,
Zoology, vol. xxix., text, second half, p. 899).

Family Epimeride.

EpIMERIA LoRICATA, G. O. Sars.

—

Epimeria coniger (cormgera) S. I. Smith; Whiteaves (1872
Epimeria cornigera, Verrill ; Smith ; and Whiteaves (1874).
Epimeria loricata, G. O. Sirs (1879); and Smith (1881).

H. M.S. Challenger, Station 49, (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia, in 85 fathoms. Dredged by the writer in 1871, in 125 fathoms,
mud, six miles from shore, immediately opposite Cap des Rosiers lighthouse ;
and in 212 fathoms, mud, off the east point of Anticosti, bearing 8. by W.,
twenty-four miles distant. Also, in 1872 and 1873, about half way between
Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 200 fathoms. A brilliant coloured

species, and one of the most characteristic amphipods of the greatest depths
in the northern part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Sars says of it, “colour
a gorgeous red;” and again, “‘colour a magnificent coral-red, a trifle more
vivid on the posterior margin of each segment” (Stebbing).

153

228

Family Pleustida.
PLEUSTES PANOPLUS (Kroyer).

Amphithoe panopla, Kroyer (1838).
Pleustes panoplus, Spence Bate (1862).
Amphithonotus cataphractus, Packard (1867).

H. M.S. Challenger, Station 49, (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia, in 85 fathoms.” ‘Henley Harbour, at a depth of 4 fathoms, among
weeds. Not uncommon” (Packard). L’Anse au Loup, Strait of Belle Isle,
in 10 fathoms, one specimen, Stearns expedition (S. I. Smith). Port Bur-
well, Cape Chudleigh, Hudson Strait, Bell (S. I. Smith).

PLEUSTES BICUSPIS (Kroyer).

«A single specimen of this species was sent, with Atylus (Paramphithoe )
OO AI TIS i ts he “‘to the Museum of Yale College by Packard.” ‘No special
locality was given for the specimens, but they were most likely from Henley
Harbour, as that is the only locality given by Packard for the Atylus” (S. I.
Smith ; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. vi., p. 228).

Family Oediceride.
OEDICEROS LYNCEUS, M. Sars.

_Oediceros lynceus, M. Sars (1859),
Monoculodes nubilatus, Packard (1867); fide S. I. Smith.

H. M.S. Challenger, Station 49, (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax, Nova.
Scotia, in 85 fathoms. ‘“ We dredged this species in the Bay of Fundy in
1868 and 1872, the latter year in 60 to 80 fathoms” (Smith and Harger).
Gulf of St. Lawrence, on the Bradelle Bank; between Cap d’Espoir and
Little Pabou, a little to the north of the Baie des Chaleurs, in 50 and 70
fathoms ; also in Gaspé Bay, in 30 fathoms ; (Whiteaves). Caribou Island,
8 fathoms, sand (Packard). “At Henley Harbour,” Strait of Belle Isle, “a
female, with several young attached to the underside, was dredged in 4
fathoms the last of June,” 1864 (Packard). Dredged by the Stearns
expedition on the north shore of the Strait of Belle Isle, at Forteau Bay in
20 fathoms, at L’Anse au Loup in 15 fathoms, at Henley Harbour in 10-15
fathoms, and at Temple Bay in 10 fathoms (S. I. Smith). Port Burwell,
Cape Chudleigh, Hudson Strait, Bell (S. I. Smith).

OEDICEROS SAGINATUS, Kroyer.

Murray Bay, Sir J. W. Dawson (8. I. Smith).

'

29
9 °

ACANTHOSTEPHIA MALMGRENI, Goes.

Dredgedjby the writer in 1873, a little to the north of the Baie des
Chaleurs, in 70 fathoms, Cap d’Espoir bearing S. # W., six miles distant.

MOoNOCULODES DEMIssus, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 54.

Grand Manan, “dredged in 4 fathoms, on a coarse sand and nullipore
bottom, off Duck Island boat-moorings ” (Stimpson),

MonocunopEs BOREALIS, Boeck.

Oediceros affinis, Goes (1865); non Bruzelius.
Monoculodes borealis (Boeck) 8. I. Smith (1874).

Off Chebucto Head, Halifax Harbour, in 20 fathoms, soft mud and fine
sand, with decaying sea-weed, U. 8. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and
Harger).

An undetermined species of Monoculodes was dredged by the writer in
1872, in 60 fathoms, five miles and a quarter E.S.E. of Bonaventure Island.

ACEROS PHYLLONYX, M. Sars.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, a little north of the Baie des Chaleurs, between
Cap d’Espoir and Grand Pabou, in 70 and 50 fathoms, dredged by the

writer in 1872.

PARAMPHITHOE CATAPHRACTA (Stimpson).
p

Amphithonotus cataphractus, Stimpson (1853).
Paramphithoe cataphracta, 8. I. Smith (1874).

Grand Manan, “in 10 fathoms, on a sandy bottom, inside of Duck Island
ledge” (Stimpson). Bay of Fundy, 5-50 fathoms (S. I. Smith). Le Have
Bank, Nova Scotia, in 45 fathoms, U. 8. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and
Harger). Mouth of the St. Lawrence River, at Murray Bay, Sir. J. W-
Dawson (S. I. Smith). ‘Taken at Henley Harbour, Strait of Belle Isle
at a depth of 4 fathoms, among weeds. ‘“ Not uncommon” (Packard).

PARAMPHITHOE PULCHELLA (Kroyer).

Off Casco Bay and in the Bay of Fundy, on hard bottoms, in from 40 to
90 fathoms (S. I. Smith). Gulf of St. Lawrence, on the Bradelle Bank, in
25 fathoms, dredged by the writer in 1873.

230

ACANTHONOTOZOMA SERRATUM (Fabricius).

Oniscus serratus, O. Fabricius (1780).
Amphithoe serra, Kroyer (1838).
Acanthonotus serratus, Stimpson (1858).
Vertumnus serratus, S. I. Smith (1872).
Acanthonotozoma serratum, Boeck (1876).

Grand Manan, “in 35 fathoms on a gravelly bottom, north-east of Nan-
tucket Island ” (Stimpson) ; “ It is not uncommon on hard bottoms in from
5 to 50 fathoms in the Bay of Fundy” (8. I. Smith). Gulf of St. Lawrence,
on the Bradelle Bank, and just inside of Gaspé Bay in 30 fathoms, dredged
by the writer in 1873. Dead Island, coast of Labrador, shallow water, one
specimen ; Stearns expedition (8. I. Smith).

ACANTHOTOZOMA INFLATUM (Kroyer).

Acanthonotus inflatus, Kréyer (1842).
Acanthotozoma inflatum, Boeck (1876).
North shore of the Strait of Belle Isle, at L’Anse au Loup, in 8 fathoms,
rocky bottom, one specimen ; Stearns expedition (S. I. Smith).

ACANTHOZONE CuspiDaTA (Lepechin).

Oniscus cuspidatus, Lepechin (1780).
Acanthozone cuspidata, Boeck (1870).

‘This species is quite common on hard, and especially on spongy bottoms,
in 5 to 40 fathoms, in the Bay of Fundy, although it is not mentioned by
Stimpson in his work on Grand Manan” (S. I. Smith, 1872). Le Have
Bank, Nova Scotia, in 60 fathoms, U. 8. Fish Commission, 1872, (Smith
and Harger). Gulf of St. Lawrence; dredged by the writer in 1872 off
Cap des Rosiers, in 70 to 80 fathoms; and in 1873 on the Orphan Bank,
where it was fine and frequent. Temple Bay, Labrador, in 10 fathoms, one
specimen ; Stearns expedition(S. I. Smith).

A species of Acanthozone, which Professor Smith thinks is undescribed,
was dredged by the writer in 1873, just inside of Gaspé Bay, in 30 fathoms.

Family Pontoporeide.

PoNTOPOREIA FEMORATA, Kroyer.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, five miles and a quarter E.S.E. of Bonaventure
Island, in 60 fathoms, dredged by the writer in 1872. Belles Amours, Strait
of Belle Isle, abundant in 5 to 8 fathoms, muddy bottom (Packard). Fox
Harbour, Labrador, 1-4 fathoms ; Stearns expedition (S. J. Smith).

231

Family Phoxocephalide.

PuHoxocepHaLus Horo (Kroyer).

Phowus Holbolli, Kroyer (1842).
Phoxus Kroyert, Stimpson (1853).
Phoxocephalus Holbolli, G. O. Sars (1891).

Grand Manan, “taken at low-water mark, on a sandy shore, at High
Duck Island” (Stimpson). ‘From low water to 20 fathoms in the Bay of
Fundy ”—common (S. I. Smith, 1872). Gulf of St. Lawrence, thirty miles
north-east of Cap des Rosiers. in 200 fathoms, mud ; dredged by the writer
in 1872. L’Anse au Loup, Strait of Belle Isle, in 15 fathoms, one specimen ;
Stearns expedition (S. I. Smith).

HarPINIA FUSIFORMIS (Stimpson).

Phozus fustiformis, Stimpson (1853).
Harpinia fusiformis, S. I. Smith (1872).

Grand Manan, “dredged on coarse sandy bottoms, in the laminarian and
soralline zones” (Stimpsen). Bay of Fundy, in 20 to 60 fathoms muddy
pottom (S. I. Smith). Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer in 1872,
five miles and a quarter E.S.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 60 fathoms ; and
in 1873, on the Bradelle Bank ; also eighteen miles east of Cape Gaspé, in
220 fathoms.

In the Challenger Reports, however, (Zoology, vol. xx1x., text, first half, p.
279) Stebbing says that “ Phorus fusiformis is identified by Spence Bate
with Phoxus plumosus, Kroyer, which Boeck places in his genus Harpinia.

Family Syrrhoide.
SyYRRHOE CRENULATA, Goes.

Off Grand Manan in 90 to 100 fathoms, 1872 (S. I. Smith). Le Have
Bank, Nova Scotia, in 45 fathoms, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and
Harger). Gulf of St. Lawrence, just inside of Gaspé Bay, in 30 fathoms,
dredged by the writer in 1873.

TIRON ACANTHURUS, Lilljeborg.
Syrrhoe bicuspis, Goes (1865).
Tiron acanthurus, Lilljeborg (1865).
Le Have Bank, Nova Scotia, in 45 fathoms, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872,
(Smith and Harger).

232
Family Leucothoide.
LEUCOTHOE GRANDIMANUS, Stimpson.

1853. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 51.

Grand Manan, “ dredged in 30 fathoms, on a shelly bottom off Low Duck
Island ” (Stimpson).

Family Stenothoide.

STENOTHOE CLYPEATA, Stimpson.
1853. Op. cit., p. 51.

Grand,Manan, “ dredged in 30 fathoms, on a shelly bottom” in the Hake
Bay ” (Stimpson).

METOPA GLACIALIS (Kroyer).

Leucothoe glacialis. Kroyer (1842).
Metopa glacialis, Boeck (1870).
Between the inner and outer integuments of specimens of “Ascidiopsis

-complanata, dredged by the writer in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, on the
Orphan Bank, in 1873.

Family Stegocephalide.
STEGOCEPHALUS INFLATUS, Kroyer.

H. M. 8. Challenger, Station 49, (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax, in 85
fathoms. Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer, in 1872, eight miles
S.E. of Bonaventure Island in 56 fathoms ; also, in 1873, on the Bradelle
Bank ; a little to the north of the Baie des Chaleurs, in 50 and 70 fathoms ;
and due east of Mal Baie, in 110 fathoms.

In 1883 Professor 8. I. Smith expressed the opinion that Stegocephalus
intlatus (Kroyer, 1842) is the same as Cancer ampulla (Phipps, 1774) and
that the proper name for the species is Stegocephalus ampulla.

Rey. Thos. R. R. Stebbing, however, in his Report upon the Challenger
Amphipoda, published in 1888, adopts the name 8S. injlatus (Kroyer)
although’ he includes Cancer ampulla as one of its synonyms. On page 599
of that report, he says that, according to Dr. Hansen, “ Phipps’ species
must be the same as Stegocephalus kessleri, Stuxberg.”

Rev. Canon Norman, in one of his recent papers on the British Amphipoda*,
adopts the name S. inflatus (Kroyer) for this species, and says that it is not
the Cancer ampulla of Phipps.

* Annals and Magazine of Natural History for July, 1900, p. 32.

233

Family Lysianasside.
LyYsIANAX SPINIFERA (Stimpson).

Lysianassa spinifera, Stimpson (1853).
Lysianax spinifera, Stebbing (1888).
Grand Manan, “dredged in 40 fathoms on a soft muddy bottom, off Long
Island” (Stimpson).

ORCHOMENE MINUTUS (Kroyer).

Anonyx minutus, Kroyer (1846).
Orchomene minutus, Boeck (1870).

Henley Harbour, Strait of Belle Isle, in 10 to 15 fathoms, one specimen ;
Stearns expedition, 1882. “Not mentioned by Packard, but all the
specimens sent to the Museum of Yale College as ‘Anonyx Horringii’ are
apparently of this species, which occurs upon the New England coast,
and is sometimes very abundant in Vineyard Sound in winter” (8S. I. Smith,

1883).
(Onistuus Epwarpsii (Kroyer).

Anonyx Edwardsti, Kroyer (1846),

Onisimus Edwardsii, Boeck (1870).
‘** Atlantic coast” of Labrador ‘‘(Packard’s collection). This species is
not mentioned by Packard, but a single specimen of it was sent, with
Anonyx nugax, by him to the Museum of Yale College” ; S. I. Smith, 1883.)

TrypHosaA Horrinei, Boeck.

2 Anonyx Horringti, ide Boeck,” Packard (1867).
Tryphosa Horringit, Boeck (1870); fide 8. I. Smith.

‘‘ Boeck undoubtedly had specimens of this species from Packard’s collec-
tions, for he (Skandinaviske og Arktiske Amphipoder, p. 184) distinctly
mentions it as having been found in Labrador by Packard, but”...... ‘all
the specimens sent by Packard under the above name to the Museum of
Yale College belong to Boeck’s genus Orchomene, so that it is doubtful if the
‘common form occurring abundantly on the coast of Maine,’ was the same
species as the specimens sent to Boeck” (S. I. Smith, 1883, Proc. U.S. Nat.

Mus., vol. vi, p. 227).

234
ANONYX NUGAX (Phipps).

Cancer nugax, Phipps (1774).

Anonyx lagena, Kroyer (1838).

Anonyx appendiculata, Kroyer (1838).

Anonyx nobilis, Stimpson (1853) ; fide Stebbing.

Anonyx anpulla (Phipps) Packard (1867).

Anonyx lagena, Packard (1867).

Lysianassa appendiculaia, Packard (1867).

Grand Manan (4A. nobilis) taken in considerable numbers on the sandy
flats of Fishers Cove, Nantucket Island, etc., at low-water mark (Stimpson).
Strait of Belle Isle, off Henley Harbour, in 40 fathoms, on a pebbly

bottom, three miles from land (ZL. appendiculata); and Atlantic coast of
Labrador, at Dumplin Harbour, Sandwich Bay, in 4 fathoms (A. ampulla) ;
and at Sloop Harbour, Kyuetarbuck Bay, in 8 fathoms, sand (A. lagena) ;
Packard. Henley Harbour, 10-15 fathoms; and Fox Harbour, 3 fathoms;
Stearns expedition (S. I. Smith). Port Burwell, Cape Chudleigh, Hudson
Strait; Bell, 1884 (S. 1. Smith). “Cancer ampulla, Phipps, was supposed
by Kroyer to be this species, but it really belongs to Kréyer’s genus
Stegocephalus, and is S. ampulla, Bell (S. inflatus, Kroyer) ; so that it might
appear doubtful what species Packard included under ‘ Anonyx ampulla
(Phipps)’ were it not that he says that it was ‘compared with arctic speci-
mens received from Copenhagen,’ which seems to leave no doubt that he really
had in view Anonyx nugax, although he subsequently, as indicated above,
enumerated this same species under two other names” (S. I. Smith, 1883,
Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 226 and 227).

ANONYX PuUMILUS, Lilljeborg.

* Anonyx producta, fide Boeck,” Packard (1867).
Anonyx pumilus, Lilljeborg (1865); and S. I. Smith (1888).

Labrador coast (Packard). ‘‘I have seen no specimens. The species is
placed immediately after ‘Anonyx Horringi’ by Packard, who says only
‘these two forms were found together in fifteen fathoms, sand,’ although
under the first of the two species he has nothing except the remark, ‘a
common form, occurring abundantly on the coast of Maine, in Casco Bay,
10 fathoms,” (S. I. Smith ; op. cit., p. 227).

ANONYX POLITUS, Stimpson.
1863. Synops. Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 50.
Grand Manan, “ dredged in 40 fathoms, on a soft muddy bottom off Long
Island ” (Stimpson).
Anonyx politus, n. sp., according to Spence Bate, has nothing in the
description to distinguish tt from Anonyax holbollt. ‘“ Anonyx holbolli of

235

Bate, according to Boeck. = Anonyx gulosus, Kroyer, from which it may be
inferred that Anonyx politus is a synonym of Anonyx gulosus, which is
itself probably the same as ‘ Oniscws Cicada,’ Fabricius ” (Stebbing).*

ANONYX PALLIDUS, Stimpson.

1853. Op. cit., p. 50.
Grand Manan, “in 4 fathoms, in sand, off Duck Island moorings ; in 10
fathoms off Cheney’s Head; and in 20 fathoms, mud and shells, off the
northern point of Duck Island ” (Stimpson).

ANONYX EXIGUUS, Stimpson.

1853. Op. cit., p. dl.
Grand Manan, “dredged on sandy bottoms in 8-15 fathoms, east of the
Passage, and off Cheney’s Head ” (Stimpson).

Family Orchestide.
HYALE LITTORALIS (Stimpson).
Allorchestes littoralis, Stimpson (1853).
Hyale littoralis, S. 1. Smith (1878).
“Taken abundantly on stones in the second subregion of the littoral zone,
especially where the Fucus nodosus and F. vesiculosus flourish. It occurs

on our whole coast, from Massachusetts Bay to Grand Manan ” (Stimpson).
‘Common in the Bay of Fundy” (S. I. Smith).

ORCHESTIA GRYLLUS, Gould.

Orchestia gryllus, Gould (1841); and Stimpson (1858).

Grand Manan, “ found plentifully among the half-dried Yucz, which line
some of the shores just above high-water mark, in large quantities. It is of a
dark-yellowish colour, very glossy, with three dark olive longitudinal bands
along the back. It is very active, leaping to considerable distances. I
have never found it immersed, although some moisture is, of course, necessary
-to its existence ” (Stimpson).

OrcHESTIA AGILIS, S. I. Smith.

1873. U.S. Fish Comm. Rep. for 1871-72, p. 555.

Bay of Fundy (S. I. Smith),

* H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. xx1x., text, first half, p. 278.

236
Isopopa.
Family Bopyride.
Gyce Hippotyres (Kroyer).

Bopyrus Hippolytes, Kroyer (1838).
Gyye Hippolytes, Bate and Westwood (1868).

“ Bay of Fundy, on Hippolyte spinus and H. pusiola,” 1868, 1872. “ Off
Halifax, Nova Scotia, 43 fathoms, September 27, 1877” S I. Smith (O.
Harger).* Gulf of St. Lawrence, eight miles S.E. of Bonaventure Island,
in 56 fathoms stones and coarse sand, one specimen, on Hippolyte (now
called Spirontocaris) spinus, which was dredged by the writer in 1872 and
identified with this species by Professor 8. I. Smith. A specimen dredged
by the writer in 1875, on the Orphan Bank, parasitic on Pandalus Montagu,
Professor Smith thinks is also probably referable to this species. The species
is known to range from Massachusetts Bay to Greenland and the east side
of Smiths Strait, north latitude 81° 44’.

PHRYXUS ABDOMINALIS (Kroyer).

Bopyrus abdominalis, Kroyer (1838).
Phryxus abominalis, Lilljeborg (1852).

“ Halifax, Nova Scotia, on Hippolyte pusiola, 18 fathoms, fine sand, Sept-
ember 4, 1877; also on H. spinus. About thirty miles south of Halifax, on
Hippolyte securifrons, 100 fathoms, fine sand, September 6, 1877 ” (Harger).
Strait of Belle Isle at L’Anse au Loup, on a female Hippolyte (now called
Spirontocaris) Gaimardvi, Stearns expedition; and Port Burwell, Cape
Chudleigh, Hudson Strait, Bell, one specimen, on Hippolyte polaris (S. I.
Smith). On the American side of the Atlantic, according to Mr. Harger,
P.abdominalis ranges from Massachusetts Bay, to Greenland, Grinnell Land,
and Discovery Bay, north latitude 81° 44’.

Dasus Mysipis, Kroyer.

Dajus Mysidis, Kroyer (1849).
Bopyrus Mysidum, Packard (1867).
Labrador (Packard). ‘ Packard does not say from what part of the coast
his specimens came, but they were undoubtedly from MMysis oculata, which
he says is abundant along the whole coast. ‘I have seen no specimens ”

(S. I. Smith, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. vz, pp. 230 and 231).

* All the quotations to which Mr. Harger’s name is here appended, are from his
‘‘ Marine Isopoda of New England and adjacent waters,” published in 1880, in the Report
of the U.S. Fish Commission for 1878, pp. 297-462; and ‘‘ Notes on New England Isopoda,”’
published in 1880, in the Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum for 1879, vol. 11, pp.
157-165.

DRY
Family Asellida.

J #RA ALBIFRONS, Leach.

Jeera albifrons, Leach (1813--14).

Jeera copiosa, Stimpson (1853); and Packard (1863).
Jeera nivalis, Packard (1867).

Asellus Grenlandicus, Packard (1867).

‘Found in great numbers on our whole New England coast north of
Cape Cod, living on the under surfaces of stones in the first (upper) subregion
of the littoral zone.” ‘At Grand Manan it was most frequent in sheltered
situations ” (Stimpson). Long Island Sound to Labrador (Harger). Gulf
of St. Lawrence, off Caribou Island; and Sandwich Bay, Square Island,
Indian Tickle, and Hopedale, Labrador (Packard). Fox Harbour, Labrador,
Stearns expedition (S. I. Smith ; op. cit., p. 231).

JANIRA ALTA (Stimpson).

A sellodes alta, Stimpson (1853).
Janira alta, Harger (1879).

“Dredged in soft mud in 40 fathoms. off Long Island, Grand Manan”
(Stimpson). “A northern species not as yet found south of Massachusetts
Bay, occasionally collected in tide pools, but usually dredged, and extending
to a depth of 190 fathoms ” (Harger).

J ANIRA SPINOSA, Harger.

“The only specimens yet known are two females, which were taken
adhering to the cable of the schooner Marion, by Captain J. W. Collins, at
Banquereau (Nova Scotia) August 25, 1878” (Harger).

Munna Fasricu, Kroyer.

Qasco Bay, Bay of Fundy; and in 53 fathoms, Brown's Bank, off Nova
Scotia (Harger).

Family Munnopside.
Munnopsis typica, M. Sars.

“Bay of Fundy, between Head Harbour and the Wolves, in 60 fathoms,
muddy bottom, U. 8. Fish Commission, August 16, 1872” (Harger). Gulf
of St. Lawrence, between Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 125 to 220
fathoms, dredged by the writer in 1871 and 1872. Batlin Bay, in 100
fathoms, Valorous expedition (Norman) ; off Cape Napoleon, Grinnell Land,
in 25 to 50 fathoms (Miers).

238

Evurycops rosusta, Harger.

1878. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. xv., p. 375.

The type or types of this species was or were dredged by the writer in
1873 in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, about half way between Cap des Rosiers
and the South-west Point of the Island of Anticosti, in 220 fathoms, mud-
In 1879 Mr. Harger said that it had not yet been ‘‘found south of the Gulf
of St. Lawrence.”

Family Jdoteide.
CHIRIDOTEA Cc@écA (Say).

Idotea cwca, Say (1818); et auct.
Chiridotea ceca, Harger (1878).
Halifax, Nova Scotia, at low-water, taken by the U.S. Fish Commission
in 1877 (Harger). A Florida and New England species, which so far has
not been found farther to the northward than Halifax.

CuiripoTea Turrsi1 (Stimpson).

Idotea Tuftsizi, Stimpson (1853).
Chiridotea Tuftsii, Harger (1878).
Grand Manan, “dredged on a sandy bottom in 10 fathoms, off Cheney’s
Head” (Stimpson). Halifax, N.S., outer harbour, in 18-25 fathoms, 1877
(Harger).

InoTEA MARINA (L).

Stenosoma irrorata, Say (1818).
Idotea irrorata, Edwards (1840); and Stimpson (1853).
Idotea marina (L.); fide Norman (1894).

Stimpson says that J. irvorata is “found on marine plants about low-water
mark” at Grand Manan. ‘‘It rarely occurs here, although so common on
the south-western portions of the coast of Maine.” Harger says that it is
“found along the whole coast of New England and extends southward
along the coast of New Jersey, at least as far as Great Egg Harbour,
and northward to Nova Scotia and the Gulf of St. Lawrence, where it has
been collected by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves. From Cape Cod southward it is
abundant, but towards the north it is, mostly, replaced by J. phosphorea.
It is commonly found among sea-weed along the rocky shores of bays and
sounds or among the rocks, where its variety of colours affords ib protection.
It is also found far from land, attached to floating sea-weed, and was thus
taken by Professor 8. I. Smith and the writer on Georges Banks, September
14 and 15, 1872, at about 41° N. lat., 65° W. long.”

239

Similar specimens were taken by the U. 8. Fish Commission in 1872, in
the Bay of Fundy, at low-water and at the surface ; and in 1877, off Halifax
and the Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, In the Gulf of St. Lawrence this
species was collected by the writer, in 1872, at the Magdalen Islands, in a
towing net, in floating weed; and in 1873, by a vowing net off Pictou
and in Shediac Bay; at low-water at Pointe du Chéne, Shediae Bay ; and, by
the dredge, in 44 fathoms, on the Egmont Bank, Northumberland Strait.

Iporga PHOSPHOREA, Harger.

“This species is found associated with the last among rocks and sea-weed
along the entire coast of New England and extends northward to Halifax,
Nova Scotia, and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It appears to be a more
northern species than J. zrrorata, as it is comparatively rare south of Cape
Cod, while it is abundant in Casco Bay, Maine, and in the Bay of Fundy”
(Harger). In Canadian waters it has been taken by the U.S. Fish Commis-
sion in 1872, in the Bay of Fundy, at two localities ; and in 1877, off Halifax,
Nova Scotia ; also by the writer in 1873, on the Egmont Bank, a small
rocky patch to the N.E. of Shediac Bay, in 44 fathoms, with the preceding
species.

Toprea robusta, Kroyer.

From the south shore of Long Island, northward to Greenland, often taken
swimining free or among masses of sea-weed, sometimes in mid-ocean. In
Canadian waters, so far, it has only been taken off Halifax, at the surface,
by the U.S. Fish Commission in 1877.

SYNIDOTEA NODULOSA (Kroyer),

Idothea nodulosa, Kroyer (1849).
Synidotea nodulosa, Harger (1878).

Specimens of this species were ‘dredged off Halifax by the U.S. Fish
Commission at several localities in the summer of 1877, in from 16 to 190
fathoms on sandy and rocky bottoms, with red alge at one locality. A speci-
men Was brought from Georges Banks by Mr. Joseph P. Schemelia, of the
schooner Wm. H. Raymond, in the summer of 1879, and Mr. J. F. Whiteaves
has sent to the Museum two specimens collected by Mr. G. M. Dawson, in 111
fathoms, Dixon Entrance, north of Queen Charlotte Island, British Columbia.”
“The range of the species would therefore be, as at present known, from
Georges Banks to Greenland and the Arctic seas, and southward on the Pacific
coast as far as British Columbia” (Harger). The “several localities” off
Halifax, are elsewhere stated to be: off Halifax, N.S., in 16 fathoms; 120
miles south of Halifax, in 190 fathoms; and Halifax, outer harbour, in
18 and 16 fathoms.

SYNIDOTEA BICUSPIDA (Owen).

Idotea bicuspida, Owen (1889).
Idotea marmorata, Packard (1867).
Synidotea bicuspida, Harger (1879).
Gulf of St. Lawrence, on the Orphan Bank, dredged by the writer in 1873 ;
Sloop Harbour, Kyuetarbuck Bay, Labrador (Packard). The species has
also been taken on the Grand Banks of Newfoundland.

EpPzLys MONTOSUS (Stimpson).

Idotea montosa, Stimpson (1853).
Epelys montosus, Harger (1874).

)

Grand Manan, “taken in deep water on sandy and muddy bottoms’
(Stimpson). Bay of Fundy and Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia; U.S. Fish
Commission (Harger). Strait of Northumberland, off Richibucto, N.B., in
14 fathoms, dredged by the writer in 1873.

Family Arctwride.
Arcrurus Barrint, Westwood.

Port Burwell, Cape Chudleigh, Hudson Strait, Bell, 1884; three speci-
mens, (S. I. Smith).

ASTACILLA GRANULATA (G. O. Sars).

Leachia granulata, G. O. Sars (1877).
Astacilla Americana, Harger (1878).
Astacilla granulata, Harger (1879).

“Specimens were first collected on this coast” (7.e. that of New England)
on Georges Bank, in the summer of 1877, and the three then obtained were
found adhering to Primnoa, and had been dried and somewhat broken.
‘‘ Better specimens were collected adhering to the cable of the schooner
Marion, at Banquereau, N.S., by Captain J. W. Collins, August 25, 1878,
and a fine specimen was obtained in 7 fathoms off Miquelon Island, south of
Newfoundland, by Capt. C. D. Murphy and crew of the schooner Alice M.
Williams, July 3, 1879.” (Harger).

241
Family Limnoride.
Limnoria LIGNoRUM (Rathke).

Cymothoa lignorum, Rathke (1799).
Limnoria terebrans, Leach (1813-14).
Limnoria lignorum, White (1857).

Found by the U. 8. Fish Commission, boring in submerged wood, in the
Bay of Fundy, in 1872; and at Halifax, N.S., in 1877 (Harger). It had
previously been taken by the writer (in 1869) in the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
in waterlogged wood dredged in Gaspé Bay.

Family Cirolanide.
CrRoLANA POLITA (Stimpson).

Aiga polita, Stimpson (1853).
Conilera polita Harger (1874).
Cirolana polita, Harger (1879).

‘‘Dr. Stimpson’s specimens were found on the fine sands at low-water
mark on High Duck Island in the Bay of Fundy, and the specimens that I
have examined are from Cape Cod Bay, from near Salem, Mass ; Georges
Banks, and east of Banquereau, or Quereau, latitude 40° 36’ north, longitude
57° 12’ west, where seven fine specimens were taken from a halibut
(Hippoglossus), June 2, 1879, by Capt. J. W. Collins. It appears to replace
C. concharum at the north” (Harger).

Family “gide.
ZHGA psoRA (L.).

Oniscus psora, L. (1761); Pennant (1777); and O. Fabricius (1780).
Aga (Oniscus psora) Kroyer (1838).
Aiga psora, Lilljeborg (1850) ; et auct.

Banquereau, N.S., on halibut and codfish, schooners Marion and Rebecca
Bartlett, 1878; Grand Manan Bank, schooner Peter D. Smith, and U.S.
Fish Commission, 1878; Brown’s Bank, N.S., on codfish, 1878 and 1879
(Harger). North shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, collected by Mr. W.
Couper in 1872, and identified at the time by the writer. It is probably
the species referred to by Packard as “ #ga,sp. On the belly of cod taken
at Caribou Island”.* Port Burwell, Cape Chudleigh, Hudson Strait, Bell,
1884 ; two specimens (S. I. Smith). West coast of Hudson Bay, off the
mouth of the Churchill River, in about 20 fathoms, Low, 1897 (Diana
exploring expedition).

* Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, vol. VulI., p. 419.

16

242

Family Anthuride.

CALATHURA BRACHIATA (Stimpson).

Anthura brachiata, Stimpson (1853).
Paranthura brachiata, Harger (1879).
Calathura brachiata, Stebbing (1900).

Grand Manan, “dredged on a shelly and somewhat muddy bottom in 20
fathoms, off the northern point of Duck Island” (Stimpson). Bay of Fundy,
down to 80 fathoms on muddy, shelly and sandy bottoms; and off Nova
Scotia, eighteen to twenty-two miles south-east from Cape Sable, in 56 to
59 fathoms (Harger). Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer in 1872,
off Cap des Rosiers, in 110 fathoms ; and in 1873, about half way between
the Gaspé peninsula and the Island of Anticosti, in 200 fathoms, mud.

PTILANTHURA TENUIS, Harger.

Taken by Prof. A. E. Verrill, in 1870, at Grand Manan, in the Bay of
Fundy (Harger).

Family Gnathiude.
GNATHIA CERINA (Stimpson).

Praniza cerina, Stimpson (1853).
Anceus Americanus, Stimpson (1853).
Gnathia cerina, Harger (1879).

Grand Manan, “dredged on a sandy bottom, in 10 fathoms, off Cheney’s
Head” (Stimpson). Bay of Fundy, in many localities, 10 to 60 fathoms,
rocks, stones and mud, and young specimens have been taken adhering to
codfish and the sculpin; off Sable Island, N.S., in 160 fathoms, U.S. Fish
Commission, 1878 (Harger). Gulf of St. Lawrence, eighteen miles east of
Cape Gaspé, in 220 fathoms, mud, dredged by the writer in 1873. Chateau
Bay, Long Island, Labrador, at a depth of 15 fathoms, on a sandy bottom
(Packard).

Family Zanaide.
LEPTOCHELIA FILUM (Stimpson).
Tanais filum, Stimpson (1853); and Packard (1867).
Leptochelia filum, Harger (1879).

Grand Manan, “dredged among Ascidia callose, in 20 fathoms, in the
Hake Bay” (Stimpson). ‘ Dredged at Caribou Island, in 8 fathoms, on a
sandy bottom. Rare” (Packard).

243

THORACOSTRACA,

With the exception of the American lobster, the Calocaris, Munidopsis
and Chionocetes, all of the stalk-eyed crustacea that were dredged by the
writer in 1871, 1872 and 1873 in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, were determined
or described many years ago by Professor 8. I. Smith. In the following
pages most of the quotations to which Professor Smith’s name is appended,
or statements made on his authority, are extracted from his memoir on ‘‘The
Stalk-eyed Crustaceans of the Atlantic coast of North America north of
Cape Cod,” published in the Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of
Arts and Sciences for May 1879 (vol. v., pp. 27-136). The remainder of
these quotations, which refer exclusively to the species collected by Dr.
Packard and the Stearns expedition, are taken from Professor Smith’s “List
of the Crustacea dredged on the coast of Labrador under the direction of
W. A. Stearns, in 1882 ;” and “Review of the Marine Crustacea of Labrador,”
both published in 1883, in the sixth volume of Proceedings of the U.S.
National Museum. Professor Smith’s “ Report on the Decapod Crustacea
in the Albatross dredgings off the east coast of the United States during
the summer and autumn of 1884, published in 1886, in the Report of the
U.S. Fish Commission for 1885, contains some interesting additional notes
on the genus Munidopsis.

CUMACEA.
Family Leuconide.
Lrucon nasicus, Kroyer.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, between Grand Pabou and Cap d’Espoir, in 50
fathoms ; also between Cap d’Espoir and the south side of Bonaventure
Island, in 70 fathoms, dredged by the writer in 1873 (8S. I. Smith).
Greenland (Kroyer).

Leucon nasicoipEs, Lilljeborg.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer in 1873; one female (8S. I.
Smith).

EUDORELLA EMARGINATA (Kroyer).

“ Off Halifax, Nova Scotia, 52 fathoms, fine sandy mud,” U.S. Fish Com-
mission, 1877,—‘‘ two specimens, male and female. Entrance of Gaspé
Bay, 30 fathoms,” dredged by the writer in 1873 (S. I. Smith).

164

244

EUDORELLA HISPIDA, G. O. Sars.

“Bay of Fundy,” U.S. Fish Commission, 1872, “ abundant in 1 to 4
fathoms, very soft mud,—both males and females” (S. I. Smith, 1879).

EUDORELLA PUSILLA, G. O. Sars.

“ Bay of Fundy,” U.S. Fish Commission, 1872, ‘‘very abundant in 1 to
4 fathoms, very soft mud, alsoin 10 to 15 fathoms, mud;” and Gulf of St.
Lawrence, dredged by the writer in 1873 (S. I. Smith).

EUDORELLA INTEGRA, 8. I. Smith.

1879. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. v., p. 116.

“Off Halifax, Nova Scotia,” U.S. Fish Commission, 1877 ; ‘“‘ females carry-
ing eggs common, 42 fathoms, fine sand, and 52 fathoms, sandy mud ; also
two females from 57 fathoms, stones, sponges and red alge. About thirty
miles south of Halifax, 110 fathoms, fine sandy mud. Gulf of St. Lawrence,
1873 (J. F. Whiteaves) : both males and females, south of the eastern part
of Prince Edward Island, and in 70 fathoms, off the Bay of Chaleurs” (S. I.
Smith, 1879; op. cit. supra, p. 118).

Family Diastylide.
DIASTYLIS LUCIFERUS (Kroyer).

Cuma lucifera, Kroyer (1841).
Diastylis lucifera, Danielssen (1858).

“‘ Bay of Fundy, 60 and 77 fathoms mud, off Head Harbour, August 16,”
U.S. Fish Commission, 1872. ‘ About ten miles north of Shediac, Gulf of
St. Lawrence,” in 10 fathoms, sand, J. F. Whiteaves, 1873 (S. I. Smith,
1879 ; op. cit., p. 112).

DrastyLis RaruKti (Kroyer).

Cuma Rathkii, Kroyer (1841).
Diastylis Rathkii, Bate (1856).
Alauna Goodsiri, Packard (1867).

‘Off Halifax, Nova Scotia,” U.S. Fish Commission, 1877, ‘42 fathoms,
fine sand, five males, six females ; 52 fathoms, fine sandy mud,—one male,
seven females ; 57 fathoms, gravel and stones,—one specimen. Also just off
Chebucto Head, Halifax, 1872, 20 fathoms, soft mud and fine sand—young
only. Gulf of St. Lawrence, 1871, 1872 and 1873, Whiteaves ” (S. I. Smith,
1879; op. cit., p. 107). Belles Amours, (on the northern side of the Strait of

245

Belle Isle) in 6 fathoms ; Henley Harbour, 8 fathoms ; Square Island (La-
brador) 15 to 30 fathoms ; Cateau Bay, Long Island, 15 fathoms, sand ; and
Thomas Bay, 15 fathoms mud (Packard). Fox Harbour, Labrador, in 3
fathoms, Stearns expedition, (S. I. Smith).

DIASTYLIS QUADRISPINOSUS, G. O. Sars.

Cuma bispinosa, Stimpson (1853).
Diastylis quadrispinosus, G. O. Sars (1871).

Grand Manan, “dredged in 35 fathoms, gravel, in the Hake Bay ”
(Stimpson): ‘“ Bay of Fundy, 1868, I870, 1872. In 1872 it was also
dredged in vast numbers at Eel Cove, Grand Manan, in 8 to 10 fathoms,
sand, by Prof. H. E. Webster. Off Cape Sable, Nova Scotia, 75 fathoms,
fine sand and mud, 1877. In and near Halifax Harbour, Nova Scotia, 1872,
1877: 20 fathoms, soft mud and sand; 16 and 18 fathoms, fine sand and
red alge; 21 fathoms, sand, stones and alge; 42 fathoms, fine sand ; 52
fathoms, fine sandy mud. Also, about 120 miles south of Halifax, 190
fathoms, gravel and pebbles, 1877” (S. I. Smith, 1879 ; op. cit., p. 113).
Northumberland Strait, at several localities ; and eight miles N.E. of Cape
George, Nova Scotia, in 10 fathoms, sand, dredged by the writer in 1873.

“Upon the coast of northern New England, this is by far the most abun-
dant species of the genus. It is undoubtedly the species which Stimpson
called Cuma bispinosa, but his description is wholly insufficient to
characterize the species, and I therefore prefer to retain the more appropriate
name proposed by G. O. Sars, who has described and figured the species most
admirably. Prof. Sars has identified specimens which I have sent to him
from different localities on the New England coast” (S. I. Smith, 1879 ; op.
cit., p. 113).

DIAsTYLIs scuLptus, G. O. Sars.

“ Bay of Fundy: found at low-water mark, in sandy mud, 1868 ; at the
surface, at low-water mark, and in 4 fathoms very soft mud, 1872; also in
60 fathoms, mud, off Head Harbour. ‘“ Near Halifax, Nova Scotia, in
company with D. Rathkii and D. quadrispinosus, 20 fathoms, soft mud and
fine sand, 1872. Halifax Harbour, 16, 18 and 21 fathoms, fine sand, stones
and red alge, 1877. About one hundred and twenty miles south of
Halifax, 190 fathoms, gravel and pebbles, 1877, ten large females, all
carrying eggs. Northumberland Strait, Gulf of St. Lawrence,” about ten
miles north of Shediac, “in 10 fathoms sand, J. F. Whiteaves,” 1873 (S. I.
Smith, 1879 ; op. cit., pp. 111 and 112).

246

DiastyLis Pouitus, 8. I. Smith.

1879. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. v., p. 108.

“ Halifax, Nova Scotia, 18 to 20 fathoms, fine sand, stones and red alge,
1877. Also one hundred and twenty miles south of Halifax, 190 fathoms,
gravel and pebbles, 1877,—two egg-bearing females. Northumberland
Strait, Gulf of St. Lawrence, 1873, J. F. Whiteaves ” (S. I. Smith, op. cit.
supra, p. 111).

ScHIZOPODA.
Family Wyside.
Mysis ocutata (Fabricius).

Cancer oculatus, O. Fabricius (1780).
Mysis oculata, Kroyer.

Mysis spinulosus, Packard (1863).
Mysis oculata, Packard (1867).

Near Caribou Island. ‘It swarms in tidal pools. The sea trout feed on
it. Abundant along the whole coast (of Labrador). The young go in
schools and the sea trout consume great numbers of them ” (Packard).
Dead Island, Labrador coast, Stearns expedition, 1882, a few fragments ;
and Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, Bell, fragments of a single specimen (S.
I. Smith).

‘Stimpson (Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 58) reports this
species (with an ?) as “ very abundant in the waters of the Bay of Fundy,
swimming near the surface in swarms.” ‘‘ I have never seen specimens from
the Bay of Fundy, and, during several seasons spent there, I have never
observed any species of Mysis swimming at the surface, as described by
Stimpson. Thysanopoda Norvegica and inermis, however, were found in
vast numbers in precisely the same way as the ysis is said by Stimpson to
occur, and it is possible that Stimpson, without making a special examination,
mistook the vast swarms of Thysanopoda for Mysis oculata” (S. I. Smith,
1879 ; op. cit., p. 106).

Mysis sTENULEPIS, 8S. I. Smith,

1873. Rep. U.S. Fish Comm. for 1871 and 1872, p. 551.
1879. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. v., p. 108.
“‘ Halifax, Nova Scotia, U. S. Fish Commission, 1877: ‘“ Outer Harbour,
16 to 21 fathoms, mud and fine sand, stones and red alge ; also 18 fathoms,
mud and fine sand ” (S. I. Smith, 1879).

247
PsEUDOMMA ROSEUM, G. O. Sars.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, twenty-eight miles E.N.E. of Cape Gaspe, in 110
fathoms; and twenty-five miles E. by N.of Cape Gaspé, in 210 fathoms; several
specimens from each of these localities, dredged by the writer in 1873.

PsEUDOMMA TRUNCATUM, S. I. Smith.

1379. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Se., vol. v., p. 99.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, about half-way between the Bradelle Bank and
Miscou Island, in 45 fathoms, one male; also a little to the north of the
Baie des Chaleurs, between Grand Pabou and Cap d’Espoir, in 50 and 70
fathoms,—between 20 and 30 specimens ; dredged by the writer in 1873.

METERYTHROPS ROBUSTA, S. I. Smith.

1879. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. v., p. 98.

Gulf of St. Lawrence, a little to the north of the Baie des Chaleurs, with
the preceding, in 50 and 70 fathoms; an adult male and two females,
dredged by the writer in 1873. Two young males and a young female of
this species have since been dredged by the U. 8S. Fish Commission in
Massachusetts Bay, off Salem, in 33 fathoms (S. I. Smith).

Family HLuphausiide.
NycripHanes Norvecica (M. Sars).

Thysanopoda Norvegica, M. Sars (1856).
Nyctiphanes Norvegica, G. O. Sars (1883).

“Bay of Fundy, 1864, 1868, 1870, 1872, 1876: in great abundance at the
surface, and often brought up in the dredge. Off Cape Sable, Nova Scotia,
59, 88 and 115 fathoms, sand, gravel and stones, sandy mud, sand and
gravel, 1887” (S. I. Smith, 1879 ; Trans. Conn. Acad. Sc. and Arts, vol. v.,
p. 89). Gulf of St. Lawrence, 210 fathoms, mud, 8. of the S.W. Point of
Anticosti, dredged by the writer in 1873.

“Since this, as well as the next species, is essentially pelagic, swimming
in vast numbers at the surface, and doubtless at great depths as well, it is
of course somewhat uncertain whether the specimens taken in the dredge
really come from the bottom or from some point between that and the sur-
face. It was found in the stomachs of the hake taken in the Bay of Fundy,
in 1872, however, which is very good evidence that it lives at the bottom
for a part of the time.

“Tn the Bay of Fundy it occurs at the surface in vast swarms, filling the
w- ter for miles, and is usually accompanied by schools of mackerel, young

248

pollock, and other fish, and in the autumn by immense flocks of gulls; the
fish and smaller gulls appearing to feed almost exclusively upon the Thysa-
nopoda at such times. It not infrequently occurs in this way in the harbour
of Eastport, Maine, and with a hand-net, may be caught by the quart even
from the wharves. I have observed it only in August, September and October,
but Messrs. Merriam and Wilson found it in abundance in April. Professor
Verrill observed it in 1859, swarming in myriads at the “ Ripplings,” in the
centre of the Bay of Fundy ” (8S. I. Smith, 1879 ; op. cit., pp. 89 and 90). Ina
letter from Professor Smith, received October 6, 1891, he says, also, that he has
had both this and the next species ‘‘ from the stomachs of herring, mackerel
and other fish.” Four specimens, which Professor Smith has identified with 1.
Norvegica, were sent to the writer in !891 by Lieut. Gordon, R.N., (per
Colonel Tilton) labelled as crustaceans, “ which to a great extent form the
food of the herring in the Bay of Fundy.”

RHODA INERMIS (Kroyer).

Thysanopoda inermis, Kroyer (1849).
Rhoda inermis, Stebbing (1893).

Bay of Fundy, at the surface, 1864, 1868, 1872; dredged in 4€ to 50
fathoms, rocky, 1868 ; and found in the stomachs of pollock and hake, 1872”
(S. I. Smith, 1879 ; op. cit., p. 92).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, between Grand Pabou and Cap d’Espoir, in 50 and
70 fathoms ; also between Anticosti and the Gaspé peninsula, in 210 and
220 fathoms ; dredged by the writer in 1873.

DECAPODA.
MACRURA.
Family Pandalide.
Panpatus Montaaut, Leach.

Pandaius Montagui, Leach (1813 or 1814),
Pandalus annulicornis, Leach (1815).
Pandalus levigatus, Stimpson (1853); fide S. I. Smith.

One of the commonest of the large shrimps of the region under considera-
tion. On the Atlantic coast of North America, it is known to range from
Vineyard Sound, Mass., and Newport, R.I., northward to Greenland ; and
in depth, from 6 to 90 fathoms. In Canadian waters, it has been dredged in
the Bay of Fundy by Stimpson and by Verrill ; on the Atlantic coast of Nova
Scotia by the U. 8. Fish Commission ; in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, at many
localities, by the writer; in the Strait of Belle Isle, and on the Labrador
coast by Packard and the Stearns expedition; and in Hudson Strait and
Bay by Bell and Low.

249
PANDALUS BOREALIS, Kroyer.

“Twenty to thirty miles south east to south east one-half east from Cape
Sable, Nova Scotia, 59 to 88 fathoms, fine sand, pebbles and rocks,” U. S.
Fish Commission, 1877, “two small specimens. About thirty miles south
to south by west one-fourth west from Halifax, Nova Scotia, 85 to 110
fathoms, fine sand and mud, 1877. ‘“ Massachusetts Bay, off Salem ; Gulf of
Maine, Casco Bay ; and Nova Scotia to Greenland ; in from 50 to a little

over 100 fathoms (S. I. Smith, 1879; op cit., p. 86.)

Hippotyte Fasrici, Kroyer.

Salem Harbour, Mass., northward to Labrador and Greenland, in from 5
to 64 fathoms.

“ Bay of Fundy, 1864, 1868, 1870, 1872,—5 to 40 fathoms, but not found
in so great abundance as in Casco and Massachusetts Bays.... . . ‘“ Halifax,
Nova Scotia,” U.S. Fish Commission, 18
stones, sand and red alge ; in 18 to 25 fathoms, shingly, gravelly, sandy and
muddy bottoms ; and 16 fathoms, mud, at the mouth of Bedford Basin; and
a single specimen, in company with H. macilenta, in 35 fathoms, very soft
mud, in Bedford Basin itself. Also off Halifax, 52 fathoms, sand, mud and
rocks, and 57 fathoms, gravel and stones, 1877” (S. I. Smith, 1879 ; op. cit.,
p. 64). Gulf of St. Lawrence, opposite Cap des Rosiers lighthouse, six miles
from shore, in 125 fathoms, dredged by the writer in 1871. Coast of Labrador,
at Domino Harbour, “not common” (Packard); at Forteau Bay, L’Anse au
Loup, Henley Harbour, Fox Harbour, and Dead Island,—Stearns expedition
(S. I. Smith). Entrance to Hudson Strait, at Port Burwell, Cape Chudleigh,
Bell (S. I. Smith).

dad

77, ‘“common in 16 to 21 fathoms,

HIPPOLYTE MACILENTA, Krdyer.

Gn the western side of the Atlantic the known range of this species is
from the outer coast of Nova Scotia to Labrador and Greenland, in from 15
to 70 fathoms. It is recorded as having been taken at the following
localities: ‘‘ Bedford Basin, Halifax, Nova Scotia, 26 to 41 fathoms, soft
mud, common,” U. 8. Fish Commission, 1887. ‘“ Alsu off Halifax, 42
fathoms, fine sand ; 52 fathoms, fine sand and mud; and 57 fathoms, mud
and pebbles (S. I. Smith 1879; op. cit., p. 71). Gulf of St. Lawrence, eight
miles S.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 56 fathoms, and fifteen miles S.S.E. of
Bonaventure Island, in 50 fathoms,--dredged by the writer in 1872; also
between the Bradelle Bank and Miscou Island, in 45 fathoms, and between
Grand Pabou and Cap d’Espoir, in 50 and 70 fathoms, dredged by the writer
in 1873. Coast of Labrador,—‘‘a rare form, dredged at Square Island at a
depth of 15 to 30 fathoms” (Packard).

250

HIppoLYTE PROJECTA, Spence Bate.

1888. H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. xxXIv., p. 594.

H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax, in 85
fathoms (Bate).

SPIRONTOCARIS SPINUS (Sowerby).

Cancer spinus, Sowerby (1805).

Hippolyte Sowerbei, Leach (1817).

Hippolyte spinus, Owen (1835); and 8. I. Smith (1879).
Hippolyte Sowerbyi, M. Edwards (1837).

Hippolyte securifrons, Norman (1861); fide Bate.
Spirontocaris spinus, Bate (1888).

According to Professor Smith, this species has been dredged at Grand
Manan and elsewhere in the Bay of Fundy by Professor Verrill and the U.
S. Fish Commission ; also at three localities on the Atlantic coast of Nova
Scotia, and on the Le Have Bank by the U.S. Fish Commission. It has
also been dredged south of Halifax (Station 49) by H.M.S. Challenger. In
the Gulf of St. Lawrence S. spinus has been dredged at many localities by
the writer; and in the Strait of Belle Isle and Atlantic coast of Labrador,
by Packard and the Stearns expedition. On the east coast of North America
it is known to range from off Salem, Massachusetts Bay, northward to
Labrador, Greenland (Valorous and Porcupine expeditions) Grinnell Land
and as far north as lat. 81° 44’ (Miers), and in depth from 5 to 90 fathoms.
Professor Smith also says that Hippolyte spinus is ‘by far the most abundant
species of the genus on the New England coast.”

SPIRONTOCARIS GR@NLANDICA (J. C. Fabricius).

Astacus Grenlandicus, J. C. Fabricius (1775).

Cancer aculeatus, O. Fabricius (1780).

Hippolyte aculeata, J. C. Ross (1835); and Gould (1841).

Hippolyte Grenlandica, Miers (1877); and 8. I. Smith (1879).

Spirontocaris Grenlandica, Stebbing (1900).

Grand Manan, “very common in the laminarian zone” (Stimpson).

“ Grand Manan, Bay of Fundy, 1872 ; also off Flagg’s Cove, Grand Manan,
15 fathoms, shells, mud and stones, 1873. ‘Halifax, Nova Scotia, 1877 ;
16 fathoms, stones, sand and red algze; 18 fathoms, fine sand, also mud and
fine sand ; 21 fathoms, fine sand and red alge ; and 25 fathoms gravel ” (8S. J.
Smith, 1879; op. cit., p. 85). North shore of the mouth of the River St.
Lawrence, at Murray Bay, Sir J. W. Dawson (8. I. Smith). Caribou Island,
P.Q. ; Strait of Belle Isle, 10 fathoms; Square Island, Labrador coast, 15 to
30 fathoms ; and Domino Harbour, Labrador, 7 fathoms (Packard). L’ Anse
au Loup, Strait of Belle Isle, 10 to 15 fathoms; Fox Harbour, St. Lewis Sound,

251

Labrador, 1 fathom ; and Dead Island, near Square Island, Labrador, in 1
to 4 fathoms ; Stearns expedition (S. I. Smith). Port Burwell, Cape Chud-
leigh, Hudson Strait, Bell (S. I. Smith). On the western side of the Atlantic
S. Grenlandica is known to occur from Massachusetts Bay, off Salem, to
Hudson Strait, Greenland and Grinnell Land, as far north as 82° 30’ (Miers) ;
and in depth, to range from 1 to 33 fathoms, or more.

SPIRONTOCARIS POLARIS (Sabine).

Alpheus polaris, Sabine (1824).
Hippolyte polaris, Owen (1835).
Spirontocaris polaris, Norman (1894),

Specimens which Professor 8. I. Smith has identified with this species
have been dredged in the Bay of Fundy by Professor Verrill in 1870, and
the U. S. Fish Commission in 1872; at several localities on the Atlantic
coast of Nova Scotia, in from 16 to 100 fathoms, by the U. S. Fish Commis-
sion in 1877; in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, off Cap des Rosiers light-
house, in 35 fathoms, by the writer in 1871 ; in the Strait of Belle Isle and
Atlantic coast of Labrador, by Packard and the Stearns expedition ; and in
Hudson Strait, at Port Burwell, Cape Chudleigh, by Bell. To the southward
and northward of these localities its geographical range appears to be essen-
tially the same as that of the two preceding species.

SPIRONTOCARIS TURGIDA (Kroyer).

Hippolyte turgida, Kroyer (1841).
Hippolyte Phippsti, Kroyer (1841).
Spirontocaris turgida, Stebbing (1990).

Grand Manan, Bay of Fundy, 1872 (Prof. H. E. Webster). “ Halifax,
Nova Scotia,” U. 8. Fish Commission, “ 1877: 10 fathoms, fine sand and red
alge ; 18 fathoms, fine sand ; 25 fathoms, rocks and nullipora ; 25 fathoms,
gravel ; and 26 to 41 fathoms, soft mud,in Bedford Basin” (S. I. Smith, 1879 ;
op. cit., p. 73). Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer in 1871, about
half-way between Pointe des Monts and the west end of Trinity Bay, in 96
fathoms, and off Cap des Rosiers lighthouse, in 125 fathoms ; also, in 1873,
on the Orphan Bank. Strait of Belle Isle, off Belles Amours, in 10 fathoms,
on a rocky bottom (H. twrgida) ; and Domino Harbour, Labrador coast (H.
Phippsit) at a depth of 7 fathoms (Packard). L’Anse au Loup, Strait of
Belle Isle, in 8 fathoms, Stearns expedition (S. I. Smith). Port Burwell,
Cape Chudleigh, Hudson Strait, Bell (8S. I. Smith).

On the western side of the Atlantic, this species is known to range from
Massachusetts Bay (off Salem) to the Arctic Ocean, as far north as lat. 81°
44’, and in depth from 10 to 125 fathoms.

252

SPIRONTOCARIS PUSIOLA (Kroyer).

Hippolyte pusiola, Kroyer (1842).
Spirontocaris pusiola, Norman (1894).

“‘ Bay of Fundy, 1864, 1868, 1870, 1872, 1876: not uncommon at low-water
mark, among stones and alge ; common in 5 to 50 fathoms, rocky, gravelly
and shelly bottoms; off White Head, Grand Manan, 97 to 105 fathoms,
gravelly, 1872. ‘Le Have Bank, 45 fathoms, gravel and stones, 1872—
abundant. Halifax, Nova Scotia, 1877 ; 16 fathoms, rocky ; 18 fathoms, fine
sand; 25 fathoms, gravel; and one specimen also from 16 fathoms, mud.” Gulf
of St. Lawrence, Orphan Bank, and, in 10 fathoms, gravel, stones and broken
shells, off Sea Cow Head, Prince Edward Island, 1873; J. F. Whiteaves”
(S. I. Smith, 1879; op. cit., p. 77). Off Nova Scotia, in 49 fathoms, SS.
Albatross dredgings of 1883 (Verrill). On the Atlantic coast of North
America the known range of this species is from Long Island Sound to the
Orphan Bank, and from low-water mark to 105 fathoms.

SPIRONTOCARIS GAIMARDII (Milne Edwards).

Hippolyte Gaimardii, Milne-Edwards (1837).
Hetairus Gaimardii, Spence Bate (1888).
Spirontocaris Gaimardii, Stebbing (1893).

“ Halifax, Nova Scotia, 16 and 21 fathoms, stones, sand and red alge,
and 18 fathoms, fine sand and mud, U.S. Fish Commission, 1877. Also,
off Halifax, 52 fathoms, mud and fine sand, and 57 fathoms mud and
pebbles, September, 1877,—one specimen from 57 fathoms, carrying eggs ”
(S. I. Smith, 1879 ; op. cit., p. 67). H.M.S. Challenger,Station 49, south of
Halifax, in 85 fathoms (Bate). Gulf of St. Lawrence, eight miles S.E. of
Bonaventure Island, in 56 fathoms,—and fifteen miles S.8.E. of Bonaventure
Island, in 50 fathoms, dredged by the writer in 1872; Caribou Island, in
15 fathoms (Packard). Taken also in the Strait of Belle Isle, and on the
Labrador coast, by Packard and the Stearns expedition.

S. Gaimardii is known to range from Boston Harbour, to the Arctic
Ocean north to lat. 79° 29’, and from near low-water to 60 fathoms in
depth.

HETAIRUS TENUIS, Spence Bate.

1888. H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. xxtv., p. 614.

H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49, south of Halifax, in 85 fathoms (Bate).

253

HETAIRUS DEBILIS, Spence Bate.

1888. H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. xxtv., p. 615.

With the preceding. This species “appears to me to form a link ina
series by which extreme forms are united, or it may be only a younger forin
of Hetairus tenuis” (Bate).

Family Crangonide.
CRANGON VULUARIS, J. C. Fabricius.

Throughout the entire region, at or near low-water mark to a depth of
about 50 fathoms. The most northerly locality at which this, the common
edible shrimp of the north Atlantic, has been collected on the coast of
eastern North America, is Caribou Island, where Packard says it is large
and abundant on the mud flats. The most southerly locality at which it
has been taken on the same coast, is at Fort Macon, North Carolina. So
far as the writer is aware, this species is not used for food in eastern Canada,
as it is so largely in the British Islands and northern Europe, nor is it yet
known whether it could be caught in the Maritime Provinces or Gulf of St.
Lawrence in sufficiently large numbers to be of any economic value.

SCLEROCRANGON BOREAS (Phipps).

A more northerly species than the preceding. It is known to range from
Massachusetts Bay, off Salem, to the Arctic Ocean as far north as lat. 81°
44’, and, in depth, from low-water mark to 33 fathoms. In the waters of
eastern Canada, it has been taken at the following localities. Grand Manan,
“dredged in 4 fathoms, on a nullipore bottom, near the Passage, and in 20
fathoms, shelly, off Duck Island ledge” (Stimpson). ‘“ Bay of Fundy,
occasionally taken among rocks at low water ; common in 5 to 25 fathoms,
rocky, gravelly, and shelly bottoms ; and abundant at special localities in
Johnson’s and South Bays, in 10 to 15 fathoms, on rocky bottoms overgrown
with sponges, ascidians, hydroids, alge, etc.; 1864, 1868, 1870, 1872, 1876.
Halifax, Nova Scotia, 1877; 18 fathoms fine sand ; 20 fathoms shingly ;
and 25 fathoms gravelly ” (S. I. Smith, 1879; op. cit., pp. 56 and 57). Gulf
of St. Lawrence, on the Orphan Bank ; and off Cape Bon Ami, P.Q., in 30
fathoms ; dredged by the writer in 1873. Caribou Island, 8 fathoms ; Square
Island, 30 fathoms; Henley Harbour, 10 fathoms; and whole coast of
Labrador (Packard). L’Anse au Loup, 3 to 8 fathoms; Henley Harbour ;
and Dead Island near Square Island (Labrador) in | to 3 fathoms ;
Stearns expedition (S. I. Smith). Port Burwell, Cape Chudleigh, Hudson
Strait, Bell, 1884 (S. I. Smith).

254

SABINEA SEPTEMCARINATA (Sabine).

Crangon septemcarinatus, Sabine (1824).
Sabinea septencarinata, Owen (1835).

“Off Halifax, N.S.,” U.S. Fish Commission, ‘1877, 52 fathoms, fine sand
and mud, September 21,—common; 57 fathoms, mud, gravel and stones,
September 5—two females, one carrying eggs” (S. I. Smith, 1879; op. cit.,
p- 59). Gulf of St. Lawrence, fifteen miles 8.S.E. of Bonaventure Island,
in 50 fathoms; eight miles 8.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 56 fathoms ; and
about eleven miles from Percé, in 60 fathoms; dredged by the writer in 1872.
Thomas Bay, Labrador coast, ‘at a depth of 15 fathoms” (Packard). On
the western side of the Atlantic the species is known to range from Massa-
chusetts Bay to the west coast of Davis Strait, and Greenland ; and, in depth,
from 15 to 85 fathoms.

SABINEA Sarsir, 8. I. Smith.

1879. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Se., vol. v., p. 59.

“St. George's Banks, 60 fathoms, shells and sand, 1872,—one young
specimen 16 mm. in length. Gulf of Maine, about east south-east from Cape
Sable, Nova Scotia, latitude 42° 40’ north, longitude 66° 58°‘ west, 112
fathoms, gravel, August 20, 1877,—one female 36 mm. in length. “Le
Have Bank, 60 fathoms, coarse gravel, stones and sponges, Sept. 12, 1872,
a female, 47 mm. in length, carrying eggs, and a small specimen badly
mutilated. Lofoten Islands, coast of Norway (G. O. Sars),—two fine
females, 62 and 53 mm. in length” (S. I. Smith, op. cit. supra., p. 60). H.M.
S. Challenger, Station 49, 1873, south of Halifax, in 85 fathoms (Spence
Bate). Off Nova Scotia, 122 to 150 fathoms, SS. Albatross dredgings of
1883 (S. I. Smith).

In his Report on the Crustacea Macrura obtained on the Challenger
expedition (Zoology, vol. xxiv.) Spence Bate includes S. Sarsii among the
synonyms of S. septemcarinata, and regards the former as only a “pronounced
variety” of the latter. In support of this contention, he quotes a letter
from Professor J. S. Kingsley, in which the following sentence occurs.
‘“‘ Professor Smith and I were at first inclined to call it a new species, but I
now consider it (and I think Professor Smith has come to the same con-
clusion) merely a variety of Sabine’s species.” But, in a letter to the writer,
dated Nov. 21, 1900, Professor Smith thus expresses his views on this point.
“At the time Spence Bate’s volume of the Challenger Reports was published I
re-examined the relation of Sabinea Sarsii to S. septemcarinata, and I could
see no reason to change my original conclusion that they were distinct
species. At that time I had a very large series of both species for compari-
son. G. 0. Sars has from the first recognized the Sarsii as a good species.

255

Prof. Kingsley had no authority whatever from me to state that I regarded
the Sarsii as a variety, and I ‘think’ he had never seen many specimens
of the two forms when he wrote the letter to Bate.”

PontopHiLtus Norveaicus, M. Sars.

Crangon Norvegicus, M. Sars (1861). of
Pontophilus Norvegicus, M. Sars (1861).

“Off the coast of Nova Scotia, about thirty miles south of Halifax, 101
fathoms, fine sand, and 110 fathoms, fine sand and mud,” U.S. Fish Com-
mission, 1877 (S. I. Smith, 1879; op. cit., p. 61). On the North American
coast it has also been dredged in the Gulf of Maine.

NECTOCRANGON LAR (Owen).

Argis lar (Owen) Packard (1863 and 1867).
Nectrocrangon lar (Brandt ex Owen) 8. I. Smith (1879).

Taken by the U. 8S. Fish Commission in 1877,” about twenty miles south-
east from Cape Sable, Nova Scotia, in 59 fathoms; in Bedford Basin,
Halifax, in 26 to 41 fathoms; and about 10 miles off Halifax, in 52
fathoms (S. I. Smith, 1879; op. cit., p. 61). Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged
by the writer in 1873 on the Bradelle and Orphan banks, also (in 1872)
eight miles S.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 56 fathoms ; and by Packard, in
1860, off Caribou Island, in 10 fathoms. Square Island, Labrador, in 30
fathoms (Packard); Henley Harbour, Strait of Belle Isle, in 10 fathoms;
and Dead Island (near Square Island) Labrador ; Stearns expedition, (S. I.
Smith). On the North American coast, the geographical range of this
species is from Nova Scotia to the Arctic Ocean, and its range in depth
from 10 fathoms, or less, to 60 fathoms.

CARIDION GORDONI (SPENCE Bare).

Hippolyte Gordoni (Bate) Norman.
Curidion Gordoni, Goes (1863).

Bay of Fundy, 40 to 50 fathoms, rocky, Aug. 14, 1868,—a female carrying
eggs; and off White Head, Grand Manan, 40 to 50 fathoms, 1872 (S. I.
Smith, 1879; op. cit., p. 62).

Family Homaride.

Homarus AmeErIcANUS, Milne Edwards.

The American lobster occurs throughout the whole of the region now
under consideration, but is rarely if ever taken by the dredge. It is known

256

to occur as far to the southward as the coast of New Jersey, and to the
northward as far as Henley Harbour, Chateau Bay, Labrador, where it was
observed by Packard in 1864. At Grand Manan, Stimpson notes that
lobsters are “said by the inhabitants to occur in great numbers in May, at
Grand Harbour, in holes in the sand just below low water mark. They are
easily taken with boat hooks.” In Passamaquoddy Bay, Ganong says that
lobsters are “quite abundant in the pools near low-water mark, hiding in
cavities under ledges.” Off Pictou Island and at several localities in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, the writer has frequently taken very young living
specimens, less than an inch in length, in a towing net, among masses of
Fucus and other coarse sea weeds drifted from near the shore. The early
stages of the American lobster have been described in detail by Professor
S. I. Smith, in the American Journai of Science and Arts for June, 1872,
the paper being descriptive of specimens from Vineyard Sound and the
adjacent waters.

In Mr. F. H. Herrick’s memoir on “‘The American Lobster: A Study of
its Habits and Development,” published in 1895, in the Bulletin of the U.
S. Fish Commission, vol. xv., and on p. 117, the following passage occurs, in
reference to the size that this species sometimes attains to.

“These notes furnish evidence, if any were needed, that very large lobsters,
weighing twenty pounds or more, are even now occasionally taken, but I
have never obtained any reliable evidence that lobsters weighing over
twenty five pounds have ever been caught. When lobsters are said to have
attained a greater weight, measurements of the parts of the skeleton which
have been preserved invariably prove that the figures have been exaggerated.
I do not maintain that the American lobster does not reach a greater weight
than twenty-five pounds, but that I have been unable, up to the present
time, to discover any well authenticated evidence that this is the case.”

“Many points on the coast of Maine and the Maritime Provinces still
furnish large lobsters, weighing ten pounds or more, but not in any conside-
rable number, and lobsters of five pounds weight are frequently common ;
yet it is at the same time true that the size of the lobster has been declining
for many years, until the average weight has, in most places, fallen below
two pounds.’”*

In the Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol. xu.,
published in 1900, Professor R. P. Whitfield says that two lobsters, one
weighing about thirty-four pounds, and the other about thirty-one, were
taken off Atlantic Highlands, New Jersey, in the spring of 1897. And, in
the Montreal Daily Witness for June 8, 1901, itis stated that a lobster
that “‘measures four feet from the tip of the claws to the tip of the tail,”
and ‘weighs twenty-three pounds, was caught in a trap a few miles off the
shore of Grand Manan,” in June, 1901.

* For this reference the writer is indebted to Mr. J. Crawford Simpson.

257
Family Thaumastochelida.
Catocaris McAnprea, Bell.

A fine living specimen of this species was dredged by the writer in 1873,
in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, twenty miles to the south-west of the South-
West Point of the Island of Anticosti, in 190 fathoms, mud.

Family Galatheide.
Munipopsis cuURvIRostRA, Whiteaves.

1874. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. vi., p. 212.

Munidopsis curvirostra. Fig.1, side view of one of the types of this species,
in outline; fig. la, carapace of the same, as seen from above. Both
figures are about one and a half times the natural size.

Original description of the genus and species.

“ Munidopsis curvirostra, nov. gen. et sp. External antenne about
equal in length to the carapace and its rostrum ; internal ones very short,
not reaching farther than about one-fourth the length of the beak. Eyes
rudimentary, longitudinally oval, light yellowish in colour ; cornea devoid of
facets. Carapace squarish, but longer than broad, with an outwardly
directed straight spine on each of the front angles. Upper surface of the
carapace granulate, hispid, transversely irregularly plicate. In the centre*
there are two dorsal spines, placed one above the other, but at some distance
apart. These, as are two similar spines on the tail segments, are all exactly
in a line with the rostrum, and the whole four point forward. Rostrum
simple (without the spine on each side of the base so characteristic of Mwnida)
conspicuously curved upward, stout at the base and gradually tapering to a
fine point. A single spine in the centre of the first and second tail segments,
the rest devoid of any. Anterior pair of legs about as long as, but not

« Or, rather,—median line ; and in the next line, for ‘‘ above ” read—in advance of.

258

longer, than from the apex of the rostrum to the end of the tail, extending
‘a little beyond the tips of the outer antennz. The following are the measure-
‘ments of an average and apparently adult female: length, from apex of
‘rostrum to tip of tail, 1.38 inch; of carapace, including the rostrum, .69
anch ; of exterior antenne, .75 inch ; of anterior legs, .94.”

“Tnhabits the centre of the mouth of the St. Lawrence River*, between
Anticosti and the south shore, in from 180 to 220 fathoms, and probably
burrows in the deep sea mud.”

“From Munida it may at once be distinguished by its curved and simple
rostrum. In the rudimentary character of its eyes it closely resembles
Calocaris, but not in many other respects.”

This description was based upon four adult living females, dredged by
‘the writer in 1873. Specimens of both sexes, which have been identified
with this species by Professor 8. I. Smith, were subsequently dredged by the
SS. Albatross, of the U. S. Fish Commission, in 1883 and 1884, in very deep
water (75 to 1290 fathoms) off the north-east coast of the United States.

According to Professors Smitht, and J. R. Henderson,t Galacantha,
Galathodes and Orophorhynchus of A. Milne Edwards, are synonyms of
Munidopsis.

Family Paguride,
Evupacurus BEerNHARDUS (L.).

Cancer Bernhardus (1.).

Pagurus Bernhardus, J. C. Fabricius (1793) ; and Gould (1841).
Eupagurus Bernhardus, Brandt (1851).

Bernhardus streblonyx (Dana) Stimpson (1858).

Long Island Sound to Halifax, N.S., from low-water mark to a depth of
86 fathoms (S. I. Smith). Grand Manan (Stimpson). ‘In the Bay of
Fundy, 1864, 1868, 1870 and 1872, it was occasionally found at low water,
and was common at the same depths and on similar bottoms as in Casco Bay ;
also dredged off White Head, Grand Manan, in 40 to 50 fathoms, 1872.
“Tn and near Halifax Harbour, Nova Scotia, 18 to 25 fathoms, sand, gravel
stones and sand and red alge, 1877. I have never seen specimens from the
Gulf of St. Lawrence nor Labrador, and can find no record of its occurrence
on our eastern coast north of Halifax. I have little doubt, however, that it
occurs in the southern part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence ” (S. I. Smith, 1879;
op. cit., p. 46 and 47).

* Or, more correctly,—the deepest parts of the Gulf of St. Lawrence.
+ Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum for 1884, vol. vi1., p. 493.
t H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. xxvur., p. 148.

259

EvupaGurus PUBESCENS (Kréyer).

Pagurus pubescens, Kroyer (1839).
Eupagurus pubescens, Brandt (1851).

Throughout the entire region, from low-water mark to 105 fathoms, its
known range on the North American coast being from New Jersey to
Hudson Strait and Greenland. In the Bay of Fundy it has been collected
by Dr. W. Stimpson, and the U.S. Fish Commission ; on the Atlantic
coast of Nova Scotia it has been dredged by H.M.S. Challenger, and the U.
S. Fish Commission ; in the Gulf of St. Lawrence on the Orphan Bank and
elsewhere by the writer ; and onthe coast of Labrador by Dr. A. 8. Packard,
and by the Stearns expedition.

Kupacurus Kroyeri, Stimpson.

The distribution of #. Kroyeri seems to be essentially similar to that of
the preceding species. Professor S. I. Smith, however, who regards it as
distinct from 2. pubescens, says that it is ‘‘ apparently a more strictly arctic
species.” Professor G. O. Sars, (1882)*, and the Rev. Thos. R. R. Stebbing,
(1890)+ place its name among the synonyms of 2. pubescens, and Professor
J. R. Henderson, in his Report on the Challenger Anomura, quotes Z.
Kroyéri as merely a variety of L. pubescens.

PARAPAGURUS PILOSIMANUS, 8. I. Smith.

1879. Trdns. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. v, p. 51.

The type of this species “‘was taken, probably upon a trawl line, in 250
fathoms, hard bottom, off the coast of Nova Scotia, nearly due south of
Halifax,” and since then a few additional specimens have been brought in
by fishermen from deep water off Nova Scotia. ‘In all the specimens seen,
the carcinecium is built up by a compound actinoid polyp, as in the specimen
first described. Some of the young specimens shew very plainly the gastro-
pod shell, which serves as a nucleus about which the polypean carcincecium
is built” (S. I. Smith, 1881; Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 111, p. 428). The
species has been dredged by the 8.8. Fish Hawk, of the U.S. Fish Com-
mission, off the south coast of New England, in from 250 to 372 fathoms, in
1880; and by the 8.8. Albatross, a little farther to the south-eastward, in
from 353 to 2,021 fathoms, in 1884.

* Forhandlingar Videnskabs-Selskabs Christiania, No. 18, p. 42.
+ Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Ser. vii., vol. v., p. 5.

174

260

Family Lithodide.
LirHopes Mata (L).

In 1878, fine specimens of Z. maia were obtained from off Sable Island,
Nova Scotia, in 250 fathoms rocky bottom, by Philip Merchant and Thomas
Ginneyan, of the schooner Marion, and presented to the U. 8. Fish Commis-
sion (S. I. Smith, 1879; Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sc., vol. v., pp. 45
and 46).

BRACHYURA.
Family Maiade.
Hyas ARANEUS (L).

Canter araneus, L. (1758).
Hyas araneus, Leach (1814); et auct.

On the Nova Scotian coast this species has been dredged by the U. 8.
Fish Commision, oa the Le Have Bank, in 60 fathoms, and off Chebucto
Head, in 20 fathoms, in 1872 ; also in and near Halifax Harbour, in from 16
to 25 fathoms, in 1877. In the Gulf of St. Lawrence, it was found abund-
antly at Caribou Island by Packard in 1860; in Ellis Bay, Anticosti, in 8
fathoms, rocky bottom, by the Anticosti expedition of 1861; and orf the
Orphan Bank, entrance to Gaspé Bay, etc., by the writer in 1872 and 1873.
On the Atlantic coast of Labrador it was collected by Packard in
1864, and by the Stearns expedition in 1882.

Hyas coarctatus, Leach.

Grand Manan, not uncommon in the laminarian zone (Stimpson). ‘“ Bay
of Fundy, 1864, 1868, 1870 and 1872, rarely taken among rocks at low-
water mark, and not uncommon in 10 to 77 fathoms” (S. I. Smith, 1879 ;
op. cit., p. 44). Off Nova Scotia it has been dredged by the U. S. Fish
Commission, on the Le Have Bank in 45 and 60 fathoms in 1872 ; off Cape
Negro and off Shelburne, in 47 and 59 fathoms; also in and near Halifax
Harbour, in 18 to 57 fathoms; in #877. In the Gulf of St. Lawrence, where
it is a favourite morsel for cod, it has been dredged at Caribou Island by
Packard in 1864, and at many other localities by the writer in 1871-73. It
has also been collected on the Atlantic coast of Labrador, by Packard and
the Stearns expedition.

The Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing, in a paper on Arctic Crustacea, published in
the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for January, 1900, doubts
whether H/. coarctatus is more than a variety of H. araneus.

261

CHIONGCETES OPILIO (O. Fabricius).

Cancer phalangium, O. Fabricius (1780) ; not of J. C. Fabricius (1775).
Cancer opilio, O. Fabricius (1870) ; teste Kroyer.
Chionecetes opilio, Kroyer (1838).

Off Cape Sable, N.S., in 88 fathoms ; and about twenty-six miles south of
Chebucto Head, in 101 fathoms; U.S. Fish Commission, 1877 (S. I. Smith,
1879; op. cit., p. 41). The species is widely distributed throughout the Gulf
of St. Lawrence, though it is rarely taken by the dredge. Fine large speci-
mens are brought up on fishermen’s lines at Little Métis, and elsewhere. Sir
J. W. Dawson, in his Hand Book of Zoology (1870), speaks of it as the ‘great
spider crab, which is our largest species, sometimes measuring eighteen
inches in extreme breadth.” Packard says that “a number were taken
from the stomachs of cod from the bank ” off Caribou Island, in 1860; also,
that the species is not uncommon in the Strait of Belle Isle, in 10 to 50
fathoms ;” and at Chateau Bay, Labrador, in 30 to 50 fathoms.”

Family Portunide.
Neptunus Sayi, Milne Edwards.

Inupa pelagica, Say (1817) ; nec Linne.
Neptunus Sayi, A. Milne Edwards (1861).
H. M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873), south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia, in 85 fathoms; an adult male of “this common pelagic species”

(Edwards).
Family Cancride.
CANCER AM&NUS, Herbst.

Cancer amenus, Herbst (1799) ; teste S. I. Smith.*
Cancer irroratus, Say (1817); males only.

Cancer Sayi, Gould (1841).

Cancer borealis, Packard (1867) ; not Stimpson.

Grand Manan, ‘found very rarely in cavities among the rocks at low-
water” (Stimpson). Bay of Fundy, 1864, 1868, 1870 and 1872, but
apparently much less abundant than in Long Island Sound, and on the south
coast of New England ; and at several localities in and near Halifax Har-
bour, Nova Scotia, in 16 to 21 fathoms, 1872, 1877 (S. I. Smith, 1879; op.
cit., p. 38). The common crab of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, which has been
collected at many localities in that region by Bell, Packard, the Cambridge
Anticosti exploring expedition of 1862, Sir J. W. Dawson, the writer, and

* Annual Report of the U.S. Fish Commission for 1885, Washington, 1886, page
680 (26).

262

others. Packard records its occurrence at Caribou Island, and states that he
was informed that it was found at Hamilton Inlet (Labrador). Itis said to
occur as far to the southward as South Carolina, where it is “apparently
rare.”

CANCER BOREALIS, Stimpson.

Cancer trroratus, Say (1817); females only.
Cancer irroratus, Gould (1841); and Stimpson (1853).
Cancer borealis, Stimpson (1859).
Bay of Fundy and Nova Scotia (Stimpson), southward to near Noank,
Connecticut (S. I. Smith).

ARACHNIDA.
PYCNOGONIDA (PANTOPODA).
Family Pycnogonide.
PYCNOGONUM LITTORALE (Strom).

Phalangium littorale, Strém (1762).
Pycnogonum littorale, O. Fabricius (1780).
Pycnogonum pelagicum, Stimpson (1858).

‘On our coast” this species ‘‘ranges, so far as now known, from Long
Island Sound to the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves), though its occurrence
south of Cape Cod is exceptional. In the Bay of Fundy it is not uncommon
under stones at low-water mark, and it extends down to 430 fathoms. It
is sometimes found clinging to actinias; at Eastport, Maine, seventeen
specimens were taken from Bunodes stella, growing on the rocks near low-
water mark ; and off Cape Sable, N.S., they were found in considerable
numbers attached to the base of Bolocera Tuedia ” (Dr. E. B. Wilson).* In
the Gulf of St. Lawrence seven specimens of P. littorale were dredged by the
writer, in 1871, off East Cape, Anticosti, bearing 8S. by W., twenty-four
miles distant, in 212 fathoms, mud.

Family Achelide.
ACHELIA SPINOSA (Stimpson).

Zetes spinosa, Stimpson (1858).
Achelia spinosa, Wilson (1878).

Grand Manan, “in the laminarian zone, one specimen” (Stimpson).
by

* « Report on the Pyenogonida of New England and adjacent waters,” U. 8. Fish Com-
mission Report for 1878, Washington, 1880, pp. 463-506, from which are extracted all the
other quotations to which Dr. Wilson’s name is here appended.

263
Family Pallenide.

PSEUDOPALLENE HISPIDA (Stimpson).

Pallene hispida, Stimpson (1853).
Pseudopallene hispida, Wilson (1878).

Grand Manan, taken by Stimpson in 1852 “among Ascidie callosw, in
deep water”; and by the U. S. Fish Commission in 1872, in 50 to 55
fathoms.

PHOXICHILIDIUM MAXILLARE, Stimpson.

Grand Manan, “taken in tangled groups of a dozen or more, attached to
the under sides of stones at low-water” by Stimpson in 1852 ; and in 50-
55 fathoms by the U.S. Fish Commission in 1872. Halifax, N.S., on piles
at low-water, U. S. Fish Commission, 1877 (Wilson).

Family Vymphonide.
AMMOTHEA ACHELIOIDES, Wilson.

1878. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Se., vol. v., p. 16.
Grand Manan, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Wilson).

Nympnon Srromii, Kroyer.
Nymphon Stramii, Kroyer (1844).
Nymphon giganteum, Goodsir (1845) ; fide Wilson.

Nova Scotia: Cape Sable, N.W., eighteen to twenty-two miles, in 59
fathoms ; eight miles and a half off Halifax, in 52 fathoms; and Bedford
Basin, Halifax, in 35 fathoms ; U.S. Fish Commission, 1877 (Wilson). Gulf
of St. Lawrence, off Cap des Rosiers, in 125 and 110 fathoms, dredged by
the writer in 1871 and 1872.

NYMPHON BREVICOLLUM, Hoek.

1881. H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. 11., Rep. on the
Pyenogonida, pp. 19 and 45.

H.M.S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873) south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia, in 85 fathoms (Hoek).

NyMPHON MACRUM, Wilson.

1880. U.S. Fish Comm. Rep. for 1878, p. 487.

A single specimen was taken at Banquereau, Nova Scotia, in 1878, from
the cable of the schooner Marion ( Wilson).

264

NyYMPHON LONGITARSE, Kroyer.

Taken by the U. S. Fish Commission in the Bay of Fundy in 1872;
eighteen to thirty-two miles off Cape Sable, N.S., in 59 to 90 fathoms, in
1877 ; in the Narrows at the mouth of Bedford Basin, Halifax, in 16 fathoms,
—and Chebucto Light, N.W. by W., eight and a half miles, in 1877; and
in the outer harbour, Halifax, in 1879 (Wilson).

NympHon Grossipes (O. Fabricius).

Pyenogonum grossipes, O. Fabricius (1780).
Numphon grossipes, J. C. Fabricius (1794); et auct.

“This and the preceding species are the commonest of the group. The
most southerly locality from which I have seen specimens is Long Island,
ound ).55 24 , “and the most northerly is Orphan Bank in the Gulf of St
Lawrence, dredged by Mr. Whiteaves in 1873; Dr. Packard has recorded
it from Labrador. Taken by the U.S. Fish Commission off Salem and
Gloucester, 19 to 48 fathoms; Gulf of Maine, off Cape Ann, 18 to 90
fathoms ; off Isles of Shoals; off Cashe’s Ledge; off Cape Elizabeth ; Casco
Bay, common; St. George’s Banks, 50 fathoms ; common off Halifax, 16 to
101 fathoms; Bedford Basin, Halifax Harbour, 35 fathoms, soft, oozy,
offensive black mud. In depth the observed range is from 12 to 110
fathoms. Like the preceding species, it is found upon nearly all bottoms,
but it seems to be less of a muddy bottom species, and is more often taken
on rocky or gravelly bottoms” (Wilson).

Taken, also, by the Challenger expedition, in 1873, at Station 49, south
of Halifax, in 85 fathoms. Packard dredged it, in 1860, at Salmon Bay,
near Caribou Island ; and in 1864, at Square Island, Labrador, in from 15
to 30 fathoms.

NyMmpHoN HIRTUM, J. C. Fabricius.

Numphon hirtum, J. C. Fabricius (1794); fide Wilson.

“Taken in great numbers off Halifax by the U.S. Fish Commission in
1877. It occurs on rocky, gravelly, or muddy bottoms, down to 50 fathoms.
Sept. 24th., 1877, several hauls off Halifax, in 50 fathoms, muddy bottom,
brought them up by hundreds, clinging to the meshes of the trawl-net”
(Wilson).

CHORDATA.
UROCHORDATA (TUNICATES OR ASCIDIANS).*

Family Didemnide.
LEPTOCLINUM ALBIDUM, Verrill.

1871. Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Third Series, vol. 1, p. 446.

“Grand Manan, 10 to 15 fathoms, 1870” (Werrill) ; abundant in the Bay
-of Fundy, low-water to 80 fathoms,” U. 8. Fish Commission, 1872 (Verrill).
Between Pictou Island, N.S., and Cape Bear, P.E.I., Whiteaves, 1873
(Verrill) ; and “Mingan Islands, 10 fathoms”, 1861 (Verrill). Labrador
coast, Packard (Verrill).

LEPTOCLINUM ALBIDUM, var. LUTEOLUM.

Leptoclinum luteolum, Verrill (1871).
Leptoclinum albidum, var. luteolum, Verrill (1879).

‘“‘Kastport, Me., and Grand Manan, with the preceding species, 1870”
(Verrill) ; Bay of Fundy, low-water to 80 fathoms, common, U. S. Fish
‘Commission, 1872 (Verrill) ‘ Under the name of Didemnium roseum,
Sars” (which is said to have been “found frequently encrusting fucoids in
masses an inch in diameter, in 10 fathoms, Hopedale, and on the whole
coast” of Labrador) Verrill thinks that Packard probably included both
this and the typical form of the species.

Family Polyclinide.
APLIDIUM DESPECTUM, Herdman.

1886. H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. xtv, p. 210.

H.M.S. Challenger, Station 48 (May 8, 1873) Le Have Bank, off Nova
Scotia, in 51 fathoms (Herdman).

AMAROUCIUM PALLIDUM, Verrill.

Amouroucium pallidum, Verrill (1871).

Amaroceium pallidum, Verrill (1873).

Amorcecium pallidum, VY errill (1879).
“Eastport Harbour and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 80 fathoms,” U. S.
Fish Commission, 1872 (Verrill). Gulf of St. Lawrence, eight miles south-

* Nearly the whole of the Tunicates in the writer’s St. Lawrence dredgings were deter-
mined many years ago by Professor Verrill.

266

east of Bonaventure Island, in 56 fathoms, stones and coarse sand, dredged
by the writer in 1872, and subsequently identified with this species by
Professor Verrill.

AMAROUCIUM GLABRUM, Verrill.

Amouroucium glabrum, Verrill (1871).
Amarecium glabrum, Verrill (1879).

‘*Kastport Harbour and Grand Manan, low-water, under stones, to 60
fathoms, stony and shelly bottoms, attached to stones, shells, ascidians, etc.,
common, 1870” (Verrill). Le Have Bank, N.S., in 60 fathoms, U.S. Fish
Commission 1872 (Smith and Harger). Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by
the writer, in 1872, fifteen miles S.S.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 50 fathoms ;.
also in 1873, on the Orphan Bank, and in Gaspé Bay.

Family Botryllide.
Borryttus. (Species undetermined.)

Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer, in 1871, half way between
Pointe des Monts and the west end of Trinity Bay, in 96 fathoms ; and, in
1872, fifteen miles S.S.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 50 fathoms.

Family Ascidide.
ASCIDIA COMPLANATA, Fabricius.

Ascidia complanata, O. Fabricius (1780).
Ascidia callosa, Stimpson (1852).
Ascidiopsis complanata, Verrill (1872).

“This species” (A. callosa) “is abundant in Passamaquoddy Bay from
low-water mark to thirty feet” (? fathoms). ‘It is usually found adhering
broadly by the left side to the under surface of large stones.” Grand
Manan, “very abundant on shelly bottoms, affording attachment to many
species of zoophytes” (Stimpson). ‘“ Eastport, Me., and Grand Manan, at
low-water mark under stones, in pools between tides, and at all depths to 120
fathoms, on stony bottoms, very abundant, 1870” (Verrill). Off Cape Sable,
Nova Scotia, SS. Albatross dredgings of 1883 (Verrill). Between Pictou
Island, N.S., and Cape Bear, P.E.I.; on the Orphan Bank, and at many
localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer in 1871, 1872
and 1873. ‘ Abundant at the Strait of Belle Isle in 40 to 50 fathoms,
occuring as on the coast of Maine, but growing to a larger size in masses
affording shelter to various worms, Gephyrea, and Modiolariz, and serving as
a base of attachment to numerous Hydroids” (Packard).

267

ASCIDIA FALCIGERA, Herdman.

1880. Edinburgh Royal Society Proceedings, session 1879-80, p. 469.
1882. H. M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. v1, p. 211.

H. M. S. Challenger, Station 49 (May 20, 1873) south of Nova Scotia, in
lat. 43° 3’ N., long. 63° 39 W., 85 fathoms, gravel and stones, eight or nine
specimens (Herdman).

CIONA TENELLA (Stimpson).

Ascidia tenella, Stimpson (1853).
Ciona tenella, Verrill (1871).

Grand Manan, in 35 fathoms off Great Duck Island (Stimpson).

CHELYOSOMA GEOMETRICUM, Stimpson.

Ascidia geometrica, Stimpson (1852).
Chelyosoma geometrica, Stimpson (1860).

Grand Manan, “in 35 fathoms off Long Island ” (Stimpson).

Family Cynthiade.

¥
GLANDULA FIBROSA, Stimpson.

Grand Manan, “dredged in considerable numbers on muddy bottoms in
the coralline zone. ‘“ They appear like hard balls of mud, about the size of
an ounce bullet” (Stimpson). Between Cape George, N.S., and Port Hood,
Cape Breton ; dredged by the writer in 1873 (Verrill).

GLANDULA MOLLISs, Stimpson.

Grand Manan, “in 10 fathoms, sand (Stimpson) ; Bay of Fundy (Verrill).

GLANDULA ARENICOLA, Verrill.

1872. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, Third Series, vol. 11, p. 288.

Murray Bay, Sir J. W. Dawson (Verrill); and since dredged on St
Georges Bank, in 28 fathoms sand, by Professor S. I. Smith.

268

HaAocynTHia rustica (L.)

Ascidia rustica, L. ; and O. Fabricius.
Ascidia monoceros, Moller (1842).
Cynthia condylomata, Packard (1867).
Halocynthia rustica, Verrill (1879).

Between Pictou Island and Cape Bear, P.E.I., Whiteaves, 1873 (Verrill) ;
Murray Bay, very abundant, Sir J. W. Dawson (Verrill) ; Caribou Island,
8 fathoms, on nullipores (Packard).

HALocyNTHIA PYRIFORMIS (Rathke).

Ascidia pyriformis, Rathke (1806).
Cynthia pyrifornis, Stimpson (1853).
Halocynthia pyriformis, Verrill (1879).

Grand Manan. “It is one of the most beautiful marine productions found
in this region, having in its hard velvety surface, and bright pink blush,
precisely the aspect of a blood-peach. In fact, it is called sea-peach by the
inhabitants. Some of my specimens are three inches in length.” ‘It lives
in clear water on rocky bottoms among nullipores, sometimes at low-water
mark, but usually in 4 or 5 fathoms” (Stimpson). ‘ Eastport and Grand
Manan, from near extreme low-water mark of spring tides, under and among
stones, to 50 fathoms, shelly and stony, common, 1870” (Verrill). Passa-
maquoddy Bay (Ganong). Off Cape Sable, N.S.,SS. Albatross dredgings of
1883 (Verrill). Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer in 1872, off
Cap des Rosiers lighthouse, in 7 fathoms; and in 1873, on the Orphan
Bank,—also between Pictou Island, N.S., and Cape Bear, P.E.I. Caribou
Islana (Packard).

HALOCYNTHIA ECHINATA (L.)

Ascidia echinata, L. (1767); O. Fabricius ; et auct.
Cynthia echinata, Stimpson (1853).
Halocynthia echinata, Verrill (1879).

Grand Manan, “on rocky bottoms” (Stimpson); ‘“ Eastport and Grand
Manan, at low-water under stones; and in 10 to 120 fathoms, not uncommon,
attached to other ascidians, dead shells, stones, &c.,” 1870 (Verrill) Chateau
Bay, Labrador, at a depth of 50 fathoms (Packard).

269

HALOCYNTHIA TUBERCULUM (Fabricius).

Ascidia tuberculum, O. Fabricius (1780).
Ascidia carnea, Agassiz (1850).

Cynthia placenta, Packard (1867); pars.
Cynthia carnea, V errill (1871).
Halocynthia tuberculum, Verrill (1879).

“Grand Manan, 15 to 20 fathoms, shelly,” 1870 (Verrill); Le Have Bank,
N.S., in 45 fathoms, U.S. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger).
Between Pictou Island, N.S.;and Cape Bear, P.E.I.; and fifteen miles 8.8. E. of
Bonaventure Island, in 50 fathoms; Whiteaves (Verrill). ‘Dredged in
the Strait of Belle Isle, 40 fathoms, hard bottom; Henley Harbour, 10 to
20 fathoms, sandy ; Cateau Harbour, Long Island,” Labrador, in 15 fathoms
(Packard—C. placenta).

PELONAIA ARENIFERA, Stimpson.

Between Cape Breton and Prince Edward Island, and throughout
Northumberland Strait, common, dredged by the writer in 1873. In 15
fathoms, sand, Salmon Bay (east of the mouth of the Esquimaux River, P.
Q.) 1860 (Packard).

Botrenta Boureni (L.) and var. RUBRA.

Vorticella Bolteni, L. (1771).

Ascidia clavata, O. Fabricius (1780).

Boltenia Bolten’, Savigny (1816); and Packard (1867).

Boltenia reniformis, MacLeay (1825); Gould (1841) ; and Stimpson.
Boltenia rubra, Stimpson (1852).

Boltenia clavata, Stimpson (1860); and Gould (1870).

Boltenia oviformis (Savigny) Packard (1863).

Grand Manan, on “rocks in deep water” (Stimpson). Le Have Bank,
N.S., in 45 fathoms, U. 8. Fish Commission, 1872 (Smith and Harger) ; and
off Cape Sable, N.S., U.S. Fish Commission, SS. Albatross dredgings of 1883
(Verrill). Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer in 1872, eight miles
S.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 56 fathoms, three specimens, eighteen inches
long, when alive,—and fifteen miles 8.S.E. of Bonaventure Island, in 50
fathoms, two specimens nearly two feet long; and in 1873, at the entrance
to Gaspé Bay, and off Cape Bon Ami, P.Q., in 30 fathoms. Bank off Caribou
Island, Packard, who says that a “comparison with specimens from Green-
land shows that this common species is found along our north-eastern coast
from the Bay of Fundy to Greenland.”

270

Bourenia cruraTa, Moller.

Boltenia ciliata, Moller (1842).
Boltenia Burkhardti, Gould (1870).

Gulf of St. Lawrence, dredged by the writer in 1873 on the Orphan Bank,
and off Cape Bon Ami, Gaspé, in 30 fathoms. Murray Bay (Sir J. W.
Dawson).

Bo.LTEeNIA ELEGANS, Herdman.

1881. Edinburgh Royal Society Proceedings, Session 1880-81, p. 80.
1882. H.M.S. Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. v1., p. 86.

‘““H.M.S. Challenger, Station 48 (May 8th, 1873) south of Halifax, Nova
Scotia, lat. 43° 2’ N., long. 64° 2’ W., 51 fathoms, hard bottom, two speci-
mens, one somewhat damaged ” (Herdman).

Family Molgulida.
Mo.euLa pRopucta, Stimpson.

Five miles 8.S.W. of the east point of Prince Edward Island, in 15
fathoms, sand, dredged by the writer in 1873 (Verrill).

Mo.teuta pannosa, Verrill.

1871. Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts, Third Series, vol. 1., p. 55.

Bay of Fundy (Verrill, 1872); Orphan Bank, Whiteaves, one specimen;
and Murray Bay, Sir J. W. Dawson (teste Verrill).

MOo.LGuLA RETORTIFORMIS, Verrill.

187 Op: cit... p56:
“Bay of Fundy, 10 to 25 fathoms” (Verrill, 1872.)

Mo.euta LitTorAtLis, Verrill.

1871. Idem., p. 56.
Between Pictou Island, N.S., and Cape Bear, P.E I.,—Whiteaves, 1873
(Verrill).

Mo.Le@uLa PAPILLosA, Verrill.

1871. Idem., p. 57.

Five miles 8.S.W. of the east point of Prince Edward Island, with ©.
producta ; Whiteaves, 1873 (Verrill).

271

EuGyra pPILuLaris, Verrill.

Molgula pilularis, Verrill (1871).'
Eugyra pilularis, Verrill (1872).

“Grand Manan, off Swallow’s Tail, 15 to 20 fathoms, soft mud, 1870
(Verrill). Ten miles north of Shediac, N.B., abundant but small ; off St.’
John*River, Mingan, in 50 fathoms ; Whiteaves (Verrill).

Evua@yra GLuTinANs (Moller).

Cunthia glutinans, Moller (1842).
Eugyra glutinans, Verrill (1872).

Henley Harbour, Chateau Bay, Labrador, in 6 fathoms, sand (Packard).

PERA CRYSTALLINA (Moller)

Clavelina chrystallina, Moller (1842).
Pera pellucida, Stimpson (1852).
Pera crystallina, Verrill (1872).

“St. George’s Bank, adhering to branches of Sertularia polyzonias in 30
fathoms” (Stimpson); Murray Bay, Sir J. W. Dawson (Verrill).

ERRATA.

(In counting from the top, the number of the page is not regarded
as a line).

Page 11. Line five from the top, for ‘‘ Distiphanus” read Distephanus.

Page 14. Line fifteen from top, for ‘‘ Point” read Pointe.

On pages 18 (line eight from the bottom) and 29 (line eleven from the
bottom) the words HYDROMEDUS and SCYPHOMEDUS should be in a
little larger capitals, in the type elsewhere used for classes, not sub-classes.

Page 30. Lines ten and nine from the bottom :

“ ALCYONARIA. ae ANTHOZOA.
ANTHOZOA.” ALCYONARITA.

Page 44. Line eleven from the top, for “Jaeger” read Gunnerus.

for

Page 61. Line two from the top, after 1883 insert a comma.

Page 64. Iane seventeen from the bottom, for “ Zyphocolax” read
Typhlocolax.

Page 135. Line three from the top, for “1847” read 1841.

Page 159. Line four from the bottom, for ‘ Macheoplax
Macheroplax.

”»

read

Fane 2

3 9088 00048 6845